US20100209346A1 - Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof - Google Patents

Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20100209346A1
US20100209346A1 US12/559,255 US55925509A US2010209346A1 US 20100209346 A1 US20100209346 A1 US 20100209346A1 US 55925509 A US55925509 A US 55925509A US 2010209346 A1 US2010209346 A1 US 2010209346A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
oligomer
protein
derivative
antibody
oligomers
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/559,255
Inventor
Heinz Hillen
Andreas Striebinger
Carsten Krantz
Achim Moeller
Reinhold Mueller
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Individual
Original Assignee
Individual
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Individual filed Critical Individual
Priority to US12/559,255 priority Critical patent/US20100209346A1/en
Publication of US20100209346A1 publication Critical patent/US20100209346A1/en
Priority to US13/195,533 priority patent/US9176150B2/en
Priority to US14/864,526 priority patent/US10464976B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/46Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • C07K14/47Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • C07K14/4701Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals not used
    • C07K14/4711Alzheimer's disease; Amyloid plaque core protein
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/1703Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • A61K38/1709Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans from vertebrates from mammals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/0005Vertebrate antigens
    • A61K39/0007Nervous system antigens; Prions
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/005Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies constructed by phage libraries
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6893Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
    • G01N33/6896Neurological disorders, e.g. Alzheimer's disease
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/57Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the type of response, e.g. Th1, Th2
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/90Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
    • C07K2317/92Affinity (KD), association rate (Ka), dissociation rate (Kd) or EC50 value
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/30Non-immunoglobulin-derived peptide or protein having an immunoglobulin constant or Fc region, or a fragment thereof, attached thereto
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/46Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans from vertebrates
    • G01N2333/47Assays involving proteins of known structure or function as defined in the subgroups
    • G01N2333/4701Details
    • G01N2333/4709Amyloid plaque core protein

Definitions

  • the invention relates to neuromodulating oligomers of the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein, to a specific method of preparation by which said oligomers are obtainable in a reproducible manner and with high yield, and to the use of said oligomers as diagnostic and therapeutic agents, for generating oligomer-specific antibodies and for finding substances capable of interacting with said oligomers and with the formation thereof.
  • the invention likewise also relates to derivatives of said oligomers, in particular to crosslinked oligomers and oligomers based on truncated forms of the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein thereof, to the preparation thereof and the use thereof.
  • Amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein also referred to as A ⁇ (1-42) for short, is a central component of insoluble extracellular depositions (senile or neuritic plaques) composed of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and salts in the brains of Alzheimer and Down's syndrome patients (C. L. Masters et al. PNAS 82, 4245-4249, 1985). This protein which tends to polymerize in an aqueous environment may be present in very different molecular forms.
  • a ⁇ (1-42) protofibrils a cytotoxic action of A ⁇ (1-42) protofibrils is' postulated.
  • the latter are still soluble, fibrillar relatively highly aggregated A ⁇ (1-42) forms having molecular weights in the range from 150-250 kDa (Arispe et al. PNAS 90. 567 (1993), Lashuel et al., Nature 418, 291 (2002)) which, due to pore-forming properties, apparently cause an uncontrolled calcium influx through the membranes of neuronal cells.
  • oligomeric A ⁇ (1-42) derivatives having molecular weights in the range from 15-30 kDa are described (M. P. Lambert et al. PNAS 95, 6448-6453 (1998)).
  • These nonfibrillar oligomers also referred to as amyloid derived, diffusible and dementing ligands (ADDL's for Amyloid Derived Dementing Ligands, cf. U.S. Pat. No. 6,218,506 and WO 01/10900, or for Amyloid Derived Diffusible Ligands, cf. Lambert et al. supra) can be found in preparations showing an inhibiting influence on the rate of long-term potentiation of neurons in hippocampal sections.
  • SDS-stable A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers having molecular weights in the range from 8 kDa and 12 kDa have also been detected previously by Western blot methods on brains of Alzheimer patients (C. A. McLean et al. Ann. Neurol. 46, 860-866 (1999)).
  • a custom therapy which especially aims at neutralizing the actually damaging protein form therefore absolutely requires the identification and defined preparation of the latter.
  • N-terminally truncated forms of the A ⁇ (1-42) protein in connection with Alzheimer's disease has been reported. Apart from A ⁇ (1-42) N-terminally truncated forms were also detected in the depositions of brains of deceased Alzheimer patients as early as 1985 (C. Masters et al., PNAS 82, 4245-4249 (1985)).
  • proteases present in the brain such as neprilysin (NEP 24.11) or IDE (short for insulin degrading enzyme), are also known to be able to degrade A ⁇ (1-42) (D. J. Selkoe, Neuron 32, 177-180, (2001)).
  • Antibodies directed against monomeric A ⁇ (1-42) protein and particular fragments thereof have already been described.
  • WO 03/016466 and WO 03/016467 relate to the monoclonal antibody 266 and analogs thereof which lack a particular glycosylation site in CDR2.
  • Humanized versions thereof (Hu-266) are also known. These documents also mention other monoclonal antibodies which, like antibody 226, recognize epitopes in the region of amino acids 13-28 of A ⁇ (1-42). These include the antibodies 4G8 (also mentioned in Lue et al. (1999), supra) and 1C2.
  • McLean et al. (1999), supra mentions the monoclonal antibody 1 E8 which apparently recognizes an epitope in the region of amino acids 18-22 of A ⁇ (1-42).
  • the present invention is based on the object of providing the molecular forms which cause the neuromodulating and, in particular, neuron-damaging action of A ⁇ (1-42) and whose presence is increased in dementia disorders such as Alzheimer's disease and Down's syndrome and achieves said object by means of particular A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers which are obtainable in the form of homogeneous preparations from monomeric A ⁇ (1-42) protein, using a special method, and by means of particular derivatives of said oligomers, in particular crosslinked oligomers and oligomers based on truncated A ⁇ (1-42) forms.
  • the method of preparation enables peptide-synthetic A ⁇ (1-42) protein which is poorly soluble in aqueous media to be converted to defined soluble oligomers with high yield.
  • the present invention therefore relates to the subject matters defined in the claims.
  • the present invention relates to oligomers of the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein, said oligomers having an apparent molecular weight of about 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 38 kDa or 48 kDa in SDS gel electrophoresis, or to derivatives of said oligomers having a molecular weight which may or may not have changed according to the derivatization.
  • Amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein is a polypeptide having 42 amino acids which is derived from the amyloid precursor protein (APP) by proteolytic processing. This also includes, in addition to human variants, isoforms of the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein present in organisms other than humans, in particular other mammals, especially rats.
  • APP amyloid precursor protein
  • the present invention relates to oligomers of human amyloid ⁇ (1-42) proteins.
  • Human amyloid ⁇ (1-42) proteins include in particular the protein having the amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO:1 and also muteins and allelic variants thereof derived from said sequence in particular by amino acid exchange. In this connection, very particular mention must be made of the following amino acid substitutions: A21G, E22K, E22Q, E22G and D23N.
  • the muteins or allelic variants of the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein include according to the invention in particular proteins having an amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO:1 in which one or more amino acids selected from among alanine 21, glutamic acid 22 and aspartic acid 23 have been substituted by a different amino acid preferably selected from among glycine, lysine, glutamine and asparagine. Particularly important according to the invention are substitutions in position 22, in particular by glutamine or glycine.
  • the present invention relates to oligomers of rat amyloid ⁇ (1-42) proteins.
  • Rat amyloid ⁇ (1-42) proteins include in particular the protein having the amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO:2 and also muteins and allelic variants thereof derived from said sequence in particular by amino acid exchange. In this connection, very particular mention must be made of those amino acid substitutions which correspond to the amino acid substitutions discussed for the human sequence.
  • Amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein may be prepared by known peptide-synthetic methods or recombinantly. In addition, a number of these proteins are commercially available. The same applies also to muteins and allelic variants.
  • the oligomers of the invention are obtainable by oligomerization of amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein.
  • the oligomerization comprises a noncovalent aggregation of monomeric amyloid protein so that the oligomers of the invention can be assumed to be composed of a plurality of amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein monomers.
  • the oligomers of the invention have different molecular weights.
  • Said molecular weights are about 15 kDa for the oligomer A1, about 20 kDa for the oligomer A2, about 38 kDa for the oligomer B1 and about 48 kDa for the oligomer B2, when gel electrophoresis is carried out under standard denaturing conditions (Tris-glycine gel, 4-20%, cf.
  • the molecular weights for the oligomers B are from about 64 to 90 kDa, when gel electrophoresis is carried out under standard native conditions (Tris glycine gel, 4-20%), with the following standard proteins having the following apparent molecular weights under identical conditions: myosin 250 kDa, bovine serum albumin 98 kDa, glutamine hydrogenase 64 kDa, carboanhydrase 36 kDa, myoglobin 30 kDa, lysozyme 16 kDa, aprotinin 6 kDa, insulin B chain 4 kDa (cf. Blue Pre-stained Standard).
  • the oligomers of the invention are characterized by an affinity for neuronal cells. It can be assumed that said oligomers bind to particular cell surface proteins, in particular receptors.
  • the present invention also relates to a method of determining the binding of an oligomer of the invention to a predefined cellular structure, which method comprises
  • the oligomers of the invention are characterized by a neuromodulating action.
  • This neuromodulating action can manifest itself in particular in a reduced survivability of neuronal cells, for example neuroblastoma cells (neuro-toxicity) when at least one oligomer of the invention is allowed to act on a culture of these cells. It is possible here to assess the survivability of said cells in a manner known per se, for example by determining the extent of apoptosis caused by the action of the oligomers of the invention.
  • suitable assay methods for example colorimetric methods based on 3-[4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl]-2,5-diphenyl-tetrazolium bromide (MTT) are available.
  • This neuromodulating action can manifest itself in vivo in particular in a modulation of the firing rate of neurons.
  • the present invention also relates to a method of determining the activity, in particular neurotoxicity, of an oligomer of the invention, which method comprises
  • the cells or cellular structures are conveniently provided in vitro, in particular as cell culture or else, in cellular structures, as homogenates.
  • neuronal cells and, in particular, neuroblastoma cells serve to determine neuro-toxicity.
  • the state of the cells is usually determined at least once prior to and at least once after the action of the oligomer. If comparison between the state prior to and the state after the action results in a deviation, the oligomer tested has activity.
  • the type of the state to be determined depends on the type of the activity to be determined.
  • Neurotoxicity can be determined by determining the survivability, for example.
  • the proportion of living cells based on the total number of cells prior to and after the action of the oligomer can be determined and compared to one another.
  • the method is in principle carried out at least twice, once in the presence of the test substance and once more without test substance.
  • said test substance is added to the oligomers usually after they have been provided.
  • a substance to be tested influences formation of said oligomers
  • said substance is expediently added to the reactant(s) used for oligomer formation, already prior to formation of said oligomers, i.e. already before they have been provided.
  • the preparation method of the invention with addition of the test substance and then to determine whether and to what extent the oligomers are formed.
  • oligomers B of the invention preference must be given to preference is also given to derivatives of these oligomers, with particular emphasis being given to the oligomers based on an N-terminally truncated A ⁇ (1-42) protein.
  • the oligomers A and the oligomers B may be produced as a mixture in the form of compositions which, in addition to the oligomers, further comprise small proportions of other polypeptides, in particular monomeric amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein and, where appropriate, also higher molecular weight forms of aggregated amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein.
  • Compositions of this kind are likewise subject matter of the present invention and are distinguished in particular by the proportion of oligomer(s) of the invention being at least 70% by weight, preferably at least 90% by weight, and in particular at least 95% by weight, based on the totality of proteins derived from amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein.
  • the proportion of oligomer A2 (20 kDa band in the SDS gel) is at least 50% by weight and preferably at least 70% by weight and in particular at least 85% by weight.
  • the proportion of oligomers B1 and B2 (38 kDa and 48 kDa bands in the SDS gel) is at least 60% by weight, preferably at least 75% by weight and in particular at least 90% by weight.
  • the oligomers of the invention may also be derivatized.
  • the purpose of such derivatizations may be, for example, to modulate the physicochemical properties of said oligomers, in particular with respect to bioavailability, to provide said oligomers with a detectable label or to immobilize said oligomers, for example to be able to couple them to supports. Labeling and immobilization are particularly important for diagnostic applications.
  • Suitable labels familiar in the protein-biochemical field are sufficiently known to the skilled worker. These include fluorescent labels, for example particular fluorescein and tetramethylrhodamine derivatives, luminescent labels, colorimetric labels, radio labels and magnetic labels and also labels with affinity for complementary binding partners, such as biotin and streptavidin derivatives.
  • the oligomer derivatives have molecular weights which may have increased correspondingly, compared to the nonderivatized oligomers, but with the aggregation number being identical.
  • a biotin derivative based on the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B1 having a molecular weight of 38 kDa in the SDS gel has a molecular weight of 42 kDa.
  • the oligomers are crosslinked.
  • Suitable crosslinkers are known to the skilled worker and are usually bifunctional reagents such as formaldehyde, glutardialdehyde, disuccinimidyl suberate, dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate), disuccinimidyl tartrate, disulfo-succinimidyl tartrate, dimethyl adipimidate, dimethyl pimelidate, dimethyl suberimidate, dimethyl 3,3′-dithiobispropionimidate, N- ⁇ -maleinimidobutyloxy-succinimide ester, succinimidyl 4(N-maleinimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate, N-succinimidyl (4-iodacetyl)aminobenzoate and N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)-propionate.
  • Such crosslinked oligomers have the advantage that they are stabilized and that their oligomerization is usually no longer reversible. They are therefore particularly suitable for use in diagnostic test systems or as immunogen for production of oligomer-specific antibodies.
  • the derivatives of oligomers of the invention also include oligomers of fragments of the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein. Preference is given to those fragments which are obtainable by the action of naturally occurring proteases.
  • the fragments obtainable by proteolysis in physiological buffers under nondenaturing conditions have increased proteolytic stability compared to the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein.
  • said fragments are obtainable by the action of trypsin, chymotrypsin, thermolysin, elastase, papain or endoproteinase GluC.
  • preferred fragments are in particular characterized in that they are derived from the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein by removal of N-terminal sequences.
  • said N-terminal sequences may be fragments having up to 23, preferably having up to 21 and in particular having up to 19, amino acids of the N-terminal sequence of the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein.
  • the N-terminal sequences to be removed may be sequences having at least 7, preferably having at least 9 and in particular having at least 11, amino acids of the N-terminal sequence of the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein. Accordingly, preference is given according to the invention in particular to fragments of the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein which are N-terminally truncated by from 7 to 23, preferably 9 to 21 and in particular 11 to 19, amino acids. These fragments correspond to the formula A ⁇ (x-42), where x is from 8 to 24, preferably 10 to 22 and in particular 12 to 20.
  • the A ⁇ (x-42) fragments are therefore preferably to be selected from among the following fragments: A ⁇ (8-42), A ⁇ (9-42), A ⁇ (10-42), A ⁇ (11-42), A ⁇ (12-42), A ⁇ (13-42), A ⁇ (14-42), A ⁇ (15-42), A ⁇ (16-42), A ⁇ (17-42), A ⁇ (18-42), A ⁇ (19-42), A ⁇ (20-42), A ⁇ (21-42), A ⁇ (22-42), A ⁇ (23-42) and A ⁇ (24-42).
  • Special fragments are the amyloid ⁇ (20-42) fragment obtainable by the action of thermolysin and the amyloid ⁇ (12-42) fragment obtainable by the action of GluC endoproteinase.
  • Derivatives of the invention are also those forms which are derived from an amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein which has 1 or 2 further C-terminal amino acids. Examples thereof thus include oligomers of the A ⁇ (1-43) protein or derivatives thereof corresponding to the comments above.
  • the inventive method of preparing the oligomers may essentially comprise three steps, the first of which is optional but advantageous, the second step is absolutely required for preparation of the oligomers A and B and the third step serves to prepare the oligomers B of the invention.
  • Step 1 relates to unfolding of the protein.
  • hydrogen bond-breaking agents such as, for example, hexafluoroisopropanol (HFIP) may be allowed to act on the protein. Times of action of a few minutes, for example about 10 to 60 minutes, are sufficient when the temperature of action is from about 20 to 50° C. and in particular about 35 to 40° C.
  • suitable organic solvents miscible with aqueous buffers such as, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO)
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • the stock suspension may be stored at low temperature, for example at about ⁇ 20° C., for an interim period.
  • the protein may be taken up in slightly acidic, preferably aqueous, solution, for example an about 10 mM aqueous HCl solution. After an incubation time of usually a few minutes, insoluble components are removed by centrifugation. A few minutes at 10 000 g is expedient.
  • These method steps are preferably carried out at room temperature, i.e. a temperature in the range from 20 to 30° C.
  • the supernatant obtained after centrifugation contains the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein and may be stored at low temperature, for example at about ⁇ 20° C., for an interim period.
  • Step 2 relates to oligomerization of the protein to give the oligomers A.
  • a detergent is allowed to act on the, optionally, at least partially unfolded protein until sufficient oligomer A has been produced.
  • ionic detergents in particular anionic detergents.
  • the radical R is unbranched or branched alkyl having from 6 to 20 and preferably 10 to 14 carbon atoms or unbranched or branched alkenyl having from 6 to 20 and preferably 10 to 14 carbon atoms,
  • the radical X is an acidic group or salt thereof, with X being preferably selected from among —COO ⁇ M + , —SO 3 M + , and especially
  • —OSO 3 ⁇ M + and M + is a hydrogen cation or an inorganic or organic cation preferably selected from alkali metal and alkaline earth metal cations and ammonium cations.
  • Particular preference is given to sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS).
  • Lauric acid and oleic acid can also be used advantageously.
  • the sodium salt of the detergent lauroylsarcosin also known as sarkosyl NL-30 or Gardol® is also particularly advantageous.
  • the time of detergent action in particular depends on whether—and if yes, to what extent—the protein subjected to oligomerization has unfolded. If, according to step 1, the protein has been treated beforehand with a hydrogen bond-breaking agent, i.e. in particular with hexafluoroisopropanol, times of action in the range of a few hours, advantageously from about 1 to 20 and in particular from about 2 to 10 hours, are sufficient when the temperature of action is about 20 to 50° C. and in particular about 35 to 40° C. If a less unfolded or an essentially not unfolded protein is the starting point, correspondingly longer times of action are expedient.
  • a hydrogen bond-breaking agent i.e. in particular with hexafluoroisopropanol
  • amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein has been pretreated, for example, according to the procedure indicated above as an alternative to step 1 or said protein is directly introduced to step 2, times of action in the range from about 5 to 30 hours and in particular from about 10 to 20 hours are sufficient when the temperature of action is about 20 to 50° C. and in particular about 35 to 40° C. After incubation, insoluble components are advantageously removed by centrifugation. A few minutes at 10 000 g is expedient.
  • the detergent concentration to be chosen depends on the detergent used. If SDS is used, a concentration in the range from 0.01 to 1% by weight, preferably from 0.05 to 0.5% by weight, for example of about 0.2% by weight, proves expedient. If lauric acid or oleic acid are used, somewhat higher concentrations are expedient, for example in a range from 0.05 to 2% by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 0.5% by weight, for example of about 0.5% by weight.
  • the detergent action should take place at a salt concentration approximately in the physiological range.
  • NaCl concentrations in the range from 50 to 500 mM, preferably from 100 to 200 mM and particularly at about 140 mM are expedient.
  • the resulting solution containing the oligomers A can be stored at low temperature, for example at about ⁇ 20° C., for an interim period.
  • Said solution may be subjected as such to the use of the invention or to further reaction to give the oligomers B, or further work-up or purification steps follow first which achieve in particular further concentration of at least one of the oligomers A of the invention.
  • affinity chromatography methods which may employ, for example, specific antibodies, i.e. in particular also the oligomer-specific antibodies of the invention.
  • Step 3 relates to oligomerization to give the oligomers B.
  • a composition containing oligomer A is chosen as a reactant for this step.
  • the oligomers A are, according to the invention, important intermediates for the preparation of oligomers B.
  • said composition is from step 2, it regularly contains detergent and a salt concentration in the physiological range. It is then expedient to reduce detergent action and salt concentration. This may be carried out by reducing the concentration of detergent and salt, for example, by diluting, expediently with water or a buffer of lower salt concentration, for example Tris-HCl, pH 7.3. Dilution factors in the range from about 2 to 10, advantageously in the range from about 3 to 8 and in particular of about 4, have proved suitable.
  • the reduction in detergent action may also be achieved by adding substances which can neutralize said detergent action.
  • substances which can neutralize said detergent action include substances capable of complexing the detergents, like substances capable of stabilizing cells in the course of purification and extraction measures, for example particular EO/PO block copolymers, in particular the block copolymer under the trade name Pluronic® F 68.
  • Alkoxylated and, in particular, ethoxylated alkyl phenols such as the ethoxylated t-octylphenols of the Triton® X series, in particular Triton® X100, 3-(3-cholamidopropyldimethylammonio)-1-propanesulfonate (CHAPS®) or alkoxylated and, in particular, ethoxylated sorbitan fatty esters such as those of the Tween® series, in particular Tween® 20, in concentration ranges around or above the particular critical micelle concentration.
  • ethoxylated alkyl phenols such as the ethoxylated t-octylphenols of the Triton® X series, in particular Triton® X100, 3-(3-cholamidopropyldimethylammonio)-1-propanesulfonate (CHAPS®) or alkoxylated and, in particular, ethoxylated sorb
  • the solution is incubated until sufficient oligomer B has been produced. Times of action in the range of several hours, preferably in the range from about 10 to 30 hours and in particular in the range from about 15 to 25 hours, are sufficient when the temperature of action is about 20 to 50° C. and in particular about 35 to 40° C.
  • the solution may then be concentrated and possible residues may be removed by centrifugation. Here too, a few minutes at 10 000 g proves expedient.
  • the supernatant obtained after centrifugation contains oligomers B.
  • the resulting solution containing the oligomers B i.e. in particular the oligomers B1 and/or B2, may be stored at low temperature, for example at about ⁇ 80° C., for an interim period.
  • Said solution may be subjected as such to the use of the invention or further work-up or purification steps may follow first. Regarding this, reference is made to the comments above on corresponding measures in connection with the oligomers A.
  • the oligomers B may first be precipitated from the detergent-containing solution, isolated and redissolved in detergent-free medium. Measures for precipitating proteins are sufficiently known to the skilled worker. According to the invention, the addition of aqueous-methanolic acetic acid has proved expedient. Without being bound to a particular mechanism, the detergent or variation of detergent and salt concentrations seems to put the protein in defined soluble forms which clearly differ from the protein starting form dissolved in aqueous physiological buffers, as can be detected, for example, by means of denaturing or native gel electrophoresis or gel permeation chromatography. This is astonishing, since detergents are normally capable of disaggregating, i.e. disassembling to subunits, protein aggregates, whereas, according to the invention, defined oligomers are obtained starting from a monomer prone to aggregation.
  • oligomers of the invention are expediently prepared by carrying out the above-described method of the invention on already appropriately derivatized amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein. Alternatively, it is also possible to derivatize the oligomer but this should not alter the structure of said oligomer. Suitable protein-chemical measures are known to the skilled worker.
  • Crosslinking of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof may be carried out in a manner known per se. If, for example, glutardialdehyde is used as crosslinker, a solution resulting from method step 2 or 3 of the invention can be treated with a glutardialdehyde solution. After a few hours at room temperature, the oligomers will have reacted with the glutardialdehyde. The reaction may then be stopped in a manner known per se by reacting the excess glutardialdehyde with reagents generally known for this purpose, such as ethanolamine. Depending on whether oligomers A or B of the invention are crosslinked, a solution of crosslinked oligomers of the invention referred to as A-CL and B-CL, respectively, is obtained.
  • Oligomers of fragments of the amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein may be prepared in principle either starting from corresponding monomer fragments by oligomerization or starting from oligomers of said amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein by proteolysis.
  • a solution resulting from method steps 2 or 3 of the invention can be treated with protease.
  • the protease is inactivated in a generally known manner.
  • the resulting oligomers may then be isolated following the procedures already described herein and, if required, processed further by further work-up and purification steps.
  • the oligomers of the invention and the compositions comprising them are distinguished by their homogeneity and stability. They are soluble in physiological media, for example physiological saline, and differ from fibrillar forms by their rather globular appearance. They have the advantage of having a spatial structure which is distinctly different from other A ⁇ (1-42) forms, in particular the monomer, nontoxic oligomers, the A ⁇ (1-42)-comprising precursor molecule APP, protofibrils and fibrils. They are therefore particularly suitable for generating specific antibodies both in vivo and in vitro and make possible, for example, a specific active immunization. In this connection, it may be crucial to use for immunization only those oligomers which bring on the disease. Other forms of A ⁇ (1-42), such as the monomeric molecule or smaller oligomers, may be necessary for important signal functions in the organism. Likewise, removal of the fibrillar depositions which are presumably important for cell lining may damage the organism.
  • oligomers of the invention and compositions containing said oligomers, such as passive immunization, the use of destabilizers of the oligomeric forms and the use of receptor (partial) agonists or antagonists.
  • a homogeneous oligomer preparation makes also possible a specific production of polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies for passive immunization. It is also possible to find receptor molecules or signal molecules which are relevant to the disease and which are influenced by said oligomeric form by using the oligomers of the invention and compositions containing these.
  • the oligomers of the invention Owing to their involvement in amyloid ⁇ protein-associated physiological processes, the oligomers of the invention have diagnostic and therapeutic value.
  • the present invention relates to the use of oligomers of the invention and of derivatives thereof, optionally in the form of a corresponding composition, in diagnostic in vitro and in vivo detection methods.
  • Amyloid ⁇ protein-associated physiological processes include those associated with depositions of amyloid proteins (amyloidoses). These include both those processes which result in structural modifications of nerve tissue and are important, for example, in Alzheimer's disease and Down's syndrome and those processes which affect other tissues, such as amyloid microangiopathies, for example congophilic amyloid angiopathy (CAA).
  • amyloidoses amyloid proteins
  • CAA congophilic amyloid angiopathy
  • the present invention further relates to the use of oligomers of the invention and of derivatives thereof, optionally in the form of a corresponding composition, for generating oligomer-specific antibodies.
  • inventive oligomers based on truncated forms of the A ⁇ (1-42) protein are of particular importance: due to the missing N terminus, they can generate a distinctly more selective immune response than the A ⁇ (1-42) protein. While the highly immunogenic N terminus in the classical A ⁇ (1-42) protein predominantly produces antibodies which are specific for this region of the molecule, for example the antibodies 6E10 (F. Signet) and BAM-10 (Sigma, St.
  • the antibodies obtainable using the oligomers of the invention based on truncated A ⁇ (1-42) forms recognize oligomer-specific regions, thereby achieving a selectivity compared to other A ⁇ (1-42) forms.
  • This advantage may be utilized in particular for active vaccination, since the more selective immune response resulting after vaccination (versus APP, monomeric forms, protofibrils, fibrils, plaques) also entails fewer side effects (e.g. brain hemorrhages, impairment of physiological neurotrophic activity of the in situ monomeric form). Superior production and selection of, in particular, monoclonal antibodies for passive immunization, i.e. an antibody therapy, are also possible.
  • One aspect of this use is the generation of oligomer-specific antibodies within the framework of a therapy.
  • the present invention therefore further relates to the use of an oligomer of the invention or of a derivative thereof in the therapeutic field, in particular as vaccine.
  • Such a vaccine is usually a pharmaceutical composition which comprises at least one oligomer of the invention and/or at least one derivative thereof of the invention.
  • a pharmaceutical composition which comprises at least one oligomer of the invention and/or at least one derivative thereof of the invention.
  • any of the compositions of the invention which include two or more oligomers or a combination of different compositions.
  • the composition may further comprise a physiologically suitable carrier and, optionally, further excipients, for example immunostimulants.
  • the type of carrier usually depends on the route of administration.
  • the vaccines of the invention may be formulated in particular in a form suitable for parenteral, for example intravenous, intramuscular and subcutaneous administration.
  • the carrier preferably includes water, saline, alcohol, a fat, a wax and/or a buffer.
  • an adjuvant may be included.
  • Most adjuvants contain a substance which ought to protect the antigen from rapid catabolism, such as aluminum hydroxide or a mineral oil, and also a protein derived from lipid A, Bortadella pertussis or Mycobacterium tuberculosis.
  • Suitable adjuvants are usually commercially available, for example complete or incomplete Freund's adjuvant; AS-2; aluminum salts such as aluminum hydroxide (as gel, where appropriate) or aluminum phosphate; calcium salts, iron salts or zinc salts; an insoluble suspension of acylated tyrosine; acylated sugars; cationically or anionically derivatized polysaccharides; polyphosphazenes; biologically degradable microspheres; monophosphoryl lipid A.
  • Cytokines such as GM-CSF or Interleukin-2, -7 or -12 may likewise be used as adjuvants.
  • the present invention furthermore relates to a method of producing antibodies, which comprises
  • the immunization is carried out by administering immunization cocktails comprising mixtures of various oligomers or oligomer derivatives of the invention.
  • immunization cocktails comprising mixtures of various oligomers or oligomer derivatives of the invention.
  • the oligomers or oligomer derivatives to be used are not or only weakly immunogenic, their immunogenicity may be increased by coupling them to carriers, preferably to a carrier protein such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), Limulus polyphenus hemocyanin (LPH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or ovalbumin (OVA).
  • KLH keyhole limpet hemocyanin
  • LPH Limulus polyphenus hemocyanin
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • OVA ovalbumin
  • a possible expedient example is the reaction with glutardialdehyde, for example by incubating the oligomer or oligomer mixture with a suitable peptide or peptide mixture in water or an aqueous solvent. This reaction may conveniently be carried out at ambient temperature, i.e. usually room temperature.
  • the reaction usually produces the desired result within a few hours, a reaction time of 2 h being within the usual range, for example.
  • the glutardialdehyde concentration is usually in the ppm to % range, expediently from 10 ppm up to 1%, preferably from 10 ppm to 0.5%. Optimization of the reaction parameters is within the artisan's skills and should take into account that the oligomers A and B or oligomer derivatives are stable under the chosen reaction conditions.
  • the immunization cocktails are prepared by first combining the components to be used. It is of advantage to incubate the resulting component mixture initially. This is conveniently carried out at ambient temperature, i.e. usually at room temperature. However, it may be expedient to cool or slightly heat said mixture. The incubation period is usually from a few minutes to a few hours, with an incubation time of 1 h having proved advantageous.
  • Immunization cocktails contain, in addition to the antigen, usually further excipients, in particular adjuvants commonly used for immunization, for example Freund's adjuvant. More specifically, complete Freund's adjuvant is used for the first immunization, whereas any further immunizations are carried out with incomplete Freund's adjuvant.
  • the immunization cocktail is prepared by adding the antigen (immunogen), preferably in the form of the above-described component mixture, to the excipient(s), with the antigen usually being emulsified.
  • Suitable hosts are in particular rodents or else rabbits. These or other suitable hosts are injected with the immunization cocktails, preferably subcutaneously.
  • the antibody titers may be determined using an immunoassay, for example competitively using a sheep antiserum directed against host IgG and a labeled oligomer. Thus it may be decided toward the end of immunization whether a particular host is suitable for producing antibodies. If, for example, four immunizations are carried out, it is possible to determine the antibody titer after the third immunization and then to obtain antibodies from animals having a sufficient antibody titer.
  • the antibodies produced are preferably obtained by taking blood from the hosts over a period of several weeks or months. Finally, the host can be bled. Serum containing the desired antibodies may be obtained from the blood obtained in a manner known per se. The whole serum thus obtained may, if required, be further purified by the skilled worker in order to concentrate the antibody fraction present therein and in particular the oligomer-recognizing antibodies.
  • At least one antibody of the serum is selected, which antibody specifically recognizes the oligomer used as immunogen or a derivative thereof or at least one oligomer or derivative thereof present in the composition used as immunogen.
  • specificity means a higher binding affinity of the antibody for the immunogen than for other, in particular related proteins, especially in comparison with monomeric amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein and also with oligomeric or multimeric amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein aggregates having a higher molecular weight than the oligomers of the invention. It is also possible to obtain in this manner monoclonal oligomer-specific antibodies. To this end, however, preference is given to removing from the hosts spleen tissue and, starting from the thus obtained spleen lymphocytes, to establish in the usual manner hybridomas which produce the monoclonal antibodies.
  • B lymphocytes which, in totality, contain an antibody repertoire composed of hundreds of millions of different antibody specificities are part of the mammalian immune system.
  • a normal immune response to a particular antigen means selection of one or more antibodies of said repertoire which specifically bind to said antigen, and the success of an immune response is based at least partially on the ability of said antibodies to specifically recognize (and ultimately to eliminate) the stimulating antigen and to ignore other molecules in the environment of said antibodies.
  • Standardized hybridoma technology now allows the production of antibodies with a single specificity for an antigen of interest. More recently, recombinant antibody techniques such as in-vitro screening of antibody libraries have been developed. These techniques likewise allow antibodies having a single specificity for an antigen of interest to be produced.
  • the antigen of interest may be allowed to act on the antibody repertoire either in vivo or in vitro.
  • the antigen is allowed to act on the repertoire by immunizing an animal in vivo with said antigen.
  • This in-vivo approach may furthermore comprise establishing from the lymphocytes of an animal a number of hybridomas and selecting a hybridoma which secretes an antibody specifically binding to said antigen.
  • the animal to be immunized may be, for example, a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid or sheep or may be a transgenic version of any of the animals mentioned above, for example a transgenic mouse with human immunoglobulin genes, which produces human antibodies after an antigenic stimulus.
  • mice with severe combined immunodeficiency which have been reconstituted with human peripheral mononuclear blood cells (chimeric hu-PBMC SCID mice) or with lymphoid cells or precursors thereof, as well as mice which have been treated with a lethal total body irradiation, then protected against radiation with bone marrow cells from a mouse with severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) and subsequently transplanted with functional human lymphocytes (the “Trimera” system).
  • SCID severe combined immunodeficiency
  • polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies produced by this method are characterized and selected by using known screening methods which include, but are not limited to, ELISA techniques.
  • the antigen is allowed to act on the antibody repertoire in vitro by screening a recombinant antibody library with said antigen.
  • the recombinant antibody library may be expressed, for example, on the surface of bacteriophages or on the surface of yeast cells or on the surface of bacterial cells.
  • the recombinant antibody library is an scFv library or an Fab library, for example.
  • antibody libraries are expressed as RNA-protein fusions.
  • the antigen may be allowed to act on the antibody repertoire by immunizing an animal in vivo with said antigen and then screening in vitro with said antigen a recombinant antibody library prepared from lymphoid cells of said animal or a single domain antibody library (e.g. containing heavy and/or light chains).
  • the antigen is allowed to act on the antibody repertoire by immunizing an animal in vivo with said antigen and then subjecting a recombinant antibody library or single domain library produced from lymphoid cells of said animal to affinity maturation.
  • the antigen is allowed to act on the antibody repertoire by immunizing an animal in vivo with said antigen, then selecting individual antibody-producing cells secreting an antibody of interest and obtaining from said selected cells cDNAs for the variable region of the heavy and light chains (e.g. by means of PCR) and expressing said variable regions of the heavy and light chains in mammalian host cells in vitro (this being referred to as selected lymphocyte antibody method or SLAM), thereby being able to further select and manipulate the selected antibody gene sequences.
  • monoclonal antibodies may be selected by expression cloning by expressing the antibody genes for the heavy and light chains in mammalian cells and selecting those mammalian cells which secrete an antibody having the desired binding affinity.
  • one aspect of the present invention is to provide defined antigens for screening and counter screening.
  • the oligomers of the invention and derivatives thereof are antigens which can be used to concentrate suitable, relevant and selective antibodies and efficiently remove them from antibodies which recognize other forms associated with the A ⁇ (1-42) protein and other nonrelated antigens.
  • the methods of the invention for producing antibodies can be used to produce various types of antibodies. These include essentially human antibodies, chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies and CDR graft antibodies and also antigen-binding moieties thereof.
  • monoclonal antibodies may be produced by means of standardized techniques such as the hybridoma technique originally described by Kohler and Milstein (1975, Nature 256:495-497) (see also Brown et al. (1981) J. Immunol 127:539-46; Brown et al. (1980) J Biol Chem 255:4980-83; Yeh et at (1976) PNAS 76:2927-31; and Yeh et al. (1982) Int. J. Cancer 29:269-75).
  • the technology of producing monoclonal antibody hybridomas is sufficiently known (see generally R. H.
  • an immortalized cell line (typically a myeloma) is fused with lymphocytes (typically splenocytes or lymph node cells or peripheral blood lymphocytes) of a mammal immunized with the oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof, and the culture supernatants of the resulting hybridoma cells are screened in order to identify a hybridoma which produces a monoclonal antibody with specificity for the oligomer of the invention or for a derivative thereof.
  • lymphocytes typically splenocytes or lymph node cells or peripheral blood lymphocytes
  • the immortalized cell line e.g. a myeloma cell line
  • murine hybridomas may be established by fusing lymphocytes from a mouse immunized with an immunogenic preparation of the invention with an immortalized mouse cell line.
  • Preferred immortalized cell lines are mouse myeloma cell lines which are sensitive to culture medium containing hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine (HAT medium). Any of a number of myeloma cell lines may be used standardwise as fusion partner, for example the P3-NS1/1-Ag4-1, P3-x63-Ag8.653 or Sp2/O-Ag14 myeloma lines. These myeloma cell lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md. Typically, HAT-sensitive mouse myeloma cells are fused to mouse splenocytes using polyethylene glycol (PEG).
  • PEG polyethylene glycol
  • Hybridoma cells resulting from the fusion are then selected using HAT medium, thereby killing unfused and unproductively fused myeloma cells (unfused splenocytes die after several days because they are not transformed).
  • Hybridoma cells producing monoclonal antibodies which specifically recognize the oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof are identified by screening the hybridoma culture supernatants for such antibodies, for example by using a standard ELISA assay in order to select those antibodies which can specifically bind the oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof.
  • mice which had been made deficient in a particular endogenous protein via homologous recombination at the corresponding endogenous gene (i.e. knockout mice) have been shown to generate a humoral response to the protein with which they have been immunized and therefore to be able to be used for production of high-affinity monoclonal antibodies to the protein (see, for example, Roes, J. et al. (1995) J. Immunol. Methods 183:231-237; Lunn, M. P. et al. (2000) J. Neurochem. 75:404-412).
  • a multiplicity of nonhuman mammals are suitable hosts for antibody production in order to produce nonhuman antibodies to the oligomer of the invention or to a derivative thereof. They include mice, rats, chickens, camelids, rabbits and goats (and knockout versions thereof), although preference is given to mice for the production of hybridoma. Furthermore, a nonhuman host animal expressing a human antibody repertoire may be used for producing essentially human antibodies to a human antigen with dual specificity. Nonhuman animals of this kind include transgenic animals (e.g. mice) bearing human immunoglobulin transgenes (chimeric hu-PBMC SCID mice) and human/mouse irradiation chimeras which are described in more detail below.
  • transgenic animals e.g. mice
  • human immunoglobulin transgenes chimeric hu-PBMC SCID mice
  • human/mouse irradiation chimeras which are described in more detail below.
  • the animal immunized with an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof is a nonhuman mammal, preferably a mouse, which is transgenic due to human immunoglobulin genes so that said nonhuman mammal makes human antibodies upon antigenic stimulation.
  • immunoglobulin transgenes for heavy and light chains with human germ line configuration are introduced into such animals which have been altered such that their endogenous heavy and light chain loci are inactive. If such animals are stimulated with antigen (e.g. with a human antigen), antibodies derived from the human immunoglobulin sequences (human antibodies) are produced. It is possible to make from the lymphocytes of such animals human monoclonal antibodies by means of standardized hybridoma technology.
  • transgenic mice with human immunoglobulins and their use in the production of human antibodies, see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,939,598, WO 96/33735, WO 96/34096, WO 98/24893 and WO 99/53049 (Abgenix Inc.), and U.S. Pat. No. 5,545,806, U.S. Pat. No. 5,569,825, U.S. Pat. No. 5,625,126, U.S. Pat. No. 5,633,425, U.S. Pat. No. 5,661,016, U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,429, U.S. Pat. No. 5,814,318, U.S. Pat. No.
  • the animal which is immunized with an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof may be a mouse with severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID), which has been reconstituted with human peripheral mononuclear blood cells or lymphoid cells or precursors thereof.
  • SCID severe combined immunodeficiency
  • Such mice which are referred to as chimeric hu-PBMC SCID mice produce human immunoglobulin responses upon antigenic stimulation, as has been proved.
  • the animal which is immunized with an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof is a mouse which has been treated with a lethal total body irradiation, then protected from radiation with bone marrow cells from mice with severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) and subsequently transplanted with functional human lymphocytes.
  • SCID severe combined immunodeficiency
  • This type of chimera referred to as the Trimera system, is used in order to produce human monoclonal antibodies by immunizing said mice with the antigen of interest and then producing monoclonal antibodies by using standardized hybridoma technology.
  • antibodies of the invention may be identified and isolated by screening recombinant combinatorial immunoglobulin libraries with an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof to thereby isolate immunoglobulin library members which specifically bind to said oligomer or derivative thereof.
  • Kits for generating and screening display libraries are commercially available (e.g. the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System, catalog No. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurfZAP® Phage Display Kit, catalog No. 240612).
  • the display library is an scFv library or an Fab library. The phage display technique for screening recombinant antibody libraries has been adequately described.
  • WO 97/29131 (describes production of a recombinant human antibody to a human antigen (human tumor necrosis factor alpha) and also in-vitro affinity maturation of the recombinant antibody) and Salfeld et al.
  • U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/126,603 and the patent applications based hereupon (likewise describes production of recombinant human antibodies to human antigen (human interleukin-12), and also in-vitro affinity maturation of the recombinant antibody).
  • recombinant antibody libraries may be expressed on the surface of yeast cells or of bacterial cells.
  • WO 99/36569 describes methods of preparing and screening libraries expressed on the surface of yeast cells.
  • WO 98/49286 describes in more detail methods of preparing and screening libraries expressed on the surface of bacterial cells.
  • the DNAs encoding the light and heavy chains of said antibody are isolated by means of standardized molecular-biological techniques, for example by means of PCR amplification of DNA from the display package (e.g. the phage) which has been isolated during library screening.
  • Nucleotide sequences of genes for light and heavy antibody chains, which may be used for preparing PCR primers, are known to the skilled worker. A multiplicity of such sequences are described, for example, in Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,
  • An antibody or antibody moiety of the invention may be produced by recombinantly expressing the genes for light and heavy immunoglobulin chains in a host cell.
  • a host cell is transfected with one or more recombinant expression vectors carrying DNA fragments encoding the light and heavy immunoglobulin chains of said antibody, thereby expressing the light and heavy chains in the host cell and secreting them preferably into the medium in which said host cells are cultured.
  • the antibodies can be isolated from this medium.
  • Standardized recombinant DNA methods are used in order to obtain genes for heavy and light antibody chains, to insert said genes into recombinant expression vectors and to introduce said vectors into host cells. Methods of this kind are described, for example, in Sambrook, Fritsch and Maniatis (eds.), Molecular Cloning; A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., (1989), Ausubel, F. M. et al. (eds.) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates, (1989) and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397 by Boss et al.
  • DNA fragments encoding VH and VL segments of the antibody of interest may be further manipulated using standardized recombinant DNA techniques, for example in order to convert the genes for variable regions to genes for full length antibody chains, to genes for Fab fragments or to an scFv gene.
  • These manipulations comprise linking a VL- or VH-encoding DNA fragment operatively to another DNA fragment encoding another protein, for example a constant antibody region or a flexible linker.
  • the term “operatively linked” is to be understood here as meaning that the two DNA fragments are linked to one another in such a way that the amino acid sequences encoded by said two DNA fragments remain in frame.
  • the isolated DNA encoding the VH region may be converted to a gene for a full length heavy chain by operatively linking the VH-region encoding DNA with another DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions (CH1, CH2 and CH3).
  • CH1, CH2 and CH3 DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions
  • the sequences of human heavy chain constant region genes are well known (see, for example, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242), and DNA fragments spanning said regions may be obtained by means of standardized PCR amplification.
  • the heavy chain constant region may be a constant region from IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD, with preference being given to a constant region from IgG1 or IgG4.
  • the VH-encoding DNA may be operatively linked to another DNA molecule encoding merely the heavy chain constant region CH1.
  • the isolated DNA encoding the VL region may be converted to a gene for a full length light chain (and a gene for an Fab light chain) by operatively linking the VL-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding the light chain constant region CL.
  • the sequences of genes of the constant region of human light chain are well known (see Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242), and DNA fragments spanning said regions may be obtained by means of standardized PCR amplification.
  • the light chain constant region may be a constant kappa or lambda region, a constant kappa region being preferred.
  • the VH- and VL-encoding DNA fragments may be operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, for example the amino acid sequence (Gly 4 -Ser) 3 so that the VH and VL sequences are expressed as a continuous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions being linked to one another via said flexible linker (see Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; McCafferty et al., Nature ( 1990) 348:552-554).
  • a flexible linker for example the amino acid sequence (Gly 4 -Ser) 3 so that the VH and VL sequences are expressed as a continuous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions being linked to one another via said flexible linker
  • Single domain VH and VL with specificity for an oligomer of the invention or for a derivative thereof may be isolated from single domain libraries by the above-described methods.
  • Two VH single-domain chains (with or without CH1) or two VL chains or a pair of one VH chain and one VL chain with the desired specificity may be used for removing oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof from the body.
  • the DNAs encoding partial or full length light and heavy chains may be inserted into expression vectors so as to operatively link the genes to transcriptional and translational control sequences.
  • operatively linked is to be understood as meaning that an antibody gene is ligated in a vector in such a way that transcriptional and translational control sequences within the vector fulfill their intended function of regulating transcription and translation of said antibody gene.
  • the expression vector and the expression control sequences are chosen so as to be compatible with the expression host cell used.
  • the gene for the antibody light chain and the gene for the antibody heavy chain may be inserted into separate vectors or both genes are inserted into the same expression vector, this being the usual case.
  • the antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by means of standardized methods (for example ligation of complementary restriction cleavage sites on the antibody gene fragment and the vector, or ligation of blunt ends, if no restriction cleavage sites are present).
  • the expression vector may already carry sequences for antibody constant regions prior to insertion of the sequences for the light and heavy chains.
  • one approach is to convert the VH and VL sequences to full length antibody genes by inserting them into expression vectors already encoding the heavy and, respectively, light chain constant regions, thereby operatively linking the VH segment to the CH segment(s) within the vector and also operatively linking the VL segment to the CL segment within the vector.
  • the recombinant expression vector may encode a signal peptide which facilitates secretion of the antibody chain from the host cell.
  • the gene for said antibody chain may be cloned into the vector, thereby linking the signal peptide in frame to the N terminus of the gene for the antibody chain.
  • the signal peptide may be an immuno-globulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e.
  • regulatory sequences for expression in mammalian host cells include viral elements resulting in a strong protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV) (such as the CMV promoter/enhancer), simian virus 40 (SV40) (such as the SV40 promoter/enhancer), adenovirus (e.g. the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma.
  • CMV cytomegalovirus
  • SV40 simian virus 40
  • AdMLP adenovirus major late promoter
  • the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may have additional sequences such as those which regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g. origins of replication) and selectable marker genes.
  • the selectable marker genes facilitate the selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and 5,179,017, all to Axel et al.).
  • the selectable marker gene it is common for the selectable marker gene to render a host cell into which the vector has been inserted resistant to drugs such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate.
  • Preferred selectable marker genes include the gene for dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) (for use in dhfr host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection).
  • DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
  • neo gene for G418 selection.
  • the expression vector(s) encoding said heavy and light chains is(are) transfected into a host cell by means of standardized techniques.
  • the various forms of the term “transfection” are intended to comprise a multiplicity of techniques customarily used for introducing exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, for example electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection, and the like.
  • the antibodies of the invention are expressed either in prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells
  • Prokaryotic expression of antibody genes has been reported as being ineffective for production of high yields of active antibody (Boss, M. A. and Wood, C. R. (1985) Immunology Today 6:12-13).
  • Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing recombinant antibodies of the invention include CHO cells (including dhfr CHO cells described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, which are used together with a DHFR-selectable marker, as described, for example, in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NSO myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2 cells.
  • the antibodies When introducing recombinant expression vectors encoding the antibody genes into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells until the antibody is expressed in said host cells or, preferably, the antibody is secreted into the culture medium in which the host cells grow.
  • the antibodies may be isolated from the culture medium by using standardized protein purification methods.
  • host cells in order to produce moieties of intact antibodies, such as Fab fragments or scFv molecules. Variations of the above-described procedure are of course included in the invention. For example, it may be desirable to transfect a host cell with DNA encoding either the light chain or the heavy chain (but not both) of an antibody of the invention. If either light or heavy chains are present which are not required for binding of the antigen of interest, then the DNA encoding either such a light or such a heavy chain or both may be removed partially or completely by means of recombinant DNA technology. Molecules expressed by such truncated DNA molecules are likewise included in the antibodies of the invention.
  • bifunctional antibodies in which a heavy chain and a light chain are an antibody of the invention and the other heavy chain and the other light chain have specificity for an antigen different from the antigen of interest, by crosslinking an antibody of the invention to a second antibody by means of standardized chemical methods.
  • a recombinant expression vector encoding both the antibody heavy chain and the antibody light chain is introduced into dhfr CHO cells by means of calcium phosphate-mediated transfection.
  • the genes for the heavy and light antibody chains are in each case operatively linked to regulatory CMV enhancer/AdMLP-promoter elements in order to effect strong transcription of said genes.
  • the recombinant expression vector also carries a DHFR gene which can be used for selecting CHO cells transfected with the vector by using methotrexate selection/amplification.
  • the selected transformed host cells are cultured so that the heavy and light antibody chains are expressed, and intact antibody is isolated from the culture medium.
  • Standardized molecular-biological techniques are used in order to prepare the recombinant expression vector, to transfect the host cells, to select the transformants, to culture said host cells, and to obtain the antibody from the culture medium.
  • the invention relates to a method of synthesizing a recombinant antibody of the invention by culturing a host cell of the invention in a suitable culture medium until a recombinant antibody of the invention has been synthesized.
  • the method may furthermore comprise isolating said recombinant antibody from said culture medium.
  • the recombinant antibody library is expressed in the form of RNA-protein fusions, as described in WO 98/31700 to Szostak and Roberts, and in Roberts, R. W. and Szostak, J. W. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:12297-12302.
  • a specific mRNA of a complex mixture of mRNAs may be concentrated on the basis of the properties of the encoded peptide or protein (e.g. of the antibody or a moiety thereof), such as binding of said antibody or said moiety thereof to an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof.
  • Nucleic acid sequences which encode antibodies or moieties thereof and which are obtained by screening of such libraries may be expressed by recombinant means in the above-described manner (e.g. in mammalian host cells) and may, in addition, be subjected to further affinity maturation by either screening in further rounds mRNA-peptide fusions, introducing mutations into the originally selected sequence(s), or using other methods of in-vitro affinity maturation of recombinant antibodies in the above-described manner.
  • the antibodies of the invention may likewise be produced by using a combination of in-vivo and in-vitro approaches such as methods in which an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof is first allowed to act on an antibody repertoire in a host animal in vivo to stimulate production of oligomer- or derivative-binding antibodies and then further antibody selection and/or antibody maturation (i.e. optimization) are accomplished with the aid of one or more in-vitro techniques.
  • a combined method of this kind may comprise firstly immunizing a nonhuman animal (e.g.
  • a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid, goat or a transgenic version thereof or a chimeric mouse with said oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof to stimulate an antibody response to the antigen and then preparing and screening a phage display antibody library by using immunoglobulin sequences of lymphocytes which have been stimulated in vivo by the action of said oligomer or derivative.
  • the first step of this combined procedure may be carried out in the manner described above in connection with the in-vivo approaches, while the second step of this procedure may be carried out in the manner described above in connection with the in-vitro approaches.
  • Preferred methods of hyperimmunizing nonhuman animals with subsequent in-vitro screening of phage display libraries prepared from said stimulated lymphocytes include those described by BioSite Inc., see, for example, WO 98/47343, WO 91/17271, U.S. Pat. No. 5,427,908 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,717.
  • a combined method comprises firstly immunizing a nonhuman animal (e.g. a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid, goat or a knockout and/or transgenic version thereof, or a chimeric mouse) with an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof to stimulate an antibody response to said oligomer or derivative thereof and selecting the lymphocytes which produce the antibodies having the desired specificity by screening hybridomas (prepared, for example, from the immunized animals).
  • a nonhuman animal e.g. a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid, goat or a knockout and/or transgenic version thereof, or a chimeric mouse
  • the genes for the antibodies or single domain antibodies are isolated from the selected clones (by means of standardized cloning methods such as reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction) and subjected to in-vitro affinity maturation in order to improve thereby the binding properties of the selected antibody or the selected antibodies.
  • the first step of this procedure may be conducted in the manner described above in connection with the in-vivo approaches, while the second step of this procedure may be conducted in the manner described above in connection with the in-vitro approaches, in particular by using methods of in-vitro affinity maturation, such as those described in WO 97/29131 and WO 00/56772.
  • the recombinant antibodies are generated from individual isolated lymphocytes by using a procedure which is known to the skilled worker as selected lymphocyte antibody methods (SLAM) and which is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,627,052, WO 92/02551 and Babcock, J. S. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:7843-7848.
  • SLAM selected lymphocyte antibody methods
  • a nonhuman animal e.g.
  • a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid, goat, or a transgenic version thereof, or a chimeric mouse is firstly immunized in vivo with an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof to stimulate an immune response to said oligomer or derivative, and then individual cells secreting antibodies of interest are selected by using an antigen-specific hemolytic plaque assay.
  • the oligomer or derivative thereof or structurally related molecules of interest may be coupled to sheep erythrocytes, using a linker such as biotin, thereby making it possible to identify individual cells secreting antibodies with suitable specificity by using the hemolytic plaque assay.
  • variable regions of the light and heavy chains are obtained from the cells by reverse transcriptase PCR, and said variable regions may then be expressed in association with suitable immunoglobulin constant regions (e.g. human constant regions) in mammalian host cells such as COS or CHO cells.
  • suitable immunoglobulin constant regions e.g. human constant regions
  • the host cells transfected with the amplified immunoglobulin sequences derived from in vivo-selected lymphocytes may then be subjected to further in-vitro analysis and in-vitro selection by spreading out the transfected cells, for example, in order to isolate cells expressing antibodies with the desired specificity.
  • the amplified immunoglobulin sequences may furthermore be manipulated in vitro.
  • the present invention relates to the oligomer-specific antibodies obtainable by the above methods as well as to the use thereof for preparing a medicament for the treatment of amyloid ⁇ -associated dementing disorders or for preparing a composition for diagnosing amyloid ⁇ -associated dementing disorders.
  • the antibodies obtainable according to the invention include in particular antisera which can be obtained by the above methods.
  • Said antisera may be whole sera, i.e. blood obtained from the host after removing the cellular and coagulable components, or fractions of said serum which contain in particular a concentrated immunoglobulin fraction and preferably a concentrated, oligomer-recognizing immunoglobulin fraction. Fractions of this kind may be obtained using the methods described above in connection with antibody purification.
  • the antisera of the invention are polyclonal, i.e. they contain antibodies of different specificity, usually of different classes and subclasses, normally all L-chain isotypes are represented and multiple protein epitopes are recognized.
  • the antisera of the invention are usually cross-reactive.
  • the antibodies obtainable according to the invention also include monoclonal antibodies, in particular chimeric and humanized antibodies, and also oligomer-binding fragments thereof.
  • the present invention relates to proteins and in particular to antibodies binding to an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof, i.e. antibodies having specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof.
  • the present invention also relates to moieties of said proteins or antibodies, in particular to antigen-binding moieties thereof, i.e. protein or antibody moieties binding to an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof.
  • the antibody of the invention is preferably chosen so as to have particular binding kinetics (e.g. high affinity, low dissociation, low off rate, strong neutralizing activity) for the specific binding to an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof.
  • binding kinetics e.g. high affinity, low dissociation, low off rate, strong neutralizing activity
  • preference is given to those proteins and, in particular, antibodies which bind other A ⁇ (1-42) forms, in particular monomeric A ⁇ (1-42) protein and/or monomeric A ⁇ (1-40) protein with comparatively lower affinity, in particular with lower affinity than K d 10 ⁇ 8 M.
  • the antibodies of the invention may be chosen so as to bind the oligomer or derivative thereof with a k off rate constant of 0.1 s ⁇ 1 or less. Increasing preference is given to rate constants k off of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 2 s ⁇ 1 or less, 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 s ⁇ 1 or less, 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 s ⁇ 1 or less, or 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 s ⁇ 1 or less, in the order indicated.
  • antibodies of the invention may be chosen so as to inhibit the activity, in particular the neurotoxic activity, of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof with an IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 M or less. Increasing preference is given to inhibition constants IC 50 of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 M or less, 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 8 M or less, 1 ⁇ 10 9 M or less, 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 10 M or less, or 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 11 M or less, in the order indicated.
  • the antibodies are preferably isolated antibodies. According to another aspect, the antibodies are neutralizing antibodies.
  • the antibodies of the invention include monoclonal and recombinant antibodies. According to a multiplicity of embodiments, the antibody may comprise an amino acid sequence derived entirely from a single species, such as a human antibody or a mouse antibody. According to other embodiments, the antibody may be a chimeric antibody or a CDR graft antibody or another form of a humanized antibody.
  • antibody is intended to refer to immunoglobulin molecules consisting of 4 polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains.
  • the chains are usually linked to one another via disulfide bonds.
  • Each heavy chain is composed of a variable region of said heavy chain (abbreviated here as HCVR or VH) and a constant region of said heavy chain.
  • the heavy chain constant region consists of three domains CH1, CH2 and CH3.
  • Each light chain is composed of a variable region of said light chain (abbreviated here as LCVR or VL) and a constant region of said light chain.
  • the light chain constant region consists of a CL domain.
  • VH and VL regions may be further divided into hypervariable regions referred to as complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) and interspersed with conserved regions referred to as framework regions (FR).
  • CDRs complementarity-determining regions
  • FR framework regions
  • Each VH and VL region consists of three CDRs and four FRs which are arranged from the N terminus to the C terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
  • antibody moiety refers to one or more fragments of an antibody having specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof, said fragment(s) still being capable of specifically binding said oligomer or derivative thereof. Fragments of a complete antibody have been shown to be able to carry out the antigen-binding function of an antibody.
  • binding fragments include (i) an Fab fragment, i.e. a monovalent fragment composed of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) an F(ab′) 2 fragment, i.e.
  • a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked to one another in the hinge region via a disulfide bridge; (iii) an Fd fragment composed of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) an Fv fragment composed of the FL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody; (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546) consisting of a VH domain or of VH, CH1, CH2, DH3, or VH, CH2, CH3; and (vi) an isolated complementarity-determining region (CDR).
  • CDR complementarity-determining region
  • the two domains of the Fv fragment namely VL and VH
  • they may further be linked to one another using a synthetic linker and recombinant methods, making it possible to prepare them as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions combine in order to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (ScFv); see, for example, Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883).
  • the term “antigen-binding moiety” of an antibody is also intended to comprise such single chain antibodies. Other forms of single chain antibodies such as “diabodies” are likewise included here.
  • Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker which is too short for the two domains being able to combine on the same chain, thereby forcing said domains to pair with complementary domains of a different chain and to form two antigen-binding sites (see, for example, Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123).
  • an antibody or antigen-binding moiety thereof may be part of a larger immunoadhesion molecule formed by covalent or noncovalent association of said antibody or antibody moiety with one or more further proteins or peptides.
  • immunoadhesion molecules are the use of the streptavidin core region in order to prepare a tetrameric scFv molecule (Kipriyanov; S. M., et al. (1995) Human Antibodies and Hybridomas 6:93-101) and the use of a cystein residue, a marker peptide and a C-terminal polyhistidine tag in order to produce bivalent and biotinylated scFv molecules (Kipriyanov, S.
  • Antibody moieties such as Fab and F(ab′) 2 fragments may be produced from whole antibodies by using conventional techniques such as digestion with papain or pepsin.
  • antibodies, antibody moieties and immunoadhesion molecules may be obtained by using standardized recombinant DNA techniques.
  • An “isolated antibody having specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof” means an antibody having specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof, which is essentially free of other antibodies having different antigen specificities, i.e. in particular an antibody which is free of antibodies specifically binding to other forms of the A ⁇ (1-42) protein, as described above.
  • neutralizing antibody means an antibody whose binding to a particular antigen results in the inhibition of the biological activity of said antigen. Said inhibition of the biological activity of the antigen may be assessed by measuring one or more indicators for said biological activity of the antigen, using a suitable in-vitro or in-vivo assay.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” means an antibody derived from a hybridoma (e.g. an antibody secreted by a hybridoma prepared by means of hybridoma technology such as the standardized hybridoma methods according to Kohler and Milstein).
  • An antibody which is derived from a hybridoma and which has specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof is therefore referred to as monoclonal antibody.
  • recombinant antibody refers to antibodies which are produced, expressed, generated or isolated by recombinant means, such as antibodies which are expressed using a recombinant expression vector transfected into a host cell; antibodies isolated from a recombinant combinatorial antibody library; antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g. a mouse) which is transgenic due to human immunoglobulin genes (see, for example, Taylor, L. D., et al. (1992) Nucl. Acids Res. 20:6287-6295); or antibodies which are produced, expressed, generated or isolated in any other way in which particular immunoglobulin gene sequences (such as human immunoglobulin gene sequences) are assembled with other DNA sequences.
  • Recombinant antibodies include, for example, chimeric, CDR graft and humanized antibodies.
  • human antibody refers to antibodies whose variable and constant regions correspond to or derive from immunoglobulin sequences of the human germ line, as described, for example, by Kabat et al. (see Kabat, et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242).
  • the human antibodies of the invention may contain amino acid residues not encoded by human germ line immunoglobulin sequences (for example mutations which have been introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs, and in particular in CDR3.
  • Recombinant human antibodies of the invention have variable regions and may also contain constant regions derived from immunoglobulin sequences of the human germ line (see Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242).
  • such recombinant human antibodies are subjected to in-vitro mutagenesis (or to a somatic in-vivo mutagenesis, if an animal is used which is transgenic due to human Ig sequences) so that the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences which although related to or derived from VH and VL sequences of the human germ line, do not naturally exist in vivo within the human antibody germ line repertoire.
  • recombinant antibodies of this kind are the result of selective mutagenesis or back mutation or of both.
  • back mutation refers to a method which comprises replacing some of or all of the somatically mutated amino acids of a human antibody with the corresponding germ line residues of a homologous germ line antibody sequence.
  • sequences for the heavy and light chains of a human antibody of the invention are compared separately with the germ line sequences in the VBASE database to identify the sequences having the highest homology. Imprints on the human antibodies of the invention are reverted to the germ line sequence by mutating defined nucleotide positions encoding such deviating amino acids.
  • each amino acid identified in this way as a candidate for a back mutation for antigen binding should be investigated, and an amino acid impairing a desired property of said human antibody after mutation should not be incorporated in the final human antibody.
  • those amino acid positions which, although deviating from the closest germ line sequence, are identical to the corresponding amino acid sequence of a second germ line sequence may remain unchanged, provided that said second germ line sequence is identical and colinear with the sequence of the human antibody of the invention in at least 10 and preferably in 12 amino acids on both sides of the amino acid in question.
  • Back mutations may be carried out at any stage of antibody optimization.
  • chimeric antibody refers to antibodies which contain sequences for the variable region of the heavy and light chains from one species but in which the sequences of one or more of the CDR regions of VH and/or VL have been replaced with CDR sequences of another species, such as antibodies having variable regions of the heavy and light chains from mouse, in which one or more of the mouse CDRs (e.g. CDR3) have been replaced with human CDR sequences.
  • humanized antibody refers to antibodies which contain sequences of the variable region of heavy and light chains from a nonhuman species (e.g. mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid, goat) but in which at least one part of the VH and/or VL sequence has been altered in order to be more “human-like”, i.e. to be more similar to variable sequences of the human germ line.
  • a humanized antibody is a CDR graft antibody in which human CDR sequences have been inserted into nonhuman VH and VL sequences to replace the corresponding nonhuman CDR sequences.
  • surface plasmon resonance refers to an optical phenomenon by which biospecific interactions can be analyzed by detecting changes in protein concentrations by means of a biosensor matrix, using, for example, the BIAcore system (Pharmacia Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.).
  • BIAcore Phharmacia Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.
  • K off refers to the off rate constant for the dissociation of an antibody from the antibody/antigen complex.
  • K d refers to the dissociation constant of a particular antibody-antigen interaction.
  • the binding affinity of the antibodies of the invention may be evaluated by using standardized in-vitro immunoassays such as ELISA or BIAcore analyses.
  • the protein may be a T cell receptor-derived molecule or a T cell receptor-derived receptor domain or a fusion protein of said receptor domain with an Fc moiety of an immunoglobulin.
  • compositions containing a protein of the invention and in particular an antibody of the invention and also, optionally, a pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may furthermore contain at least one additional therapeutic agent, for example one or more additional therapeutic agents for the treatment of a disease for whose relief the antibodies of the invention are useful. If, for example, the antibody of the invention binds to an oligomer of the invention, the pharmaceutical composition may furthermore contain one or more additional therapeutic agents useful for the treatment of disorders in which the activity of said oligomer is important.
  • Pharmaceutically suitable carriers include any solvents, dispersing media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption-delaying agents, and the like, as long as they are physiologically compatible.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, for example, water, saline, phosphate-buffered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol and the like, and combinations thereof.
  • isotonic agents for example sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol, or sodium chloride in addition.
  • Pharmaceutically suitable carriers may furthermore contain relatively small amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting agents or emulsifiers, preservatives or buffers, which increase the half life or efficacy of the antibodies.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may be suitable for parenteral administration, for example.
  • the antibodies are prepared preferably as injectable solutions with an antibody content of 0.1-250 mg/ml.
  • the injectable solutions may be prepared in liquid or lyophilized form, the dosage form being a flint glass or vial, an ampoule or a filled syringe.
  • the buffer may contain L-histidine (1-50 mM, preferably 5-10 mM) and have a pH of 5.0-7.0, preferably of 6.0.
  • Further suitable buffers include, without being limited thereto, sodium succinate, sodium citrate, sodium phosphate or potassium phosphate buffers.
  • Sodium chloride may be used in order to adjust the tonicity of the solution to a concentration of 0-300 mM (preferably 150 mM for a liquid dosage form).
  • Cryoprotectants for example sucrose (e.g. 0-10%, preferably 0.5-1.0%) may also be included for a lyophilized dosage form.
  • Other suitable cryoprotectants are trehalose and lactose.
  • Fillers for example mannitol (e.g. 1-10%, preferably 2-4%) may also be included for a lyophilized dosage form.
  • Stabilizers for example L-methionine (e.g. 51-50 mM, preferably 5-10 mM) may be used both in liquid and lyophilized dosage forms.
  • Suitable fillers are glycine and arginine.
  • Surfactants for example polysorbate 80 (e.g. 0-0.05%, preferably 0.005-0.01%), may also be used.
  • Further surfactants are polysorbate 20 and BRIJ surfactants.
  • compositions of the invention may have a multiplicity of forms. These include liquid, semisolid and solid dosage forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g. injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories.
  • liquid solutions e.g. injectable and infusible solutions
  • dispersions or suspensions tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories.
  • the preferred form depends on the intended type of administration and on the therapeutic application. Typically, preference is given to compositions in the form of injectable or infusible solutions, for example compositions which are similar to other antibodies for passive immunization of humans.
  • the preferred route of administration is parenteral (e.g. intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular).
  • the antibody is administered by intravenous infusion or injection.
  • the antibody is administered by intramuscular or subcutaneous injection.
  • compositions must typically be sterile and stable under the preparation and storage conditions.
  • the compositions may be formulated as solution, micro-emulsion, dispersion, liposome or another ordered structure suitable for high active substance concentrations.
  • Sterile injectable solutions may be prepared by introducing the active compound (i.e. the antibody) in the required amount into a suitable solvent, where appropriate with one or a combination of the abovementioned ingredients, as required, and then sterile-filtering said solution.
  • Dispersions are usually prepared by introducing the active compound into a sterile vehicle containing a basic dispersion medium and, where appropriate, other required ingredients.
  • a sterile lyophilized powder for preparing sterile injectable solutions vacuum drying and spray drying are preferred methods of preparation, which produces a powder of the active ingredient and, where appropriate, of further desired ingredients from a previously sterile-filtered solution.
  • the correct flowability of a solution may be maintained by using, for example, a coating such as lecithin, by maintaining, in the case of dispersions the required particle size or by using surfactants.
  • a prolonged absorption of injectable compositions may be achieved by additionally introducing into the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example monostearate salts and gelatin.
  • the antibodies of the invention may be administered by a multiplicity of methods known to the skilled worker, although the preferred type of administration for many therapeutic applications is subcutaneous injection, intravenous injection or infusion.
  • the active compound may be prepared with a carrier which protects the compound against rapid release, such as, for example, a formulation with controlled release, which includes implants, transdermal plasters and microencapsulated release systems.
  • a formulation with controlled release which includes implants, transdermal plasters and microencapsulated release systems.
  • Biologically degradable biocompatible polymers such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycol acid, collagen, polyorthoesters and polylactic acid may be used.
  • the methods of preparing such formulations are well known to the skilled worker, see, for example, Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems, J. R. Robinson, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1978.
  • an antibody of the invention may be administered orally, for example in an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier.
  • the antibody (and further ingredients, if desired) may also be enclosed in a hard or soft gelatin capsule, compressed to tablets or added directly to food.
  • the antibodies may be mixed with excipients and used in the form of swallowable tablets, buccal tablets, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups and the like. If it is intended to administer an antibody of the invention via a route other than the parenteral one, it may be necessary to choose a coating from a material which prevents its inactivation.
  • the antibodies of the invention are preferably capable of neutralizing, both in vitro and in vivo, the activity of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof to which they bind. Said antibodies may therefore be used for inhibiting the activity of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof, for example in a cell culture containing said oligomers or derivatives thereof or in human individuals or other mammals in which said oligomers or derivatives thereof are present.
  • the invention relates to a method of inhibiting the activity of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof, which method comprises allowing an antibody of the invention to act on an oligomer or derivative thereof so as to inhibit the activity of said oligomer or derivative thereof. Said activity may be inhibited in vitro, for example.
  • the antibody of the invention may be added to a cell culture which contains or is suspected to contain the oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof, in order to inhibit the activity of said oligomer or derivative thereof in said culture.
  • the activity of the oligomer or derivative thereof may be inhibited in an individual in vivo.
  • the present invention further relates to a method of inhibiting the activity of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof in an individual who suffers from a disorder in which the amyloid ⁇ protein is involved and in which in particular the activity of said oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof is important.
  • Said method comprises the administration of at least one antibody of the invention to the individual with the aim of inhibiting the activity of the oligomer or derivative thereof to which the antibody binds.
  • Said individual is preferably a human being.
  • An antibody of the invention may be administered for therapeutic purposes to a human individual.
  • an antibody of the invention may be administered to a nonhuman mammal for veterinary purposes or within the framework of an animal model for a particular disorder. Such animal models may be useful for evaluating the therapeutic efficacy of antibodies of the invention (for example for testing dosages and time courses of administration).
  • disorders in which the oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof play a part include in particular disorders in whose development and/or course an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof is involved. These are in particular those disorders in which oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof are evidently or presumably responsible for the pathophysiology of said disorder or are a factor which contributes to the development and/or course of said disorder. Accordingly, those disorders are included here in which inhibition of the activity of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof can relieve symptoms and/or progression of the disorder. Such disorders can be verified, for example, by an increased concentration of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof in a biological fluid of an individual suffering from a particular disorder (e.g.
  • oligomers of the invention and derivatives thereof play an important part in the pathology associated with a multiplicity of disorders in which neurodegenerative elements, cognitive deficits, neurotoxic elements and inflammatory elements are involved.
  • the antibodies of the invention may be administered together with one or more additional therapeutic agents which are useful in the treatment of the above-described disorders.
  • compositions of the present invention usually contain a therapeutically active amount or a prophylactically active amount of at least one antibody of the invention.
  • dosage plans can be chosen and adapted. For example, a single dose, multiple separate doses distributed over time or an increasing or decreasing dosage may be administered, depending on the requirements of the therapeutic situation. It is particularly advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in single dosage form in order to facilitate administration and to ensure uniformity of the dosage.
  • a therapeutically or prophylactically active amount of an antibody of the invention may be, for example, in the range of 0.1-20 mg/kg and preferably 1-10 mg/kg, without being limited thereto: These amounts may, of course, vary, depending on the type and severity of the condition to be relieved.
  • the antibodies of the invention advantageously have sensitivities of less than 10 ng/ml of sample, preferably of less than 1 ng/ml of sample and particularly preferably of less than 100 pg/ml of sample, meaning that at least the concentration of oligomer per ml of sample, indicated in each case, advantageously also lower concentrations, can be detected by the antibodies of the invention.
  • the determination is carried out immunologically. This may be carried out in principle by using any analytical or diagnostic assay method in which antibodies are used, including agglutination and precipitation techniques, immunoassays, immunohistochemical methods and immunoblot techniques, for example Western blotting or dot blot methods. In vivo methods, for example imaging methods, are also included here.
  • immunoassays are advantageous. Suitable are both competitive immunoassays, i.e. antigen and labeled antigen (tracer) compete for antibody binding, and sandwich immunoassays, i.e. binding of specific antibodies to the antigen is detected by a second, usually labeled antibody.
  • sandwich immunoassays i.e. binding of specific antibodies to the antigen is detected by a second, usually labeled antibody.
  • assays may be either homogeneous, i.e. without separation into solid and liquid phases, or heterogeneous, i.e. bound labels are separated from unbound ones, for example via solid phase-bound antibodies.
  • the various heterogeneous and homogeneous immunoassay formats can be classified into particular classes, for example RIAs (radioimmunoassays), ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay), FIA (fluorescence immunoassay), LIA (luminescence immunoassay), TRFIA (time-resolved FIA), IMAC (immunoactivation), EMIT (enzyme-multiplied immune test), TIA (turbodimetric immunoassay), I-PCR (immuno-PCR).
  • RIAs radioimmunoassays
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • FIA fluorescence immunoassay
  • LIA luminescence immunoassay
  • TRFIA time-resolved FIA
  • IMAC immunoactivation
  • EMIT enzyme-multiplied immune test
  • TIA turbodimetric immunoassay
  • I-PCR immuno-PCR
  • oligomer determination of the invention preference is given to competitive immunoassays in which labeled oligomer (tracer) competes with the oligomer to be quantified of the sample for binding to the antibody used.
  • the amount of antigen, i.e. the amount of oligomer, in the sample can be determined from the amount of the displaced tracer with the aid of a standard curve.
  • enzymes have proved advantageous.
  • Systems based on peroxidases in particular horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase and ⁇ -D-galactosidase, may be used, for example.
  • Specific substrates whose conversion can be monitored photometrically, for example, are available for these enzymes.
  • Suitable substrate systems are based on p-nitrophenyl phosphate (p-NPP), 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate/nitroblue tetrazolium (BCIP/NPT), Fast-Red/naphthol-AS-TS phosphate for alkaline phosphatase; 2,2-azinobis(3-ethyl-benzothiazoline-6-sulfonic acid) (ABTS), o-phenylenediamine (OPT), 3,3′,5,5′-tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), o-dianisidine, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 3-dimethylamino-benzoic acid (DMAB) and 3-methyl-2-benzothiazolinehydrazone (MBTH) for peroxidases; o-nitrophenyl- ⁇ -D-galactoside (o-NPG), p-nitrophenyl- ⁇ -D-galactoside and 4-methylumbelliphenyl- ⁇ -D
  • the tracers used are labeled oligomers. In this sense, a particular oligomer can be determined by labeling the oligomer to be determined and using it as tracer.
  • the coupling of labels to oligomers for preparing tracers may be carried out in a manner known per se.
  • the comments above on derivatization of oligomers of the invention are referred to by analogy.
  • a number of labels appropriately modified for conjugation to proteins are available, for example biotin-, avidin-, extravidin- or streptavidin-conjugated enzymes, maleimide-activated enzymes and the like.
  • These labels may be reacted directly with the oligomer or, if required, with the appropriately derivatized oligomer to give the tracer. If, for example, a streptavidin-peroxidase conjugate is used, then this firstly requires biotinylation of the oligomer. This applies correspondingly to the reverse order.
  • suitable methods are known to the skilled worker.
  • the antigen-antibody complex may be separated by binding it to the support, for example via an anti-idiotypical antibody coupled to said support, e.g. an antibody directed against rabbit IgG.
  • an anti-idiotypical antibody coupled to said support, e.g. an antibody directed against rabbit IgG.
  • Supports, in particular microtiter plates coated with appropriate antibodies are known and partly commercially available.
  • the present invention further relates to immunoassay sets having at least one above-described antibody and further components.
  • Said sets are, usually in the form of a packaging unit, a combination of means for carrying out an oligomer determination of the invention.
  • said means are preferably provided in an essentially ready-to-use form.
  • An advantageous arrangement offers the immunoassay in the form of a kit.
  • a kit usually comprises multiple containers for separate arrangement of components. All components may be provided in a ready-to-use dilution, as a concentrate for diluting or as a dry substance or lyophilisate for dissolving or suspending; individual or all components may be frozen or stored at room temperature until use.
  • Sera are preferably shock-frozen, for example at ⁇ 20° C. so that in these cases an immunoassay has to be kept preferably at temperatures below freezing prior to use.
  • immunoassay Further components supplied with the immunoassay depend on the type of said immunoassay. Usually, standard protein, tracer which mayor may not be required and control serum are supplied together with the antiserum. Furthermore, microtiter plates, preferably antibody-coated, buffers, for example for testing, for washing or for conversion of the substrate, and the enzyme substrate itself may also be included.
  • substances which inhibit aggregation of the oligomers of the invention or accelerate disaggregation thereof are also substances which represent possible therapeutic agents for the treatment of the above amyloid ⁇ -associated disorders such as, for example, Alzheimer's disease.
  • the present invention therefore also relates to a method of characterizing a substance or a substance mixture, which method comprises
  • Said method may also be carried out on mixtures of biological origin, for example a cell preparation and cell extracts, in order to identify natural binding partners with affinity for the oligomers of the invention, for example cell surface antigens, in particular receptors, and soluble ligands, for example particular proteins and mediators.
  • biological origin for example a cell preparation and cell extracts
  • natural binding partners with affinity for the oligomers of the invention for example cell surface antigens, in particular receptors, and soluble ligands, for example particular proteins and mediators.
  • Said methods are usually in vitro-screening methods which can be used to select from a multiplicity of different substances those which appear to be most promising with respect to a future application. It is possible, for example, to establish by means of combinatorial chemistry extensive substance libraries comprising myriads of potential active substances.
  • the screening of combinatorial substance libraries for substances having the desired activity can be automated. Screening robots serve to efficiently analyze the individual assays which are preferably arranged on microtiter plates.
  • the present invention also relates to screening methods, i.e. both primary and secondary screening methods, in which preferably at least one of the methods described below is applied. If several methods are applied, they may be applied to one and the same sample with a time shift or simultaneously or to different samples of a substance to be tested.
  • Kits and components for carrying out this assay may be obtained commercially, for example from Amersham Pharmacia Biotech.
  • solubilized or membrane-bound receptors are immobilized on small fluoromicrospheres containing a scintillating substance.
  • a radioligand binds to the immobilized receptors, said scintillating substance is stimulated and emits light, due to the spatial proximity of scintillating substance and radioligand.
  • FlashPlateR Another particularly effective technique for carrying out methods of this kind is the FlashPlateR technique known in the field of drug screening.
  • Kits and components for carrying out this assay may be commercially obtained, for example from NENR Life Science Products. This principle is likewise based on microtiter plates (96- or 384-well) coated with scintillating substance.
  • the present invention relates to substances or parts of substance mixtures, which are identifiable according to this method as a ligand binding to the oligomer, derivative thereof or to at least one oligomer or derivative thereof present in a corresponding composition, as well as to the use thereof for preparing a medicament for the treatment of amyloid &associated, in particular dementing, disorders or for preparing a composition for diagnosing amyloid ⁇ -associated, in particular dementing, disorders.
  • FIG. 1 shows an SDS PAGE of an A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A preparation (lane A); an A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation (lane B); of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane C);
  • FIG. 2 shows an SDS PAGE of an A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A preparation (lane A); an A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A-CL preparation (lane A′); an A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation (lane B); an A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B-CL preparation (lane B′); of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane C);
  • FIG. 3 shows an SDS PAGE of a biotin A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation (lane A); of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane B);
  • FIG. 4 shows an SDS PAGE of a fluorescein A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation (lane A); of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane B);
  • FIG. 5 shows a gel permeation chromatography of a solution containing A ⁇ (1-42) lyophilisate in comparison with a preparation containing A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B;
  • FIG. 6 shows a NATIVE PAGE of an A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation (lane A); of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane B);
  • FIG. 7 shows the binding of (A) monomeric A ⁇ (1-42) protein and (B) of the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers A and (C) A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B to the surface of the human neuroblastoma cell line IMR-32;
  • FIG. 8 shows the neurotoxic effect in % after treatment of murine cortical neurons with A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B, the error bar corresponding to the 95% confidence interval;
  • FIG. 9 shows an SDS PAGE of an A ⁇ (1-42) preparation treated with trypsin (lane 2), chymotrypsin (lane 3), thermolysin (lane 4), elastase (lane 5), papain (lane 6) or untreated (lane 7); and of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane 1);
  • FIG. 10 shows dot blots of the reactivity of 100 pmol (row A); 10 pmol (row B); 1 pmol (row C); 0.1 pmol (row D) and 0.01 pmol (row E); of A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 6b (column 1); of HFIP-treated A ⁇ (1-42) monomer of example 1a (column 2); of thermolysin-cleaved A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 15a (column 3); of glutaraldehyde-crosslinked A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 14a (column 4); of ADDL prepared according to M. P. Lambert et al., J. Neurochem.
  • FIG. 11 shows an SDS PAGE of an A ⁇ (20-42) oligomer B preparation of example 15a (lane B); of an A ⁇ (12-42) oligomer B preparation of example 15b (lane C); of an A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 6b (lane A); and of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane D);
  • FIG. 12 shows a gel permeation chromatography of the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 6b in comparison with the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B-CL preparation of example 14a;
  • FIG. 13 shows a diagrammatic representation of the monomeric A ⁇ (1-42) protein (left); of the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer (12-mer, A); and of the A ⁇ (12-42) oligomer (12-mer, C) and A ⁇ (20-42) oligomer (12-mer, B) both of which are obtainable by proteolytic cleavage;
  • FIG. 14 shows the excitatory postsynaptic potential (fEPSP) as a function of the time of action of A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B on hippocampal sections;
  • FIG. 15 shows an immunofluorescence image depicting the binding of A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B to hippocampal rat neurons (a) in comparison with unspecifically bound fluorescence (b).
  • concentrations of oligomers of the invention are expressed in moles of monomeric A ⁇ (1-42) polypeptide.
  • ⁇ amyloid(1-42) protein corresponds to the term amyloid ⁇ (1-42) protein.
  • proteins (polypeptides) used are of human origin.
  • human ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: A ⁇ (1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) are dissolved in 800 ⁇ l of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol and incubated in an Eppendorf vessel at 37° C. for 30 min. This is followed by evaporation to dryness in a vacuum concentrator (Speed Vac). The residue is taken up with 88 ⁇ l of DMSO, resulting in a 5 mM A ⁇ (1-42) stock suspension which can be stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • a ⁇ (1-42) peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany
  • rat ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: rat A ⁇ (1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) by dissolving 800 ⁇ l of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol and incubated in an Eppendorf vessel at 37° C. for 30 min. This is followed by evaporation to dryness in a vacuum concentrator (Speed Vac). The residue is taken up with 88 ⁇ l of DMSO, resulting in a 5 mM rat A ⁇ (1-42) stock suspension which can be stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • rat ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein short name: rat A ⁇ (1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany
  • ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein 1 mg is taken up in 220 ⁇ l of 10 mM aqueous HCl solution and incubated at room temperature for 10 min. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The supernatant (1 mM A ⁇ (1-42)) contains the A ⁇ (1-42) protein and is processed further as follows:
  • rat ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: rat A ⁇ (1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) is taken up in 220 ⁇ l of 10 mM aqueous HCl solution and incubated at room temperature for 10 min. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The supernatant (1 mM rat A ⁇ (1-42)) contains the rat amyloid- ⁇ (1-42) protein and is processed further as follows:
  • rat A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A preparation (100 ⁇ M) can be stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • a ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: A ⁇ (1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) is dissolved in 44 ⁇ l of 1% SDS/H 2 O (5 mM A ⁇ (1-42)). 5 ⁇ l of the solution are admixed with 40 ⁇ l PBS and 5 ⁇ l of 2% SDS and incubated at 37° C. for 16 h. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The thus obtained A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A preparation (500 ⁇ M A ⁇ (1-42)) can be stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • rat ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: rat A(3(1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) is dissolved in 44 ⁇ l of 1% SDS/H 2 O (5 mM rat A ⁇ (1-42)). 5 ⁇ l of the solution are admixed with 40 ⁇ l PBS and 5 ⁇ l of 2% SDS and incubated at 37° C. for 16 h. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The thus obtained rat A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A preparation (500 ⁇ M rat A ⁇ (1-42)) can be stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • An A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 2a is diluted with 2.475 ml of water (0.05% SDS content, 0.1 mM A ⁇ (1-42)) and incubated at 37° C. for 20 hours. Aliquots of this A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at ⁇ 80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • a rat A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 2a is diluted with 2.475 ml of water (0.05% SDS content, 0.1 mM rat A ⁇ (1-42)) and incubated at 37° C. for 20 hours. Aliquots of this rat A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at ⁇ 80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • An A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 2c is diluted with 2.475 ml of water (0.125% lauric acid content, 0.1 mM A ⁇ (1-42)) and incubated at 37° C. for 20 hours. Aliquots of this A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at ⁇ 80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • An A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 2d is diluted with 2.475 ml of water (0.125% oleic acid content, 0.1 mM A ⁇ (1-42)) and incubated at 37° C. for 20 hours. Aliquots of this A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at ⁇ 80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • An A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 2e is diluted with 2.475 ml of water (0.125% laurylsarcosine content, 0.1 mM A ⁇ (1-42)) and incubated at 37° C. for 20 hours. Aliquots of this A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at ⁇ 80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • An A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation prepared according to example 5a is admixed with 30 ml of PBS buffer containing 0.1% Pluronic® F68 (BASF) and concentrated to 3 ml in an Amicon Centriprep YM, 30 kD. Residues which may be present are removed by centrifugation (10 000 g for 5 min). The supernatant is removed. Aliquots of this A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at ⁇ 80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • Pluronic® F68 BASF
  • biotin- ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: biotin-A ⁇ (1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, AnaSpec) are dissolved in 200 ⁇ l of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol and incubated in an Eppendorf vessel at 37° C. for 30 min. This is followed by evaporation to dryness in a vacuum concentrator (Speed Vac). The residue is taken up with 20.5 ⁇ l of DMSO, producing a 5 mM biotin-A ⁇ (1-42) stock suspension which can be stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • a biotin-A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 8 is diluted with 82 ⁇ l of water (0.05% SDS content, 0.1 mM A ⁇ ) and incubated at 37° C. for 16 hours. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min.
  • the biotin A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at ⁇ 20° C. and stored for further studies. ( FIG. 3 ).
  • fluorescein- ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: fluorescein-A ⁇ (1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, AnaSpec) are dissolved in 200 ⁇ l of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol and incubated in an Eppendorf vessel at 37° C. for 30 min. This is followed by evaporation to dryness in a vacuum concentrator (Speed Vac). The residue is taken up with 20.5 ⁇ l of DMSO, producing a 5 mM fluorescein-A ⁇ (1-42) stock suspension which can be stored at ⁇ 20° C.
  • a fluorescein-A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 11 is diluted with 82 ⁇ l of water (0.05% SDS content, 0.1 mM A ⁇ ) and incubated at 37° C. for 16 hours.
  • the fluorescein A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at ⁇ 80° C. and stored for further studies. ( FIG. 4 ).
  • the preparation obtained in this way contains crosslinked A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B and is referred to as A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B-CL preparation.
  • oligomer B preparation prepared according to example 6b are admixed with 38 ml of buffer (50 mM MES/NaOH, pH 7.4) and 200 ⁇ l of a 1 mg/ml thermolysin solution (Roche) in water.
  • the reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 20 h.
  • 80 ⁇ l of a 100 mM EDTA solution, pH 7.4, in water are added and the mixture is furthermore adjusted to an SDS content of 0.01% with 400 ⁇ l of a 1% strength SOS solution.
  • the reaction mixture is concentrated to approx. 1 ml via a 15 ml 30 kDa Centriprep tube.
  • the concentrate is admixed with 9 ml of buffer (50 mM MES/NaOH, 0.02% SDS, pH 7.4) and again concentrated to 1 ml.
  • the concentrate is dialyzed at 6° C. against 1 l of buffer (5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM NaCl) in a dialysis tube for 16 h.
  • the dialysate is adjusted to an SDS content of 0.1% with a 2% strength SDS solution in water.
  • the sample is removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 10 min and the supernatant is removed.
  • the material thus obtained is analyzed further (SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; cf. FIG. 11 ); the mass-spectrometric analysis of the truncated oligomers produced reveals that the oligomer is composed of truncated A ⁇ (20-42).
  • the concentrate is admixed with 9 ml of buffer (5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM sodium chloride, pH 7.4) and again concentrated to 1 ml.
  • the concentrate is dialyzed at 6° C. against 1 l of buffer (5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM NaCl) in a dialysis tube for 16 h.
  • the dialysate is adjusted to an SDS content of 0.1% with a 1% strength SDS solution in water.
  • the sample is removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 10 min and the supernatant is removed.
  • the molecular weight under denaturing conditions is characterized by analyzing the preparations of examples 2a, 5a, 9, 12, 13 and 14a, all of which contain oligomers A and B, under denaturing conditions according to standard conditions in a 4-20% strength Tris-glycine SDS PAGE.
  • FIG. 1 The evaluation of said SDS PAGE ( FIG. 1 ) reveals that starting protein A ⁇ (1-42) still present in the oligomer A preparation appears as a band at about 4 kDa, while the oligomers A1 and A2 of example 2a, denoted 1 and 2, respectively, in FIG. 1 , are visible at about 15 kDa (weaker band) and at about 20 kDa (main band).
  • oligomers B1 and B2 of example 5a denoted 3 and 4, respectively, in FIG. 1 appear at about 38 kDa and about 48 kDa (see arrows).
  • higher molecular weights of about 42 kDa and about 52 kDa arise for the biotin- and fluorescein-derivatized oligomers B of examples 9 and 12 ( FIGS. 3 , 4 ).
  • Example 15a Analysis of the truncated A ⁇ (20-42) oligomers (of Example 15a) reveals that the 38/48 kDa double band ( FIG. 11 , lane A) is converted to a 28/38 kDa double band ( FIG. 11 ; lane B) by proteolytic removal of the N-terminal peptide with themolysine.
  • analysis of the truncated A ⁇ (12-42) oligomers (of Example 15b) reveals that the 38/48 kDa double band ( FIG. 11 ; lane A) is converted to a 33/40 kDa double band ( FIG. 11 ; ring C) by proteolytic removal of the N-terminal peptide with Glu-C endoprotease.
  • a gel permeation chromatography is carried out by way of an FPLC process using a Superose 12 HR10/30 column.
  • the GPC is run at 4° C.
  • the column is equilibrated with 5 volumes of PBS buffer (flow rate 0.5 ml/min, UV detection, 214 nm) and first calibrated using protein standards. Subsequently, the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 5a ( FIG. 5 , bottom) and, for comparison, the same concentration of freshly weighed A ⁇ (1-42) lyophilisate dissolved in PBS are analyzed, after removing the insoluble components by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 minutes ( FIG. 5 , top).
  • the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation has a protein fraction characterized by a main peak in the molecular weight range of around approximately 50 kDa. As under denaturing conditions in the SDS PAGE, this protein fraction differs significantly from the monomeric A ⁇ (1-42) protein characterized by a main peak in the molecular weight range of around aproximately 16 kDa.
  • a gel permeation chromatography is carried out by way of an FPLC process using a Superose 12 HR10/30 column at room temperature.
  • the column is equilibrated with 5 column volumes of PBS buffer (flow rate 0.5 ml/min, UV detection, 214 nm) and first calibrated using protein standards.
  • a ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B of example 6b is diluted to 1 mg/ml with PBS buffer and A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B-CL of example 14a is diluted to 1 mg/ml with PBS buffer, and both mixtures are analyzed ( FIG. 12 ).
  • the evaluation reveals that the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation with reduced SDS content has a protein fraction characterized by a main peak in the molecular weight range around approximately 100 kDa.
  • the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B-CL preparation with reduced SDS content has a protein fraction characterized by a main peak in the molecular weight range around approximately 60 kDa.
  • the molecular weight under native conditions is characterized by analyzing the oligomers B-containing preparations of example 5a under nondenaturing conditions in a 4-20% Tris-glycine gel.
  • the detergent present in the preparations is neutralized by the nonionic detergent Triton X-100.
  • 1 ⁇ l (4% Triton X-100) is pipetted to 10 ⁇ l of the preparation of the example 5a and incubated at room temperature for 5 min. Subsequently, 10 ⁇ l are admixed with the same volume of native sample buffer (4 ml of 1M Tris, pH 6.8, 8 ml of glycerol, 1 ml of bromophenol blue in 50 ml of H 2 O ) and the electrophoresis (running buffer: 7.5 g of Tris, 36 g of glycine to 2.5 l of H 2 O).
  • the NATIVE PAGE evaluation reveals that the starting peptide A ⁇ (1-42) still present in the oligomer B preparation appears as a band at about 28 kDa (lane A, denoted 1), while the main bands of the preparation of example 5a are visible at an apparent molecular weight of 64-90 kDa (lane A, denoted 2) ( FIG. 6 ).
  • molecular weights can be assigned to the oligomers of the invention, in particular the oligomers B, also in native molecular weight analytical methods such as gel permeation chromatography (see example 17) or native gel electrophoresis (see example 18).
  • the oligomers B to which molecular weights of about 38 and 48 kDa can be assigned in the SDS PAGE are detected in the native gel electrophoresis as a band in the molecular weight range of about 64-90 kDa, based on selected standard proteins.
  • This method cannot be expected to provide an exact reading of the molecular weight, since the migration behavior of the oligomers is substantially determined by their intrinsic charges, in addition to their size. However, the result leads to the conclusion that a defined oligomeric species is present.
  • the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B obtained according to example 6b are tested for stability in PBS buffer under the following conditions.
  • the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B obtained according to example 6b are diluted to 0.5 mg/ml with PBS buffer and incubated at room temperature or at 37° C. for 24 h or 96 h.
  • the band pattern was analyzed in an SDS PAGE.
  • the band pattern is identical in all samples.
  • Aliquots of the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation obtained according to example 6b are diluted to 0.5 mg/ml with buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) and incubated with in each case 1/50 of the amount by weight of the protease solutions indicated in FIG. 9 under the following conditions at 37° C. and pH 7.4 for 20 h. 1 ⁇ g of reactive mixture aliquots are then analyzed in an SDS-PAGE ( FIG. 9 ).
  • the SDS PAGE reveals that, starting from the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B preparation, all proteases revert the double band at about 38/48 kDa to a kDa double band at about 32/28 kDa under the chosen limited proteolysis conditions.
  • the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B have high plasma stability. According to this, the biological half life in the plasma is in the range of about 8 hours or longer.
  • biotin-A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers having molecular weights of 17 kDa and 22 kDa [biotin-A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers A] and, respectively, of 42 kDa and 52 kDa [biotin-A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B] to the surface of human neuronal cells.
  • Binding of human ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein and the two A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer A and A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparations to the human neuroblastoma cell line IMR-32 is studied by means of FACScan (Beckton Dickinson).
  • a suspension of IMR-32 cells (1,5 ⁇ 10 6 cells/0,1 ml PBS) is incubated with biotin-labeled human ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein (peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, AnaSpec) and the preparations containing the biotin-labeled oligomers A and B (examples 8 and 9, respectively) at 37° C. for 20 minutes.
  • the cells are subsequently washed with buffer (PBS plus 1% BSA) and incubated at room temperature with fluorescein coupled to streptavidin isothiocyanate (Sigma) for 20 minutes. After a washing step with buffer, binding to the surface of IMR-32 cells was analyzed by FACScan. The dashed line indicates background fluorescence in the absence of the biotin-labeled components. The addition of the individual preparations resulted in a strong increase of cell-associated fluorescence and is represented by the thick line. Binding of the oligomers A ( FIG. 7B ) and B ( FIG. 7C ) to the cell surfaces is distinctly different from the binding of the monomeric ⁇ -amyloid(1-42) protein ( FIG. 7A ). The data indicate specific binding sites for said oligomers on human cell surfaces.
  • disruption buffer A 200 ml of 5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM NaCl, 300 mM sucrose, adjusted to pH 7.4
  • 4 tablets of Complete® protease inhibitor cocktail from Roche
  • a homogenate from a control brain of an untreated rat is also processed and a series of standards of the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation is prepared in this brain homogenate in the same way.
  • the homogenates are then introduced in an ultracentrifuge at 100 000 g for 1 h and the supernatants are used for the subsequent analyses.
  • the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B content can be determined quantitatively as follows, first in the positive control and then, in comparison therewith, also in the brain sample of treated rats.
  • a ⁇ (1-42) (0.01 nmol/g) is detectible in the brain extracts of untreated rats
  • about 0.4 nmol/g A ⁇ (1-42) can be detected in the rats sacrificed 15 min after treatment by comparing the staining intensity with the corresponding concentrations of the positive control, and approx. 0.2 nmol/g can still be detected by the same method in the rats sacrificed 120 min after treatment. This results in an average biological half life of about 105 min for the exogenously administered A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B.
  • All dot blot-analyzed samples are likewise analyzed in a Western blot.
  • the Western blot is likewise developed with mMAb 6E10 (anti-A ⁇ (1-42); Signet) and furthermore with an alkaliphosphatase coupled to anti-mouse IgG and by adding the staining reagent NBT/BCIP.
  • Anti-A ⁇ (1-42) reactive bands only occur in the 38/48 kDa region, corresponding to the apparent molecular weight of the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B, i.e. the oligomeric structure is still retained with in vivo administration, even after 2 hours.
  • the same concentrations can be estimated in the brains of the 15 min rats (0.4 nmol/g) and the 120 min rats (0.2 nmol/g) by comparing the staining intensities with correspondingly intensively stained bands of the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B in the positive control.
  • Murine cortical neurons are prepared and cultured as a mixed culture with glia cells following the literature (Choi et al. (1987) J. Neurosci. 7, 357-368).
  • the cortices of embryos on days 14-15 of development are mechanically removed from the meninges and lower brain regions.
  • the cells are separated from one another by incubation in a 0.05% strength trypsin solution at 37° C. for 5-7 minutes and subsequently pipetting said solution several times through a pasteur pipette with reduced opening.
  • 430 000 cells are seeded in 0.5 ml of maintenance medium (minimum essential medium containing 0.8 mM glutamine, 18 mM glucose, 23 mM NaHCO 3 and 10% of horse serum) per 2 cm 2 on cell culture material coated with poly-L-ornithine and laminine. Cultivation and later incubations of the cells are carried out in a humidified cell culture incubator at 37° C., 5% CO 2 . After 3-5 days in culture, propagation of the glia cells is interrupted by a 1-day incubation with a mixture of (+)-5-fluoro-2′-deoxyuridine/uridine (10 ⁇ M each).
  • maintenance medium minimum essential medium containing 0.8 mM glutamine, 18 mM glucose, 23 mM NaHCO 3 and 10% of horse serum
  • the toxic action of A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B is studied.
  • the cells are incubated in brain cell buffer (120 mM NaCl, 5.4 mM KCl, 1.8 mM CaCl 2 , 15 mM glucose, 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.2) for 15 minutes.
  • Control cells 1 are incubated with 300 ⁇ M L-glutamate in brain cell buffer for the same time.
  • the A ⁇ -oligomer stock solution is diluted with serum-free medium (minimum essential medium containing 0.8 mM glutamine, 20 mM glucose, 26 mM NaHCO 3 ) to various final concentrations and incubated for 24 h.
  • control cells 1 The average for the glutamate-treated cells (control cells 1) is set to 100% neuronal death, the average of the cells which have been treated neither with L-glutamate nor with A ⁇ oligomers (control cells 2) is set to 0% neuronal death and the values of the cells treated with A ⁇ oligomers are converted accordingly.
  • the neurotoxicity average of all determinations at the concentrations used in each case indicates a distinct toxic action of the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers having molecular weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B], cf. FIG. 8 .
  • the cocktails used for immunization contain in all cases adjuvant (Biogenes) with essentially the following components:
  • the adjuvant is mixed with a solution of the antigen in a 2:1 ratio until a stable emulsion is obtained.
  • the emulsion is injected and forms a depot from which said antigen is released steadily.
  • the antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature.
  • the serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (a1).
  • the antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature.
  • the serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (a2).
  • the antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature.
  • the serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (b1).
  • the antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature.
  • the serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (b2).
  • the antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature.
  • the serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (c1).
  • the antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature.
  • the serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (d1).
  • a ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 6b 2 mg are coupled to LPH, with glutardialdehyde under standard conditions and 2 more rabbits are immunized with this conjugated A ⁇ (1-42) oligomer B preparation according to a standard protocol:
  • the antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature.
  • the serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (d2).
  • the numbers in the table indicate the minimum amount of antigen visible [in pmol; in each case based on the monomer, except for APP] (detection limit).
  • mice were immunized with A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers of example 6b and monoclonal antibodies established in a manner known per se.
  • monoclonal antibodies 2 out of 10 hybridomas secreted monoclonal antibodies whose binding profiles are similar to those of the antiserum (a1), in particular with respect to the reactivites assayed above.
  • 100 ⁇ l of 2 mg/ml A ⁇ (1-42) solution in 0.1% NH 4 OH are diluted with 300 ⁇ l of buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) to 0.5 mg/ml and adjusted to pH 7.4 with 0.1 M HCl (100 ⁇ M A ⁇ (1-42)).
  • the sample is incubated at 37° C. for 24 h and then removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 10 min.
  • the protein residue obtained is resuspended with 400 ⁇ l of buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4).
  • the A ⁇ (1-42) fibril preparation obtained in this way can be stored at ⁇ 20° C. and used for further studies.
  • Transversal hippocampal slices of 400 ⁇ M in thickness were adapted in a submersion slice chamber at 34° C. under perfusion by gassed Ringer's solution (NaCl 124 mM, KCl 4.9 mM, MgSO 4 1.3 mM, CaCl 2 2.5 mM, KH 2 PO 4 1.2 mM, NaHCO 3 25.6 mM, glucose 10 mM).
  • gassed Ringer's solution NaCl 124 mM, KCl 4.9 mM, MgSO 4 1.3 mM, CaCl 2 2.5 mM, KH 2 PO 4 1.2 mM, NaHCO 3 25.6 mM, glucose 10 mM.
  • the Schaffer collateral was stimulated with the aid of a monopolar stimulating electrode and the excitatory postsynaptic potential (fEPSP) in the stratum radiatum was recorded.
  • Test pulses were given with 30% of the stimulus level that generates a maximum fEPSP.
  • FIG. 14 indicates that the washing-in of A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers suppresses long-term potentiation in hippocampus, especially in the maintenance phase. Accordingly, the A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers BCL influence the storage of information by nerve cells (cellular memory).
  • rat A ⁇ (1-42) oligomers B of example 5b was studied.
  • the hippocampal neurons were cultured in neurobasal medium with B27 supplement on poly-L-lysine-coated cover slips and used on day 14 of the culture.
  • the oligomers were bound to the cell membrane of the neurons by adding 200 nM (total monomeric A ⁇ concentration) oligomers to fresh culture medium and incubating at 37° C. for 15 minutes. After removing the A ⁇ -containing medium, two washing steps with medium were carried out and the cells were then fixed in 3.7% formaldehyde. After further washing of the cells, unspecific binding sites were blocked with 10% normal donkey serum in PBS buffer at room temperature for 90 min.
  • 6E10 (from mouse) was applied as the first antibody in a 1:2000 dilution at room temperature for 2 h.
  • the cells were washed again and incubated with the second antibody (from donkey) which is directed against mouse and which is coupled to the fluorescent dye Cy3, at room temperature for 2 h.
  • the cover slips containing the neurons were fixed to a slide with embedding medium.
  • the hippocampal neurons with bound A ⁇ oligomers were depicted in a fluorescent microscope.
  • the control used was a mixture in which the first antibody 6E10 had been omitted. This control thus exhibits unspecific fluorescence not based on A ⁇ .
  • FIG. 15 a shows, the oligomers bind to the cell surface of the neurons in a dotted manner.
  • the control without the first antibody 6E10 exhibits only low unspecific fluorescence, due to binding of the second antibody to the neurons ( FIG. 15 b ).

Abstract

The invention relates to neuromodulatory oligomers of the amyloid β(1-42) protein, a particular production method, by means of which the oligomer can be obtained in a reproducible manner at high yield, the use of the oligomers and diagnostic and therapeutic agents, for the generation of oligomer-specific antibodies and for the discovery of substances which can interact with the oligomers and in the formation thereof.

Description

  • The invention relates to neuromodulating oligomers of the amyloid β(1-42) protein, to a specific method of preparation by which said oligomers are obtainable in a reproducible manner and with high yield, and to the use of said oligomers as diagnostic and therapeutic agents, for generating oligomer-specific antibodies and for finding substances capable of interacting with said oligomers and with the formation thereof.
  • The invention likewise also relates to derivatives of said oligomers, in particular to crosslinked oligomers and oligomers based on truncated forms of the amyloid β(1-42) protein thereof, to the preparation thereof and the use thereof.
  • Corresponding methods of generating the antibodies and of finding the substances are also described as are the antibodies themselves and the use of said antibodies and substances as diagnostic and therapeutic agents.
  • Amyloid β(1-42) protein, also referred to as Aβ(1-42) for short, is a central component of insoluble extracellular depositions (senile or neuritic plaques) composed of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates and salts in the brains of Alzheimer and Down's syndrome patients (C. L. Masters et al. PNAS 82, 4245-4249, 1985). This protein which tends to polymerize in an aqueous environment may be present in very different molecular forms.
  • A simple correlation of the deposition of insoluble protein with the occurrence or progression of dementia disorders such as, for example, Alzheimer's disease has proved to be unconvincing (R. D. Terry et al Ann. Neurol. 30. 572-580 (1991), D. W. Dickson et al. Neurobiol. Aging 16, 285-298 (1995)). In contrast, the loss of synapses and cognitive perception seems to correlate better with soluble forms of Aβ(1-42) (L. F. Lue et al. Am. J. Pathol. 155, 853-862,(1999), C. A. McLean et al. Ann. Neurol. 46, 860-866 (1999)).
  • With the soluble forms of Aβ(1-42), there are essentially two different hypotheses regarding the molecular forms supposedly to be the cause for dementia disorders such as Alzheimer's disease.
  • Firstly, a cytotoxic action of Aβ(1-42) protofibrils is' postulated. The latter are still soluble, fibrillar relatively highly aggregated Aβ(1-42) forms having molecular weights in the range from 150-250 kDa (Arispe et al. PNAS 90. 567 (1993), Lashuel et al., Nature 418, 291 (2002)) which, due to pore-forming properties, apparently cause an uncontrolled calcium influx through the membranes of neuronal cells.
  • Secondly, oligomeric Aβ(1-42) derivatives having molecular weights in the range from 15-30 kDa are described (M. P. Lambert et al. PNAS 95, 6448-6453 (1998)). These nonfibrillar oligomers also referred to as amyloid derived, diffusible and dementing ligands (ADDL's for Amyloid Derived Dementing Ligands, cf. U.S. Pat. No. 6,218,506 and WO 01/10900, or for Amyloid Derived Diffusible Ligands, cf. Lambert et al. supra) can be found in preparations showing an inhibiting influence on the rate of long-term potentiation of neurons in hippocampal sections.
  • However, the state of previous research on oligomers is characterized by great uncertainty over the actually relevant species. The information in the literature differs greatly. Thus, U.S. Pat. No. 6,218,506 describes ADDLs having from 3 to 12 subunits, whereas the ADDLs described in WO 01/10900 may have up to 24 subunits.
  • More specifically, at least two forms are discussed which have in a gel-electrophoretic analysis under nondenaturing conditions molecular weights in the range from 27 to 28 kDa and 23 to 24 kDa (U.S. Pat. No. 6,218,506) or from about 26 kDa to 28 kDa (WO 01/10900) and, respectively, 17 kDa and 27 kDa (M. P. Lambert et al. PNAS 95, 6448-6453 (1998)) and in an SDS gel-electrophoretic analysis under denaturing conditions molecular weights of 17 kDa and 22 kDa (M. P. Lambert et al. PNAS 95, 6448-6453 (1998)) and, respectively, of from about 22 kDa to about 24 kDa and from about 18 kDa to about 19 kDa (WO 01/10900). SDS-stable Aβ(1-42) oligomers having molecular weights in the range from 8 kDa and 12 kDa have also been detected previously by Western blot methods on brains of Alzheimer patients (C. A. McLean et al. Ann. Neurol. 46, 860-866 (1999)).
  • The preparation protocols described have the disadvantage of resulting in inhomogeneous oligomer preparations.
  • Thus it has not been possible yet to provide in a reproducible manner, let alone unambiguously identify, the molecular forms of Aβ(1-42) responsible for neuromodulation.
  • However, the importance of a homogeneous preparation can be gauged, for example, from the course of a first clinical study of active immunization on Alzheimer patients. Vaccination with a pre-aggregated form of Aβ(1-42) resulted in considerable side effects (mengioencephalitis, hemorrhages) in some of the patients, since the antibodies formed also recognized the Aβ(1-42) forms presumably required for cell lining, resulting in inflammatory reactions (D. Schenk.; Nat. Rev. Neurosci. 3, 824-828 (2002)).
  • A custom therapy which especially aims at neutralizing the actually damaging protein form therefore absolutely requires the identification and defined preparation of the latter.
  • In addition, the occurrence of N-terminally truncated forms of the Aβ(1-42) protein in connection with Alzheimer's disease has been reported. Apart from Aβ(1-42) N-terminally truncated forms were also detected in the depositions of brains of deceased Alzheimer patients as early as 1985 (C. Masters et al., PNAS 82, 4245-4249 (1985)). Thus, particular proteases present in the brain, such as neprilysin (NEP 24.11) or IDE (short for insulin degrading enzyme), are also known to be able to degrade Aβ(1-42) (D. J. Selkoe, Neuron 32, 177-180, (2001)).
  • However, the importance of the N-terminally truncated forms in the pathogenesis of Alzheimer's disease is unclear (E. B. Lee et al, JBS 278, 4458-4466 (2003)). Interestingly, some patients suffering from sporadic or familial Alzheimer's disease or Down's syndrome preferably accumulate these truncated forms (J. Näslund et al, PNAS 91, 8378-8382, (1994), C. Russo et al., Nature 405, 531-532, (2000), T. C. Saido et al, Neuron 14, 457-466, (1995)). A relatively recent study (N. Sergeant et al, J. of Neurochemistry 85, 1581-1591, (2003)) showed that 60% of all insoluble Aβ peptides in the brains of deceased Alzheimer patients are based on N-terminally truncated forms.
  • Antibodies directed against monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein and particular fragments thereof have already been described.
  • Thus, WO 03/016466 and WO 03/016467 relate to the monoclonal antibody 266 and analogs thereof which lack a particular glycosylation site in CDR2. Humanized versions thereof (Hu-266) are also known. These documents also mention other monoclonal antibodies which, like antibody 226, recognize epitopes in the region of amino acids 13-28 of Aβ(1-42). These include the antibodies 4G8 (also mentioned in Lue et al. (1999), supra) and 1C2. Furthermore, McLean et al. (1999), supra, mentions the monoclonal antibody 1 E8 which apparently recognizes an epitope in the region of amino acids 18-22 of Aβ(1-42).
  • Moreover, a number of further antibodies are known which recognize epitopes of N-terminal sequences of Aβ(1-42). These include commercially available, monoclonal antibody 6E10 (also mentioned in WO 01/10900; Näslund et al. (1994), supra; Sergeant et al. (2003), supra) and the monoclonal antibodies 306 and 10D5 (see WO 03/016467) and also Ban50 and NAB228 (Lee et al. (2003), supra).
  • Furthermore, mention must be made of the monoclonal antibodies WO2, 21F12 and 3D6 and of the polyclonal serum ADA42 (Sergeant et al. (2003), supra).
  • An overview over anti-Aβ(1-42) antibodies currently undergoing preclinical testing can be found in Schenk et al. (2002), supra.
  • The present invention is based on the object of providing the molecular forms which cause the neuromodulating and, in particular, neuron-damaging action of Aβ(1-42) and whose presence is increased in dementia disorders such as Alzheimer's disease and Down's syndrome and achieves said object by means of particular Aβ(1-42) oligomers which are obtainable in the form of homogeneous preparations from monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein, using a special method, and by means of particular derivatives of said oligomers, in particular crosslinked oligomers and oligomers based on truncated Aβ(1-42) forms. The method of preparation enables peptide-synthetic Aβ(1-42) protein which is poorly soluble in aqueous media to be converted to defined soluble oligomers with high yield.
  • The present invention therefore relates to the subject matters defined in the claims.
  • Thus, the present invention relates to oligomers of the amyloid β(1-42) protein, said oligomers having an apparent molecular weight of about 15 kDa, 20 kDa, 38 kDa or 48 kDa in SDS gel electrophoresis, or to derivatives of said oligomers having a molecular weight which may or may not have changed according to the derivatization.
  • Amyloid β(1-42) protein is a polypeptide having 42 amino acids which is derived from the amyloid precursor protein (APP) by proteolytic processing. This also includes, in addition to human variants, isoforms of the amyloid β(1-42) protein present in organisms other than humans, in particular other mammals, especially rats.
  • According to a particular embodiment, the present invention relates to oligomers of human amyloid β(1-42) proteins. Human amyloid β(1-42) proteins include in particular the protein having the amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO:1 and also muteins and allelic variants thereof derived from said sequence in particular by amino acid exchange. In this connection, very particular mention must be made of the following amino acid substitutions: A21G, E22K, E22Q, E22G and D23N. Thus, the muteins or allelic variants of the amyloid β(1-42) protein include according to the invention in particular proteins having an amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO:1 in which one or more amino acids selected from among alanine 21, glutamic acid 22 and aspartic acid 23 have been substituted by a different amino acid preferably selected from among glycine, lysine, glutamine and asparagine. Particularly important according to the invention are substitutions in position 22, in particular by glutamine or glycine.
  • According to another particular embodiment, the present invention relates to oligomers of rat amyloid β(1-42) proteins. Rat amyloid β(1-42) proteins include in particular the protein having the amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO:2 and also muteins and allelic variants thereof derived from said sequence in particular by amino acid exchange. In this connection, very particular mention must be made of those amino acid substitutions which correspond to the amino acid substitutions discussed for the human sequence.
  • Amyloid β(1-42) protein may be prepared by known peptide-synthetic methods or recombinantly. In addition, a number of these proteins are commercially available. The same applies also to muteins and allelic variants.
  • The oligomers of the invention are obtainable by oligomerization of amyloid β(1-42) protein. The oligomerization comprises a noncovalent aggregation of monomeric amyloid protein so that the oligomers of the invention can be assumed to be composed of a plurality of amyloid β(1-42) protein monomers.
  • Depending on the degree of oligomerization, the oligomers of the invention have different molecular weights. Thus it is possible to assign apparent molecular weights to said oligomers by means of denaturing gel electrophoresis. Said molecular weights are about 15 kDa for the oligomer A1, about 20 kDa for the oligomer A2, about 38 kDa for the oligomer B1 and about 48 kDa for the oligomer B2, when gel electrophoresis is carried out under standard denaturing conditions (Tris-glycine gel, 4-20%, cf. Lammli UK, Nature 227, 680-685 (1970)), with the following standard proteins having the following apparent molecular weights under identical conditions: myosin 250 kDa, bovine serum albumin 98 kDa, glutamine hydrogenase 64 kDa, carboanhydrase 36 kDa, myoglobin 30 kDa, lysozyme 16 kDa, aprotinin 6 kDa, insulin B chain 4 kDa (cf. Blue Pre-stained Standard). According to another aspect, the molecular weights for the oligomers B are from about 64 to 90 kDa, when gel electrophoresis is carried out under standard native conditions (Tris glycine gel, 4-20%), with the following standard proteins having the following apparent molecular weights under identical conditions: myosin 250 kDa, bovine serum albumin 98 kDa, glutamine hydrogenase 64 kDa, carboanhydrase 36 kDa, myoglobin 30 kDa, lysozyme 16 kDa, aprotinin 6 kDa, insulin B chain 4 kDa (cf. Blue Pre-stained Standard).
  • According to another aspect, the oligomers of the invention are characterized by an affinity for neuronal cells. It can be assumed that said oligomers bind to particular cell surface proteins, in particular receptors.
  • Accordingly, the present invention also relates to a method of determining the binding of an oligomer of the invention to a predefined cellular structure, which method comprises
    • i) allowing said oligomer of the invention to act on said cellular structure and
    • ii) determining whether said oligomer of the invention binds to said cellular structure.
  • According to another aspect, the oligomers of the invention are characterized by a neuromodulating action. This neuromodulating action can manifest itself in particular in a reduced survivability of neuronal cells, for example neuroblastoma cells (neuro-toxicity) when at least one oligomer of the invention is allowed to act on a culture of these cells. It is possible here to assess the survivability of said cells in a manner known per se, for example by determining the extent of apoptosis caused by the action of the oligomers of the invention. For this purpose, suitable assay methods, for example colorimetric methods based on 3-[4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl]-2,5-diphenyl-tetrazolium bromide (MTT) are available. This neuromodulating action can manifest itself in vivo in particular in a modulation of the firing rate of neurons.
  • Accordingly, the present invention also relates to a method of determining the activity, in particular neurotoxicity, of an oligomer of the invention, which method comprises
    • i) allowing said oligomer of the invention to act on cells and
    • ii) determining whether the state of said cells is modified.
  • It is possible to provide for said methods oligomer of the invention in the above-described manner, for example in the form of any of the abovementioned compositions. The cells or cellular structures are conveniently provided in vitro, in particular as cell culture or else, in cellular structures, as homogenates. Here, neuronal cells and, in particular, neuroblastoma cells serve to determine neuro-toxicity. Alternatively, it is also possible to provide the cells in vivo, in particular as part of an organism, for example of an experimental animal, or ex vivo.
  • The state of the cells is usually determined at least once prior to and at least once after the action of the oligomer. If comparison between the state prior to and the state after the action results in a deviation, the oligomer tested has activity.
  • The type of the state to be determined depends on the type of the activity to be determined. Neurotoxicity can be determined by determining the survivability, for example. For this purpose, the proportion of living cells based on the total number of cells prior to and after the action of the oligomer can be determined and compared to one another.
  • Based upon the methods above of determining binding or activity, it is possible, according to particular embodiments, to test substances on whether they inhibit binding of oligomers of the invention and/or modulate, i.e. in particular reduce or essentially completely inhibit, or enhance the activity thereof.
  • For this purpose, the method is in principle carried out at least twice, once in the presence of the test substance and once more without test substance. To this end, said test substance is added to the oligomers usually after they have been provided.
  • However, if it is intended to determine whether or not a substance to be tested influences formation of said oligomers, said substance is expediently added to the reactant(s) used for oligomer formation, already prior to formation of said oligomers, i.e. already before they have been provided. Thus it is possible to carry out the preparation method of the invention with addition of the test substance and then to determine whether and to what extent the oligomers are formed. For this purpose, it can be determined whether the method products obtained in this way have the properties of the oligomers of the invention, i.e. their molecular weight, binding ability and activity, for example.
  • For the purposes of a neuromodulating action as pronounced as possible, preference must be given to the oligomers B of the invention. In this regard, preference is also given to derivatives of these oligomers, with particular emphasis being given to the oligomers based on an N-terminally truncated Aβ(1-42) protein.
  • For process engineering reasons, the oligomers A and the oligomers B may be produced as a mixture in the form of compositions which, in addition to the oligomers, further comprise small proportions of other polypeptides, in particular monomeric amyloid β(1-42) protein and, where appropriate, also higher molecular weight forms of aggregated amyloid β(1-42) protein. Compositions of this kind are likewise subject matter of the present invention and are distinguished in particular by the proportion of oligomer(s) of the invention being at least 70% by weight, preferably at least 90% by weight, and in particular at least 95% by weight, based on the totality of proteins derived from amyloid β(1-42) protein. In a preparation of oligomers A, the proportion of oligomer A2 (20 kDa band in the SDS gel) is at least 50% by weight and preferably at least 70% by weight and in particular at least 85% by weight. In a preparation of oligomers B, the proportion of oligomers B1 and B2 (38 kDa and 48 kDa bands in the SDS gel) is at least 60% by weight, preferably at least 75% by weight and in particular at least 90% by weight.
  • The oligomers of the invention may also be derivatized. The purpose of such derivatizations may be, for example, to modulate the physicochemical properties of said oligomers, in particular with respect to bioavailability, to provide said oligomers with a detectable label or to immobilize said oligomers, for example to be able to couple them to supports. Labeling and immobilization are particularly important for diagnostic applications.
  • Suitable labels familiar in the protein-biochemical field are sufficiently known to the skilled worker. These include fluorescent labels, for example particular fluorescein and tetramethylrhodamine derivatives, luminescent labels, colorimetric labels, radio labels and magnetic labels and also labels with affinity for complementary binding partners, such as biotin and streptavidin derivatives.
  • With respect to the apparent molecular weights, it must be taken into account that the oligomer derivatives have molecular weights which may have increased correspondingly, compared to the nonderivatized oligomers, but with the aggregation number being identical. Thus, for example, a biotin derivative based on the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B1 having a molecular weight of 38 kDa in the SDS gel has a molecular weight of 42 kDa.
  • According to a particular embodiment of the present invention, the oligomers are crosslinked. Suitable crosslinkers are known to the skilled worker and are usually bifunctional reagents such as formaldehyde, glutardialdehyde, disuccinimidyl suberate, dithiobis(succinimidyl propionate), disuccinimidyl tartrate, disulfo-succinimidyl tartrate, dimethyl adipimidate, dimethyl pimelidate, dimethyl suberimidate, dimethyl 3,3′-dithiobispropionimidate, N-γ-maleinimidobutyloxy-succinimide ester, succinimidyl 4(N-maleinimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate, N-succinimidyl (4-iodacetyl)aminobenzoate and N-succinimidyl 3-(2-pyridyldithio)-propionate.
  • Such crosslinked oligomers have the advantage that they are stabilized and that their oligomerization is usually no longer reversible. They are therefore particularly suitable for use in diagnostic test systems or as immunogen for production of oligomer-specific antibodies.
  • The derivatives of oligomers of the invention also include oligomers of fragments of the amyloid β(1-42) protein. Preference is given to those fragments which are obtainable by the action of naturally occurring proteases. The fragments obtainable by proteolysis in physiological buffers under nondenaturing conditions, in particular, have increased proteolytic stability compared to the amyloid β(1-42) protein. Preference is given to fragments obtainable by the action of endopeptidases. According to a particular embodiment of the present invention, said fragments are obtainable by the action of trypsin, chymotrypsin, thermolysin, elastase, papain or endoproteinase GluC. According to another aspect, preference is given to those fragments whose oligomers of the invention are distinguished by a neuromodulating action. For further illustration of this aspect, reference is made to the corresponding comments on the neuromodulating action of inventive oligomers of the amyloid β(1-42) protein.
  • Structurally, preferred fragments are in particular characterized in that they are derived from the amyloid β(1-42) protein by removal of N-terminal sequences. According to one aspect, said N-terminal sequences may be fragments having up to 23, preferably having up to 21 and in particular having up to 19, amino acids of the N-terminal sequence of the amyloid β(1-42) protein. Accordingly, preference is given according to the invention to Aβ(1-42) protein fragments whose sequence comprises the contiguous amino acids 24 to 42, preferably 22 to 42 and in particular 20 to 42. According to another aspect, the N-terminal sequences to be removed may be sequences having at least 7, preferably having at least 9 and in particular having at least 11, amino acids of the N-terminal sequence of the amyloid β(1-42) protein. Accordingly, preference is given according to the invention in particular to fragments of the amyloid β(1-42) protein which are N-terminally truncated by from 7 to 23, preferably 9 to 21 and in particular 11 to 19, amino acids. These fragments correspond to the formula Aβ(x-42), where x is from 8 to 24, preferably 10 to 22 and in particular 12 to 20. According to the invention, the Aβ(x-42) fragments are therefore preferably to be selected from among the following fragments: Aβ(8-42), Aβ(9-42), Aβ(10-42), Aβ(11-42), Aβ(12-42), Aβ(13-42), Aβ(14-42), Aβ(15-42), Aβ(16-42), Aβ(17-42), Aβ(18-42), Aβ(19-42), Aβ(20-42), Aβ(21-42), Aβ(22-42), Aβ(23-42) and Aβ(24-42). Special fragments are the amyloid β(20-42) fragment obtainable by the action of thermolysin and the amyloid β(12-42) fragment obtainable by the action of GluC endoproteinase.
  • Derivatives of the invention are also those forms which are derived from an amyloid β(1-42) protein which has 1 or 2 further C-terminal amino acids. Examples thereof thus include oligomers of the Aβ(1-43) protein or derivatives thereof corresponding to the comments above.
  • The inventive method of preparing the oligomers may essentially comprise three steps, the first of which is optional but advantageous, the second step is absolutely required for preparation of the oligomers A and B and the third step serves to prepare the oligomers B of the invention.
  • Step 1 relates to unfolding of the protein. For this purpose, hydrogen bond-breaking agents such as, for example, hexafluoroisopropanol (HFIP) may be allowed to act on the protein. Times of action of a few minutes, for example about 10 to 60 minutes, are sufficient when the temperature of action is from about 20 to 50° C. and in particular about 35 to 40° C. Subsequent dissolution of the residue evaporated to dryness, preferably in concentrated form, in suitable organic solvents miscible with aqueous buffers, such as, for example, dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), results in a suspension of the at least partially unfolded protein, which can be used in step 2 of the method of the invention. If required, the stock suspension may be stored at low temperature, for example at about −20° C., for an interim period.
  • Alternatively to step 1 above, the protein may be taken up in slightly acidic, preferably aqueous, solution, for example an about 10 mM aqueous HCl solution. After an incubation time of usually a few minutes, insoluble components are removed by centrifugation. A few minutes at 10 000 g is expedient. These method steps are preferably carried out at room temperature, i.e. a temperature in the range from 20 to 30° C. The supernatant obtained after centrifugation contains the amyloid β(1-42) protein and may be stored at low temperature, for example at about −20° C., for an interim period.
  • Step 2 relates to oligomerization of the protein to give the oligomers A. For this purpose, a detergent is allowed to act on the, optionally, at least partially unfolded protein until sufficient oligomer A has been produced.
  • Preference is given to using ionic detergents, in particular anionic detergents.
  • According to a particular embodiment, a detergent of the formula (I):

  • R—X,
  • is used, in which
  • the radical R is unbranched or branched alkyl having from 6 to 20 and preferably 10 to 14 carbon atoms or unbranched or branched alkenyl having from 6 to 20 and preferably 10 to 14 carbon atoms,
  • the radical X is an acidic group or salt thereof, with X being preferably selected from among —COOM+, —SO3M+, and especially
  • —OSO3 M+ and M+ is a hydrogen cation or an inorganic or organic cation preferably selected from alkali metal and alkaline earth metal cations and ammonium cations.
  • Advantageous are detergents of the formula (I), in which R is unbranched alkyl of which alk-1-yl radicals must be mentioned in particular. Particular preference is given to sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS). Lauric acid and oleic acid can also be used advantageously. The sodium salt of the detergent lauroylsarcosin (also known as sarkosyl NL-30 or Gardol®) is also particularly advantageous.
  • The time of detergent action in particular depends on whether—and if yes, to what extent—the protein subjected to oligomerization has unfolded. If, according to step 1, the protein has been treated beforehand with a hydrogen bond-breaking agent, i.e. in particular with hexafluoroisopropanol, times of action in the range of a few hours, advantageously from about 1 to 20 and in particular from about 2 to 10 hours, are sufficient when the temperature of action is about 20 to 50° C. and in particular about 35 to 40° C. If a less unfolded or an essentially not unfolded protein is the starting point, correspondingly longer times of action are expedient. If the amyloid β(1-42) protein has been pretreated, for example, according to the procedure indicated above as an alternative to step 1 or said protein is directly introduced to step 2, times of action in the range from about 5 to 30 hours and in particular from about 10 to 20 hours are sufficient when the temperature of action is about 20 to 50° C. and in particular about 35 to 40° C. After incubation, insoluble components are advantageously removed by centrifugation. A few minutes at 10 000 g is expedient.
  • The detergent concentration to be chosen depends on the detergent used. If SDS is used, a concentration in the range from 0.01 to 1% by weight, preferably from 0.05 to 0.5% by weight, for example of about 0.2% by weight, proves expedient. If lauric acid or oleic acid are used, somewhat higher concentrations are expedient, for example in a range from 0.05 to 2% by weight, preferably from 0.1 to 0.5% by weight, for example of about 0.5% by weight.
  • The detergent action should take place at a salt concentration approximately in the physiological range. Thus, in particular NaCl concentrations in the range from 50 to 500 mM, preferably from 100 to 200 mM and particularly at about 140 mM are expedient.
  • The resulting solution containing the oligomers A, i.e. in particular oligomers A1 and/or A2, can be stored at low temperature, for example at about −20° C., for an interim period. Said solution may be subjected as such to the use of the invention or to further reaction to give the oligomers B, or further work-up or purification steps follow first which achieve in particular further concentration of at least one of the oligomers A of the invention. In particular, it is possible to remove the oligomers of the invention by means of chromatographic methods from other protein components present in the solution and in particular from those derived from the amyloid β(1-42) protein. Particularly suitable for this purpose are affinity chromatography methods which may employ, for example, specific antibodies, i.e. in particular also the oligomer-specific antibodies of the invention.
  • Step 3 relates to oligomerization to give the oligomers B. Preferably, a composition containing oligomer A is chosen as a reactant for this step. In this respect, the oligomers A are, according to the invention, important intermediates for the preparation of oligomers B. If said composition is from step 2, it regularly contains detergent and a salt concentration in the physiological range. It is then expedient to reduce detergent action and salt concentration. This may be carried out by reducing the concentration of detergent and salt, for example, by diluting, expediently with water or a buffer of lower salt concentration, for example Tris-HCl, pH 7.3. Dilution factors in the range from about 2 to 10, advantageously in the range from about 3 to 8 and in particular of about 4, have proved suitable. The reduction in detergent action may also be achieved by adding substances which can neutralize said detergent action. Examples of these include substances capable of complexing the detergents, like substances capable of stabilizing cells in the course of purification and extraction measures, for example particular EO/PO block copolymers, in particular the block copolymer under the trade name Pluronic® F 68. Alkoxylated and, in particular, ethoxylated alkyl phenols such as the ethoxylated t-octylphenols of the Triton® X series, in particular Triton® X100, 3-(3-cholamidopropyldimethylammonio)-1-propanesulfonate (CHAPS®) or alkoxylated and, in particular, ethoxylated sorbitan fatty esters such as those of the Tween® series, in particular Tween® 20, in concentration ranges around or above the particular critical micelle concentration.
  • Subsequently, the solution is incubated until sufficient oligomer B has been produced. Times of action in the range of several hours, preferably in the range from about 10 to 30 hours and in particular in the range from about 15 to 25 hours, are sufficient when the temperature of action is about 20 to 50° C. and in particular about 35 to 40° C. The solution may then be concentrated and possible residues may be removed by centrifugation. Here too, a few minutes at 10 000 g proves expedient. The supernatant obtained after centrifugation contains oligomers B.
  • The resulting solution containing the oligomers B, i.e. in particular the oligomers B1 and/or B2, may be stored at low temperature, for example at about −80° C., for an interim period. Said solution may be subjected as such to the use of the invention or further work-up or purification steps may follow first. Regarding this, reference is made to the comments above on corresponding measures in connection with the oligomers A.
  • Further work-up or purification steps may also be carried out for the purpose of essentially completely removing the detergent used for preparing the oligomers. For example, the oligomers B may first be precipitated from the detergent-containing solution, isolated and redissolved in detergent-free medium. Measures for precipitating proteins are sufficiently known to the skilled worker. According to the invention, the addition of aqueous-methanolic acetic acid has proved expedient. Without being bound to a particular mechanism, the detergent or variation of detergent and salt concentrations seems to put the protein in defined soluble forms which clearly differ from the protein starting form dissolved in aqueous physiological buffers, as can be detected, for example, by means of denaturing or native gel electrophoresis or gel permeation chromatography. This is astonishing, since detergents are normally capable of disaggregating, i.e. disassembling to subunits, protein aggregates, whereas, according to the invention, defined oligomers are obtained starting from a monomer prone to aggregation.
  • Derivatives of oligomers of the invention are expediently prepared by carrying out the above-described method of the invention on already appropriately derivatized amyloid β(1-42) protein. Alternatively, it is also possible to derivatize the oligomer but this should not alter the structure of said oligomer. Suitable protein-chemical measures are known to the skilled worker.
  • Crosslinking of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof may be carried out in a manner known per se. If, for example, glutardialdehyde is used as crosslinker, a solution resulting from method step 2 or 3 of the invention can be treated with a glutardialdehyde solution. After a few hours at room temperature, the oligomers will have reacted with the glutardialdehyde. The reaction may then be stopped in a manner known per se by reacting the excess glutardialdehyde with reagents generally known for this purpose, such as ethanolamine. Depending on whether oligomers A or B of the invention are crosslinked, a solution of crosslinked oligomers of the invention referred to as A-CL and B-CL, respectively, is obtained.
  • It is possible, in particular for the optionally crosslinked oligomers B or derivatives thereof, following the synthesis thereof, to increase again the salt concentration, without impairing the stability of said oligomers. This is important with regard to the use of said oligomers, for example in the case that for the use physiological conditions are expedient (cellular applications, in vivo applications).
  • Oligomers of fragments of the amyloid β(1-42) protein may be prepared in principle either starting from corresponding monomer fragments by oligomerization or starting from oligomers of said amyloid β(1-42) protein by proteolysis. Thus, according to the second method variant, a solution resulting from method steps 2 or 3 of the invention can be treated with protease. When the desired degree of proteolysis is reached, the protease is inactivated in a generally known manner. The resulting oligomers may then be isolated following the procedures already described herein and, if required, processed further by further work-up and purification steps.
  • The oligomers of the invention and the compositions comprising them are distinguished by their homogeneity and stability. They are soluble in physiological media, for example physiological saline, and differ from fibrillar forms by their rather globular appearance. They have the advantage of having a spatial structure which is distinctly different from other Aβ(1-42) forms, in particular the monomer, nontoxic oligomers, the Aβ(1-42)-comprising precursor molecule APP, protofibrils and fibrils. They are therefore particularly suitable for generating specific antibodies both in vivo and in vitro and make possible, for example, a specific active immunization. In this connection, it may be crucial to use for immunization only those oligomers which bring on the disease. Other forms of Aβ(1-42), such as the monomeric molecule or smaller oligomers, may be necessary for important signal functions in the organism. Likewise, removal of the fibrillar depositions which are presumably important for cell lining may damage the organism.
  • In the same way, it is possible to implement possible therapies using the homogeneous oligomers of the invention and compositions containing said oligomers, such as passive immunization, the use of destabilizers of the oligomeric forms and the use of receptor (partial) agonists or antagonists. Thus a homogeneous oligomer preparation makes also possible a specific production of polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies for passive immunization. It is also possible to find receptor molecules or signal molecules which are relevant to the disease and which are influenced by said oligomeric form by using the oligomers of the invention and compositions containing these.
  • Owing to their involvement in amyloid β protein-associated physiological processes, the oligomers of the invention have diagnostic and therapeutic value. Thus the present invention relates to the use of oligomers of the invention and of derivatives thereof, optionally in the form of a corresponding composition, in diagnostic in vitro and in vivo detection methods.
  • Amyloid β protein-associated physiological processes include those associated with depositions of amyloid proteins (amyloidoses). These include both those processes which result in structural modifications of nerve tissue and are important, for example, in Alzheimer's disease and Down's syndrome and those processes which affect other tissues, such as amyloid microangiopathies, for example congophilic amyloid angiopathy (CAA).
  • The present invention further relates to the use of oligomers of the invention and of derivatives thereof, optionally in the form of a corresponding composition, for generating oligomer-specific antibodies.
  • Here, the inventive oligomers based on truncated forms of the Aβ(1-42) protein are of particular importance: due to the missing N terminus, they can generate a distinctly more selective immune response than the Aβ(1-42) protein. While the highly immunogenic N terminus in the classical Aβ(1-42) protein predominantly produces antibodies which are specific for this region of the molecule, for example the antibodies 6E10 (F. Signet) and BAM-10 (Sigma, St. Louis) which, according to the manufacturers' information, are directed against the N terminus (6E10: Aβ(1-17) and BAM-10 Aβ(1-12)), the antibodies obtainable using the oligomers of the invention based on truncated Aβ(1-42) forms recognize oligomer-specific regions, thereby achieving a selectivity compared to other Aβ(1-42) forms. This advantage may be utilized in particular for active vaccination, since the more selective immune response resulting after vaccination (versus APP, monomeric forms, protofibrils, fibrils, plaques) also entails fewer side effects (e.g. brain hemorrhages, impairment of physiological neurotrophic activity of the in situ monomeric form). Superior production and selection of, in particular, monoclonal antibodies for passive immunization, i.e. an antibody therapy, are also possible.
  • One aspect of this use is the generation of oligomer-specific antibodies within the framework of a therapy.
  • The present invention therefore further relates to the use of an oligomer of the invention or of a derivative thereof in the therapeutic field, in particular as vaccine.
  • Such a vaccine is usually a pharmaceutical composition which comprises at least one oligomer of the invention and/or at least one derivative thereof of the invention. For this purpose, it is possible to use in particular any of the compositions of the invention which include two or more oligomers or a combination of different compositions. Thus it is possible to carry out a vaccination using in particular the oligomers B, i.e. B1 and B2, or derivatives thereof. The composition may further comprise a physiologically suitable carrier and, optionally, further excipients, for example immunostimulants.
  • While in principle any suitable carriers may be chosen, the type of carrier usually depends on the route of administration. Thus the vaccines of the invention may be formulated in particular in a form suitable for parenteral, for example intravenous, intramuscular and subcutaneous administration. In these cases, the carrier preferably includes water, saline, alcohol, a fat, a wax and/or a buffer.
  • It is possible to use any of a multiplicity of immunostimulants in the vaccines of the invention. For example, an adjuvant may be included. Most adjuvants contain a substance which ought to protect the antigen from rapid catabolism, such as aluminum hydroxide or a mineral oil, and also a protein derived from lipid A, Bortadella pertussis or Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Suitable adjuvants are usually commercially available, for example complete or incomplete Freund's adjuvant; AS-2; aluminum salts such as aluminum hydroxide (as gel, where appropriate) or aluminum phosphate; calcium salts, iron salts or zinc salts; an insoluble suspension of acylated tyrosine; acylated sugars; cationically or anionically derivatized polysaccharides; polyphosphazenes; biologically degradable microspheres; monophosphoryl lipid A. Cytokines such as GM-CSF or Interleukin-2, -7 or -12 may likewise be used as adjuvants.
  • The present invention furthermore relates to a method of producing antibodies, which comprises
      • i) immunizing a host with at least one oligomer of the invention, derivative thereof or composition; and
      • ii) obtaining an antibody-containing host serum produced as a response to said immunization.
  • According to a particular embodiment of the method of producing the antibodies, the immunization is carried out by administering immunization cocktails comprising mixtures of various oligomers or oligomer derivatives of the invention. In particular, it may be expedient to administer in the course of said method a plurality of immunization cocktails whose oligomer composition differs.
  • If the oligomers or oligomer derivatives to be used are not or only weakly immunogenic, their immunogenicity may be increased by coupling them to carriers, preferably to a carrier protein such as keyhole limpet hemocyanin (KLH), Limulus polyphenus hemocyanin (LPH), bovine serum albumin (BSA) or ovalbumin (OVA). For this purpose, there are a number of commonly known possible couplings available to the skilled worker. A possible expedient example is the reaction with glutardialdehyde, for example by incubating the oligomer or oligomer mixture with a suitable peptide or peptide mixture in water or an aqueous solvent. This reaction may conveniently be carried out at ambient temperature, i.e. usually room temperature. However, it may also be expedient to reduce or slightly increase the temperature. The reaction usually produces the desired result within a few hours, a reaction time of 2 h being within the usual range, for example. The glutardialdehyde concentration is usually in the ppm to % range, expediently from 10 ppm up to 1%, preferably from 10 ppm to 0.5%. Optimization of the reaction parameters is within the artisan's skills and should take into account that the oligomers A and B or oligomer derivatives are stable under the chosen reaction conditions.
  • The immunization cocktails are prepared by first combining the components to be used. It is of advantage to incubate the resulting component mixture initially. This is conveniently carried out at ambient temperature, i.e. usually at room temperature. However, it may be expedient to cool or slightly heat said mixture. The incubation period is usually from a few minutes to a few hours, with an incubation time of 1 h having proved advantageous.
  • Immunization cocktails contain, in addition to the antigen, usually further excipients, in particular adjuvants commonly used for immunization, for example Freund's adjuvant. More specifically, complete Freund's adjuvant is used for the first immunization, whereas any further immunizations are carried out with incomplete Freund's adjuvant. The immunization cocktail is prepared by adding the antigen (immunogen), preferably in the form of the above-described component mixture, to the excipient(s), with the antigen usually being emulsified.
  • Suitable hosts are in particular rodents or else rabbits. These or other suitable hosts are injected with the immunization cocktails, preferably subcutaneously. The antibody titers may be determined using an immunoassay, for example competitively using a sheep antiserum directed against host IgG and a labeled oligomer. Thus it may be decided toward the end of immunization whether a particular host is suitable for producing antibodies. If, for example, four immunizations are carried out, it is possible to determine the antibody titer after the third immunization and then to obtain antibodies from animals having a sufficient antibody titer.
  • The antibodies produced are preferably obtained by taking blood from the hosts over a period of several weeks or months. Finally, the host can be bled. Serum containing the desired antibodies may be obtained from the blood obtained in a manner known per se. The whole serum thus obtained may, if required, be further purified by the skilled worker in order to concentrate the antibody fraction present therein and in particular the oligomer-recognizing antibodies.
  • According to a particular embodiment of this method, at least one antibody of the serum is selected, which antibody specifically recognizes the oligomer used as immunogen or a derivative thereof or at least one oligomer or derivative thereof present in the composition used as immunogen. In this context, specificity means a higher binding affinity of the antibody for the immunogen than for other, in particular related proteins, especially in comparison with monomeric amyloid β(1-42) protein and also with oligomeric or multimeric amyloid β(1-42) protein aggregates having a higher molecular weight than the oligomers of the invention. It is also possible to obtain in this manner monoclonal oligomer-specific antibodies. To this end, however, preference is given to removing from the hosts spleen tissue and, starting from the thus obtained spleen lymphocytes, to establish in the usual manner hybridomas which produce the monoclonal antibodies.
  • Detailed Description of Antibody Production
  • B lymphocytes which, in totality, contain an antibody repertoire composed of hundreds of millions of different antibody specificities are part of the mammalian immune system. A normal immune response to a particular antigen means selection of one or more antibodies of said repertoire which specifically bind to said antigen, and the success of an immune response is based at least partially on the ability of said antibodies to specifically recognize (and ultimately to eliminate) the stimulating antigen and to ignore other molecules in the environment of said antibodies.
  • The usefulness of antibodies which specifically recognize one particular target antigen has led to the development of monoclonal antibody technology. Standardized hybridoma technology now allows the production of antibodies with a single specificity for an antigen of interest. More recently, recombinant antibody techniques such as in-vitro screening of antibody libraries have been developed. These techniques likewise allow antibodies having a single specificity for an antigen of interest to be produced.
  • In the method of the invention, the antigen of interest may be allowed to act on the antibody repertoire either in vivo or in vitro.
  • According to one embodiment, the antigen is allowed to act on the repertoire by immunizing an animal in vivo with said antigen. This in-vivo approach may furthermore comprise establishing from the lymphocytes of an animal a number of hybridomas and selecting a hybridoma which secretes an antibody specifically binding to said antigen. The animal to be immunized may be, for example, a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid or sheep or may be a transgenic version of any of the animals mentioned above, for example a transgenic mouse with human immunoglobulin genes, which produces human antibodies after an antigenic stimulus. Other types of animals which may be immunized include mice with severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) which have been reconstituted with human peripheral mononuclear blood cells (chimeric hu-PBMC SCID mice) or with lymphoid cells or precursors thereof, as well as mice which have been treated with a lethal total body irradiation, then protected against radiation with bone marrow cells from a mouse with severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) and subsequently transplanted with functional human lymphocytes (the “Trimera” system). Another type of an animal to be immunized is an animal (e.g. a mouse) in whose genome an endogenous gene encoding the antigen of interest has been switched off (knocked out), for example by homologous recombination, so that, after immunization with the antigen, said animal recognizes said antigen as foreign. It is obvious to the skilled worker that the polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies produced by this method are characterized and selected by using known screening methods which include, but are not limited to, ELISA techniques.
  • According to another embodiment, the antigen is allowed to act on the antibody repertoire in vitro by screening a recombinant antibody library with said antigen. The recombinant antibody library may be expressed, for example, on the surface of bacteriophages or on the surface of yeast cells or on the surface of bacterial cells. In a variety of embodiments, the recombinant antibody library is an scFv library or an Fab library, for example. According to another embodiment, antibody libraries are expressed as RNA-protein fusions.
  • Another approach to producing antibodies of the invention comprises a combination of in vivo and in vitro approaches. For example, the antigen may be allowed to act on the antibody repertoire by immunizing an animal in vivo with said antigen and then screening in vitro with said antigen a recombinant antibody library prepared from lymphoid cells of said animal or a single domain antibody library (e.g. containing heavy and/or light chains). According to another approach, the antigen is allowed to act on the antibody repertoire by immunizing an animal in vivo with said antigen and then subjecting a recombinant antibody library or single domain library produced from lymphoid cells of said animal to affinity maturation. According to another approach, the antigen is allowed to act on the antibody repertoire by immunizing an animal in vivo with said antigen, then selecting individual antibody-producing cells secreting an antibody of interest and obtaining from said selected cells cDNAs for the variable region of the heavy and light chains (e.g. by means of PCR) and expressing said variable regions of the heavy and light chains in mammalian host cells in vitro (this being referred to as selected lymphocyte antibody method or SLAM), thereby being able to further select and manipulate the selected antibody gene sequences. Moreover, monoclonal antibodies may be selected by expression cloning by expressing the antibody genes for the heavy and light chains in mammalian cells and selecting those mammalian cells which secrete an antibody having the desired binding affinity.
  • Accordingly, one aspect of the present invention is to provide defined antigens for screening and counter screening. Thus it is possible, according to the invention, to select those polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies which bind an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof but not other forms of the Aβ(1-42) protein, APP, amyloid fibrils or amyloid plaques and a number of other nonrelated antigens and tissues.
  • It is sufficiently known to the skilled worker that antibody selections are based on well-defined antigens. In contrast, less well-defined antigens are not selective enough when used. In short, the acting and selecting in vitro is similar to affinity chromatography, with “ligands” for the desired antigen being removed from those which bind the antigen with insufficient affinity. The degree of concentration of the desired antibodies from the huge pool of other antibodies is therefore a direct consequence of the quality of the antigen. Surprisingly, the oligomers of the invention and derivatives thereof are antigens which can be used to concentrate suitable, relevant and selective antibodies and efficiently remove them from antibodies which recognize other forms associated with the Aβ(1-42) protein and other nonrelated antigens.
  • The methods of the invention for producing antibodies can be used to produce various types of antibodies. These include essentially human antibodies, chimeric antibodies, humanized antibodies and CDR graft antibodies and also antigen-binding moieties thereof.
  • Methods of producing antibodies of the invention are described below. A distinction is made here between in-vivo approaches, in-vitro approaches or a combination of both.
  • In-Vivo Approaches
  • Starting from the in-vivo generated antibody-producing cells, monoclonal antibodies may be produced by means of standardized techniques such as the hybridoma technique originally described by Kohler and Milstein (1975, Nature 256:495-497) (see also Brown et al. (1981) J. Immunol 127:539-46; Brown et al. (1980) J Biol Chem 255:4980-83; Yeh et at (1976) PNAS 76:2927-31; and Yeh et al. (1982) Int. J. Cancer 29:269-75). The technology of producing monoclonal antibody hybridomas is sufficiently known (see generally R. H. Kenneth, in Monoclonal Antibodies: A New Dimension In Biological Analyses, Plenum Publishing Corp., New York, N.Y. (1980); E. A. Lerner (1981) Yale J. Biol. Med., 54:387-402; M. L. Gefter et al. (1977) Somatic Cell Genet., 3:231-36). Briefly, an immortalized cell line (typically a myeloma) is fused with lymphocytes (typically splenocytes or lymph node cells or peripheral blood lymphocytes) of a mammal immunized with the oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof, and the culture supernatants of the resulting hybridoma cells are screened in order to identify a hybridoma which produces a monoclonal antibody with specificity for the oligomer of the invention or for a derivative thereof. Any of the many well known protocols for fusing lymphocytes and immortalized cell lines can be applied for this purpose (see also G. Galfre et at (1977) Nature 266:550-52; Gefter et al. Somatic Cell Genet., cited supra; Lerner, Yale J. Biol. Med., cited supra; Kenneth, Monoclonal Antibodies, cited supra). Moreover, the skilled worker will appreciate that there are diverse variations of such methods, which are likewise useful. Typically, the immortalized cell line (e.g. a myeloma cell line) is derived from the same mammalian species as the lymphocytes. For example, murine hybridomas may be established by fusing lymphocytes from a mouse immunized with an immunogenic preparation of the invention with an immortalized mouse cell line. Preferred immortalized cell lines are mouse myeloma cell lines which are sensitive to culture medium containing hypoxanthine, aminopterin and thymidine (HAT medium). Any of a number of myeloma cell lines may be used standardwise as fusion partner, for example the P3-NS1/1-Ag4-1, P3-x63-Ag8.653 or Sp2/O-Ag14 myeloma lines. These myeloma cell lines are available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC), Rockville, Md. Typically, HAT-sensitive mouse myeloma cells are fused to mouse splenocytes using polyethylene glycol (PEG). Hybridoma cells resulting from the fusion are then selected using HAT medium, thereby killing unfused and unproductively fused myeloma cells (unfused splenocytes die after several days because they are not transformed). Hybridoma cells producing monoclonal antibodies which specifically recognize the oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof are identified by screening the hybridoma culture supernatants for such antibodies, for example by using a standard ELISA assay in order to select those antibodies which can specifically bind the oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof.
  • Depending on the type of the desired antibody, various host animals may be used for in-vivo immunization. A host expressing itself an endogenous version of the antigen of interest may be used. Alternatively, it is possible to use a host which has been made deficient in an endogenous version of the antigen of interest. For example, mice which had been made deficient in a particular endogenous protein via homologous recombination at the corresponding endogenous gene (i.e. knockout mice) have been shown to generate a humoral response to the protein with which they have been immunized and therefore to be able to be used for production of high-affinity monoclonal antibodies to the protein (see, for example, Roes, J. et al. (1995) J. Immunol. Methods 183:231-237; Lunn, M. P. et al. (2000) J. Neurochem. 75:404-412).
  • A multiplicity of nonhuman mammals are suitable hosts for antibody production in order to produce nonhuman antibodies to the oligomer of the invention or to a derivative thereof. They include mice, rats, chickens, camelids, rabbits and goats (and knockout versions thereof), although preference is given to mice for the production of hybridoma. Furthermore, a nonhuman host animal expressing a human antibody repertoire may be used for producing essentially human antibodies to a human antigen with dual specificity. Nonhuman animals of this kind include transgenic animals (e.g. mice) bearing human immunoglobulin transgenes (chimeric hu-PBMC SCID mice) and human/mouse irradiation chimeras which are described in more detail below.
  • According to one embodiment, the animal immunized with an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof is a nonhuman mammal, preferably a mouse, which is transgenic due to human immunoglobulin genes so that said nonhuman mammal makes human antibodies upon antigenic stimulation. Typically, immunoglobulin transgenes for heavy and light chains with human germ line configuration are introduced into such animals which have been altered such that their endogenous heavy and light chain loci are inactive. If such animals are stimulated with antigen (e.g. with a human antigen), antibodies derived from the human immunoglobulin sequences (human antibodies) are produced. It is possible to make from the lymphocytes of such animals human monoclonal antibodies by means of standardized hybridoma technology. For a further description of transgenic mice with human immunoglobulins and their use in the production of human antibodies, see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,939,598, WO 96/33735, WO 96/34096, WO 98/24893 and WO 99/53049 (Abgenix Inc.), and U.S. Pat. No. 5,545,806, U.S. Pat. No. 5,569,825, U.S. Pat. No. 5,625,126, U.S. Pat. No. 5,633,425, U.S. Pat. No. 5,661,016, U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,429, U.S. Pat. No. 5,814,318, U.S. Pat. No. 5,877,397 and WO 99/45962 (Genpharm Inc.); see also MacQuitty, J. J. and Kay, R. M. (1992) Science 257:1188; Taylor, L. D. et al. (1992) Nucleic Acids Res. 20:6287-6295; Lonberg, N. et al. (1994) Nature 368:856-859; Lonberg, N. and Huszar, D. (1995) Int. Rev. Immunol. 13:65-93; Harding, F. A. and Lonberg, N. (1995) Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 764:536-546; Fishwild, D. M. et al. (1996) Nature Biotechnology 14:845-851; Mendez, M. J. et al. (1997) Nature Genetics 15:146-156; Green, L. L. and Jakobovits, A. (1998) J. Exp. Med. 188:483-495; Green, L. L. (1999) J. lmmunol. Methods 231:11-23; Yang, X. D. et al. (1999) J. Leukoc. Biol. 66:401-410; Gallo, M. L. et al. (2000) Eur. J. Immunol. 30:534-540.
  • According to another embodiment, the animal which is immunized with an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof may be a mouse with severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID), which has been reconstituted with human peripheral mononuclear blood cells or lymphoid cells or precursors thereof. Such mice which are referred to as chimeric hu-PBMC SCID mice produce human immunoglobulin responses upon antigenic stimulation, as has been proved. For a further description of these mice and of their use for generating antibodies, see, for example, Leader, K. A. et al. (1992) Immunology 76:229-234; Bombil, F. et al. (1996) Immunobiol. 195:360-375; Murphy, W. J. at al. (1996) Semin. Immunol. 8:233-241; Herz, U. at al. (1997) Int. Arch. Allergy Immunol. 113:150-152; Albert, S. E. et al. (1997) J. Immunol. 159:1393-1403; Nguyen, H. et al. (1997) Microbiol. Immunol. 41:901-907; Arai, K. et al. (1998) J. Immunol. Methods 217:79-85; Yoshinari, K. and Arai, K. (1998) Hybridoma 17:41-45; Hutchins, W. A. et al. (1999) Hybridoma 18:121-129; Murphy, W. J. et al. (1999) Clin. Immunol. 90:22-27; Smithson, S. L. et al. (1999) Mol. Immunol. 36:113-124; Chamat, S. et al. (1999) J. Infect. Diseases 180:268-277; and Heard, C. et al. (1999) Molec. Med. 5:35-45.
  • According to another embodiment, the animal which is immunized with an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof is a mouse which has been treated with a lethal total body irradiation, then protected from radiation with bone marrow cells from mice with severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) and subsequently transplanted with functional human lymphocytes. This type of chimera, referred to as the Trimera system, is used in order to produce human monoclonal antibodies by immunizing said mice with the antigen of interest and then producing monoclonal antibodies by using standardized hybridoma technology. For a further description of these mice and of their use for generating antibodies, see, for example, Eren, R. et al. (1998) Immunology 93:154-161; Reisner, Y and Dagan, S. (1998) Trends Biotechnol. 16:242-246; Han, E. et al. (1999) Hepatology 29:553-562; and Bocher, W. O. et al. (1999) Immunology 96:634-641.
  • In-Vitro Approaches
  • As an alternative to producing antibodies of the invention by immunization and selection, antibodies of the invention may be identified and isolated by screening recombinant combinatorial immunoglobulin libraries with an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof to thereby isolate immunoglobulin library members which specifically bind to said oligomer or derivative thereof. Kits for generating and screening display libraries are commercially available (e.g. the Pharmacia Recombinant Phage Antibody System, catalog No. 27-9400-01; and the Stratagene SurfZAP® Phage Display Kit, catalog No. 240612). In many embodiments, the display library is an scFv library or an Fab library. The phage display technique for screening recombinant antibody libraries has been adequately described. Examples of methods and compounds which can be used particularly advantageously for generating and screening antibody display libraries can be found, for example, in McCafferty et al. WO 92/01047, U.S. Pat. No. 5,969,108 and EP 589 877 (describes in particular scFv display), Ladner et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,223,409, U.S. Pat. No. 5,403,484, U.S. Pat. No. 5,571,698, U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,500 and EP 436 597 (describes pill fusion, for example); Dower et al. WO 91/17271, U.S. Pat. No. 5,427,908, U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,717 and EP 527 839 (describes in particular Fab display); Winter et al. International Publication WO 92/20791 and EP 368,684 (describes in particular the cloning of sequences for variable immunoglobulin domains); Griffiths et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,885,793 and EP 589 877 (describes in particular isolation of human antibodies to human antigens by using recombinant libraries); Garrard et al. WO 92/09690 (describes in particular phage expression techniques); Knappik et al. WO 97/08320 (describes the human recombinant antibody library HuCal); Salfeld et al. WO 97/29131, (describes production of a recombinant human antibody to a human antigen (human tumor necrosis factor alpha) and also in-vitro affinity maturation of the recombinant antibody) and Salfeld et al. U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/126,603 and the patent applications based hereupon (likewise describes production of recombinant human antibodies to human antigen (human interleukin-12), and also in-vitro affinity maturation of the recombinant antibody).
  • Further descriptions of screenings of recombinant antibody libraries can be found in scientific publications such as Fuchs et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1370-1372; Hay et al. (1992) Hum Antibod Hybridomas 3:81-85; Huse et al. (1989) Science 246:1275-1281; Griffiths et al. (1993) EMBO J 12:725-734; Hawkins et al. (1992) J Mol Biol 226:889-896; Clarkson et al. (1991) Nature 352:624-628; Gram et al. (1992) PNAS 89:3576-3580; Garrard et al. (1991) Bio/Technology 9:1373-1377; Hoogenboom et al. (1991) Nuc Acid Res 19:4133-4137; Barbas et al. (1991) PNAS 88:7978-7982; McCafferty et al. Nature (1990) 348:552-554; and Knappik et al. (2000) J. Mol. Biol. 296:57-86.
  • As an alternative to using bacteriophage display systems, recombinant antibody libraries may be expressed on the surface of yeast cells or of bacterial cells. WO 99/36569 describes methods of preparing and screening libraries expressed on the surface of yeast cells. WO 98/49286 describes in more detail methods of preparing and screening libraries expressed on the surface of bacterial cells.
  • Once an antibody of interest of a combinatorial library has been identified, the DNAs encoding the light and heavy chains of said antibody are isolated by means of standardized molecular-biological techniques, for example by means of PCR amplification of DNA from the display package (e.g. the phage) which has been isolated during library screening. Nucleotide sequences of genes for light and heavy antibody chains, which may be used for preparing PCR primers, are known to the skilled worker. A multiplicity of such sequences are described, for example, in Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition,
  • U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242 and in the database of sequences of the human germ line VBASE.
  • An antibody or antibody moiety of the invention may be produced by recombinantly expressing the genes for light and heavy immunoglobulin chains in a host cell. In order to recombinantly express an antibody, a host cell is transfected with one or more recombinant expression vectors carrying DNA fragments encoding the light and heavy immunoglobulin chains of said antibody, thereby expressing the light and heavy chains in the host cell and secreting them preferably into the medium in which said host cells are cultured. The antibodies can be isolated from this medium.
  • Standardized recombinant DNA methods are used in order to obtain genes for heavy and light antibody chains, to insert said genes into recombinant expression vectors and to introduce said vectors into host cells. Methods of this kind are described, for example, in Sambrook, Fritsch and Maniatis (eds.), Molecular Cloning; A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., (1989), Ausubel, F. M. et al. (eds.) Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Greene Publishing Associates, (1989) and in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,397 by Boss et al.
  • Once DNA fragments encoding VH and VL segments of the antibody of interest are obtained, said DNA fragments may be further manipulated using standardized recombinant DNA techniques, for example in order to convert the genes for variable regions to genes for full length antibody chains, to genes for Fab fragments or to an scFv gene. These manipulations comprise linking a VL- or VH-encoding DNA fragment operatively to another DNA fragment encoding another protein, for example a constant antibody region or a flexible linker. The term “operatively linked” is to be understood here as meaning that the two DNA fragments are linked to one another in such a way that the amino acid sequences encoded by said two DNA fragments remain in frame.
  • The isolated DNA encoding the VH region may be converted to a gene for a full length heavy chain by operatively linking the VH-region encoding DNA with another DNA molecule encoding heavy chain constant regions (CH1, CH2 and CH3). The sequences of human heavy chain constant region genes are well known (see, for example, Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242), and DNA fragments spanning said regions may be obtained by means of standardized PCR amplification. The heavy chain constant region may be a constant region from IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgE, IgM or IgD, with preference being given to a constant region from IgG1 or IgG4. To obtain a gene for a heavy chain Fab fragment, the VH-encoding DNA may be operatively linked to another DNA molecule encoding merely the heavy chain constant region CH1.
  • The isolated DNA encoding the VL region may be converted to a gene for a full length light chain (and a gene for an Fab light chain) by operatively linking the VL-encoding DNA to another DNA molecule encoding the light chain constant region CL. The sequences of genes of the constant region of human light chain are well known (see Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242), and DNA fragments spanning said regions may be obtained by means of standardized PCR amplification. The light chain constant region may be a constant kappa or lambda region, a constant kappa region being preferred.
  • In order to generate an scFv gene, the VH- and VL-encoding DNA fragments may be operatively linked to another fragment encoding a flexible linker, for example the amino acid sequence (Gly4-Ser)3 so that the VH and VL sequences are expressed as a continuous single-chain protein, with the VL and VH regions being linked to one another via said flexible linker (see Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; McCafferty et al., Nature (1990) 348:552-554). Single domain VH and VL with specificity for an oligomer of the invention or for a derivative thereof may be isolated from single domain libraries by the above-described methods. Two VH single-domain chains (with or without CH1) or two VL chains or a pair of one VH chain and one VL chain with the desired specificity may be used for removing oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof from the body.
  • In order to express the recombinant antibodies or antibody moieties of the invention, the DNAs encoding partial or full length light and heavy chains may be inserted into expression vectors so as to operatively link the genes to transcriptional and translational control sequences. In this context, the term “operatively linked” is to be understood as meaning that an antibody gene is ligated in a vector in such a way that transcriptional and translational control sequences within the vector fulfill their intended function of regulating transcription and translation of said antibody gene.
  • The expression vector and the expression control sequences are chosen so as to be compatible with the expression host cell used. The gene for the antibody light chain and the gene for the antibody heavy chain may be inserted into separate vectors or both genes are inserted into the same expression vector, this being the usual case. The antibody genes are inserted into the expression vector by means of standardized methods (for example ligation of complementary restriction cleavage sites on the antibody gene fragment and the vector, or ligation of blunt ends, if no restriction cleavage sites are present). The expression vector may already carry sequences for antibody constant regions prior to insertion of the sequences for the light and heavy chains. For example, one approach is to convert the VH and VL sequences to full length antibody genes by inserting them into expression vectors already encoding the heavy and, respectively, light chain constant regions, thereby operatively linking the VH segment to the CH segment(s) within the vector and also operatively linking the VL segment to the CL segment within the vector. Additionally or alternatively, the recombinant expression vector may encode a signal peptide which facilitates secretion of the antibody chain from the host cell. The gene for said antibody chain may be cloned into the vector, thereby linking the signal peptide in frame to the N terminus of the gene for the antibody chain. The signal peptide may be an immuno-globulin signal peptide or a heterologous signal peptide (i.e. a signal peptide from a non-immunoglobulin protein). In addition to the genes for the antibody chain, the expression vectors of the invention may have regulatory sequences controlling expression of the genes for the antibody chain in a host cell. The term “regulatory sequence” is intended to include promoters, enhancers and further expression control elements (e.g. polyadenylation signals) which control transcription or translation of the genes for the antibody chain. Regulatory sequences of this kind are described, for example, in Goeddel; Gene Expression Technology: Methods in Enzymology 185, Academic Press, San Diego, Calif. (1990). The skilled worker will appreciate that the expression vector design which includes selection of regulatory sequences may depend on factors such as the choice of host cell to be transformed, the desired strength of expression of the protein, etc. Preferred regulatory sequences for expression in mammalian host cells include viral elements resulting in a strong protein expression in mammalian cells, such as promoters and/or enhancers derived from cytomegalovirus (CMV) (such as the CMV promoter/enhancer), simian virus 40 (SV40) (such as the SV40 promoter/enhancer), adenovirus (e.g. the adenovirus major late promoter (AdMLP)) and polyoma. For a further description of viral regulatory elements and sequences thereof, see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,168,062 to Stinski, U.S. Pat. No. 4,510,245 to Bell et al. and U.S. Pat. No. 4,968,615 to Schaffner et al.
  • Apart from the genes for the antibody chain and the regulatory sequences, the recombinant expression vectors of the invention may have additional sequences such as those which regulate replication of the vector in host cells (e.g. origins of replication) and selectable marker genes. The selectable marker genes facilitate the selection of host cells into which the vector has been introduced (see, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,399,216, 4,634,665 and 5,179,017, all to Axel et al.). For example, it is common for the selectable marker gene to render a host cell into which the vector has been inserted resistant to drugs such as G418, hygromycin or methotrexate. Preferred selectable marker genes include the gene for dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) (for use in dhfr host cells with methotrexate selection/amplification) and the neo gene (for G418 selection).
  • For expression of the light and heavy chains, the expression vector(s) encoding said heavy and light chains is(are) transfected into a host cell by means of standardized techniques. The various forms of the term “transfection” are intended to comprise a multiplicity of techniques customarily used for introducing exogenous DNA into a prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cell, for example electroporation, calcium phosphate precipitation, DEAE-dextran transfection, and the like. Although it is theoretically possible to express the antibodies of the invention either in prokaryotic or eukaryotic host cells, preference is given to expressing the antibodies in eukaryotic cells and, in particular, in mammalian host cells, since the probability of a correctly folded and immunologically active antibody being assembled and secreted is higher in such eukaryotic cells and in particular mammalian cells than in prokaryotic cells. Prokaryotic expression of antibody genes has been reported as being ineffective for production of high yields of active antibody (Boss, M. A. and Wood, C. R. (1985) Immunology Today 6:12-13).
  • Preferred mammalian host cells for expressing recombinant antibodies of the invention include CHO cells (including dhfr CHO cells described in Urlaub and Chasin, (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216-4220, which are used together with a DHFR-selectable marker, as described, for example, in R. J. Kaufman and P. A. Sharp (1982) Mol. Biol. 159:601-621), NSO myeloma cells, COS cells and SP2 cells. When introducing recombinant expression vectors encoding the antibody genes into mammalian host cells, the antibodies are produced by culturing the host cells until the antibody is expressed in said host cells or, preferably, the antibody is secreted into the culture medium in which the host cells grow. The antibodies may be isolated from the culture medium by using standardized protein purification methods.
  • It is likewise possible to use host cells in order to produce moieties of intact antibodies, such as Fab fragments or scFv molecules. Variations of the above-described procedure are of course included in the invention. For example, it may be desirable to transfect a host cell with DNA encoding either the light chain or the heavy chain (but not both) of an antibody of the invention. If either light or heavy chains are present which are not required for binding of the antigen of interest, then the DNA encoding either such a light or such a heavy chain or both may be removed partially or completely by means of recombinant DNA technology. Molecules expressed by such truncated DNA molecules are likewise included in the antibodies of the invention. In addition, it is possible to produce bifunctional antibodies in which a heavy chain and a light chain are an antibody of the invention and the other heavy chain and the other light chain have specificity for an antigen different from the antigen of interest, by crosslinking an antibody of the invention to a second antibody by means of standardized chemical methods.
  • In a preferred system for recombinant expression of an antibody of the invention or an antigen-binding moiety thereof, a recombinant expression vector encoding both the antibody heavy chain and the antibody light chain is introduced into dhfr CHO cells by means of calcium phosphate-mediated transfection. Within the recombinant expression vector, the genes for the heavy and light antibody chains are in each case operatively linked to regulatory CMV enhancer/AdMLP-promoter elements in order to effect strong transcription of said genes. The recombinant expression vector also carries a DHFR gene which can be used for selecting CHO cells transfected with the vector by using methotrexate selection/amplification. The selected transformed host cells are cultured so that the heavy and light antibody chains are expressed, and intact antibody is isolated from the culture medium. Standardized molecular-biological techniques are used in order to prepare the recombinant expression vector, to transfect the host cells, to select the transformants, to culture said host cells, and to obtain the antibody from the culture medium. Thus the invention relates to a method of synthesizing a recombinant antibody of the invention by culturing a host cell of the invention in a suitable culture medium until a recombinant antibody of the invention has been synthesized. The method may furthermore comprise isolating said recombinant antibody from said culture medium.
  • As an alternative to screening recombinant antibody libraries by phage display, other methods known to the skilled worker may be used for screening large combinatorial libraries to identify the antibodies of the invention. In one type of an alternative expression system, the recombinant antibody library is expressed in the form of RNA-protein fusions, as described in WO 98/31700 to Szostak and Roberts, and in Roberts, R. W. and Szostak, J. W. (1997) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:12297-12302. In this system, in-vitro translation of synthetic mRNAs carrying on their 3′ end puromycin, a peptidyl acceptor antibiotic, generates a covalent fusion of an mRNA and the peptide or protein encoded by it. Thus a specific mRNA of a complex mixture of mRNAs (e.g. a combinatorial library) may be concentrated on the basis of the properties of the encoded peptide or protein (e.g. of the antibody or a moiety thereof), such as binding of said antibody or said moiety thereof to an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof. Nucleic acid sequences which encode antibodies or moieties thereof and which are obtained by screening of such libraries may be expressed by recombinant means in the above-described manner (e.g. in mammalian host cells) and may, in addition, be subjected to further affinity maturation by either screening in further rounds mRNA-peptide fusions, introducing mutations into the originally selected sequence(s), or using other methods of in-vitro affinity maturation of recombinant antibodies in the above-described manner.
  • Combinations of In-Vivo and In-Vitro Approaches
  • The antibodies of the invention may likewise be produced by using a combination of in-vivo and in-vitro approaches such as methods in which an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof is first allowed to act on an antibody repertoire in a host animal in vivo to stimulate production of oligomer- or derivative-binding antibodies and then further antibody selection and/or antibody maturation (i.e. optimization) are accomplished with the aid of one or more in-vitro techniques. According to one embodiment, a combined method of this kind may comprise firstly immunizing a nonhuman animal (e.g. a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid, goat or a transgenic version thereof or a chimeric mouse) with said oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof to stimulate an antibody response to the antigen and then preparing and screening a phage display antibody library by using immunoglobulin sequences of lymphocytes which have been stimulated in vivo by the action of said oligomer or derivative. The first step of this combined procedure may be carried out in the manner described above in connection with the in-vivo approaches, while the second step of this procedure may be carried out in the manner described above in connection with the in-vitro approaches. Preferred methods of hyperimmunizing nonhuman animals with subsequent in-vitro screening of phage display libraries prepared from said stimulated lymphocytes include those described by BioSite Inc., see, for example, WO 98/47343, WO 91/17271, U.S. Pat. No. 5,427,908 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,717.
  • According to another embodiment, a combined method comprises firstly immunizing a nonhuman animal (e.g. a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid, goat or a knockout and/or transgenic version thereof, or a chimeric mouse) with an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof to stimulate an antibody response to said oligomer or derivative thereof and selecting the lymphocytes which produce the antibodies having the desired specificity by screening hybridomas (prepared, for example, from the immunized animals). The genes for the antibodies or single domain antibodies are isolated from the selected clones (by means of standardized cloning methods such as reverse transcriptase polymerase chain reaction) and subjected to in-vitro affinity maturation in order to improve thereby the binding properties of the selected antibody or the selected antibodies. The first step of this procedure may be conducted in the manner described above in connection with the in-vivo approaches, while the second step of this procedure may be conducted in the manner described above in connection with the in-vitro approaches, in particular by using methods of in-vitro affinity maturation, such as those described in WO 97/29131 and WO 00/56772.
  • In a further combined method, the recombinant antibodies are generated from individual isolated lymphocytes by using a procedure which is known to the skilled worker as selected lymphocyte antibody methods (SLAM) and which is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,627,052, WO 92/02551 and Babcock, J. S. et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:7843-7848. In this method, a nonhuman animal (e.g. a mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid, goat, or a transgenic version thereof, or a chimeric mouse) is firstly immunized in vivo with an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof to stimulate an immune response to said oligomer or derivative, and then individual cells secreting antibodies of interest are selected by using an antigen-specific hemolytic plaque assay. To this end, the oligomer or derivative thereof or structurally related molecules of interest may be coupled to sheep erythrocytes, using a linker such as biotin, thereby making it possible to identify individual cells secreting antibodies with suitable specificity by using the hemolytic plaque assay. Following the identification of cells secreting antibodies of interest, cDNAs for the variable regions of the light and heavy chains are obtained from the cells by reverse transcriptase PCR, and said variable regions may then be expressed in association with suitable immunoglobulin constant regions (e.g. human constant regions) in mammalian host cells such as COS or CHO cells. The host cells transfected with the amplified immunoglobulin sequences derived from in vivo-selected lymphocytes may then be subjected to further in-vitro analysis and in-vitro selection by spreading out the transfected cells, for example, in order to isolate cells expressing antibodies with the desired specificity. The amplified immunoglobulin sequences may furthermore be manipulated in vitro.
  • Analogously to the above-described procedures, it is also possible to prepare antibodies having specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof and for structurally related synthetic molecules. This comprises
      • i) providing an antigen which comprises a structural feature shared by the oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof and the structurally related synthetic molecules;
      • ii) exposing an antibody repertoire to said antigen; and
      • iii) selecting from said repertoire an antibody which binds to two structurally related molecules, thereby obtaining the antibody having the desired specificity.
  • The present invention relates to the oligomer-specific antibodies obtainable by the above methods as well as to the use thereof for preparing a medicament for the treatment of amyloid β-associated dementing disorders or for preparing a composition for diagnosing amyloid β-associated dementing disorders.
  • The antibodies obtainable according to the invention include in particular antisera which can be obtained by the above methods. Said antisera may be whole sera, i.e. blood obtained from the host after removing the cellular and coagulable components, or fractions of said serum which contain in particular a concentrated immunoglobulin fraction and preferably a concentrated, oligomer-recognizing immunoglobulin fraction. Fractions of this kind may be obtained using the methods described above in connection with antibody purification.
  • The antisera of the invention are polyclonal, i.e. they contain antibodies of different specificity, usually of different classes and subclasses, normally all L-chain isotypes are represented and multiple protein epitopes are recognized.
  • When using various oligomers of the invention as immunogens, then the antisera of the invention are usually cross-reactive.
  • According to another aspect, the antibodies obtainable according to the invention also include monoclonal antibodies, in particular chimeric and humanized antibodies, and also oligomer-binding fragments thereof.
  • The present invention relates to proteins and in particular to antibodies binding to an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof, i.e. antibodies having specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof. The present invention also relates to moieties of said proteins or antibodies, in particular to antigen-binding moieties thereof, i.e. protein or antibody moieties binding to an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof.
  • The antibody of the invention is preferably chosen so as to have particular binding kinetics (e.g. high affinity, low dissociation, low off rate, strong neutralizing activity) for the specific binding to an oligomer of the invention or a derivative thereof.
  • Thus preference is given to proteins and, in particular, antibodies having an affinity for the oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof in the range of KD=10−8-10−12 M. Particular preference is given to high-affinity proteins and in particular antibodies binding with an affinity greater than Kd=10−8 M, with an affinity greater than Kd=10−9 M, with an affinity greater than Kd=10−10 M or with an affinity greater than Kd=10−11 M.
  • According to another aspect, preference is given to those proteins and, in particular, antibodies which bind other Aβ(1-42) forms, in particular monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein and/or monomeric Aβ(1-40) protein with comparatively lower affinity, in particular with lower affinity than Kd=10−8 M.
  • Accordingly, preference is given according to the invention especially to those proteins and, in particular, antibodies which bind the oligomer or derivative thereof with higher affinity than monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein and/or monomeric Aβ(1-40) protein. Particular preference is given to affinity ratios of 10, 100 or 1000.
  • According to another aspect, the antibodies of the invention may be chosen so as to bind the oligomer or derivative thereof with a koff rate constant of 0.1 s−1 or less. Increasing preference is given to rate constants koff of 1×10−2 s−1 or less, 1×10−3 s−1 or less, 1×10−4 s−1 or less, or 1×10−8 s−1 or less, in the order indicated.
  • Furthermore, antibodies of the invention may be chosen so as to inhibit the activity, in particular the neurotoxic activity, of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof with an IC50 of 1×10−6 M or less. Increasing preference is given to inhibition constants IC50 of 1×10−7 M or less, 1×10−8 M or less, 1×109 M or less, 1×10 −10 M or less, or 1×10−11 M or less, in the order indicated.
  • The antibodies are preferably isolated antibodies. According to another aspect, the antibodies are neutralizing antibodies. The antibodies of the invention include monoclonal and recombinant antibodies. According to a multiplicity of embodiments, the antibody may comprise an amino acid sequence derived entirely from a single species, such as a human antibody or a mouse antibody. According to other embodiments, the antibody may be a chimeric antibody or a CDR graft antibody or another form of a humanized antibody.
  • The term “antibody” is intended to refer to immunoglobulin molecules consisting of 4 polypeptide chains, two heavy (H) chains and two light (L) chains. The chains are usually linked to one another via disulfide bonds. Each heavy chain is composed of a variable region of said heavy chain (abbreviated here as HCVR or VH) and a constant region of said heavy chain. The heavy chain constant region consists of three domains CH1, CH2 and CH3. Each light chain is composed of a variable region of said light chain (abbreviated here as LCVR or VL) and a constant region of said light chain. The light chain constant region consists of a CL domain. The VH and VL regions may be further divided into hypervariable regions referred to as complementarity-determining regions (CDRs) and interspersed with conserved regions referred to as framework regions (FR). Each VH and VL region consists of three CDRs and four FRs which are arranged from the N terminus to the C terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
  • The term “antigen-binding moiety” of an antibody (or simply “antibody moiety”) refers to one or more fragments of an antibody having specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof, said fragment(s) still being capable of specifically binding said oligomer or derivative thereof. Fragments of a complete antibody have been shown to be able to carry out the antigen-binding function of an antibody. In accordance with the term “antigen-binding moiety” of an antibody examples of binding fragments include (i) an Fab fragment, i.e. a monovalent fragment composed of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) an F(ab′)2 fragment, i.e. a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked to one another in the hinge region via a disulfide bridge; (iii) an Fd fragment composed of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) an Fv fragment composed of the FL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody; (v) a dAb fragment (Ward et al., (1989) Nature 341:544-546) consisting of a VH domain or of VH, CH1, CH2, DH3, or VH, CH2, CH3; and (vi) an isolated complementarity-determining region (CDR). Although the two domains of the Fv fragment, namely VL and VH, are encoded by separate genes, they may further be linked to one another using a synthetic linker and recombinant methods, making it possible to prepare them as a single protein chain in which the VL and VH regions combine in order to form monovalent molecules (known as single chain Fv (ScFv); see, for example, Bird et al. (1988) Science 242:423-426; and Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883). The term “antigen-binding moiety” of an antibody is also intended to comprise such single chain antibodies. Other forms of single chain antibodies such as “diabodies” are likewise included here. Diabodies are bivalent, bispecific antibodies in which VH and VL domains are expressed on a single polypeptide chain, but using a linker which is too short for the two domains being able to combine on the same chain, thereby forcing said domains to pair with complementary domains of a different chain and to form two antigen-binding sites (see, for example, Holliger, P., et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; Poljak, R. J., et al. (1994) Structure 2:1121-1123).
  • Furthermore, an antibody or antigen-binding moiety thereof may be part of a larger immunoadhesion molecule formed by covalent or noncovalent association of said antibody or antibody moiety with one or more further proteins or peptides. Relevant to such immunoadhesion molecules are the use of the streptavidin core region in order to prepare a tetrameric scFv molecule (Kipriyanov; S. M., et al. (1995) Human Antibodies and Hybridomas 6:93-101) and the use of a cystein residue, a marker peptide and a C-terminal polyhistidine tag in order to produce bivalent and biotinylated scFv molecules (Kipriyanov, S. M., et al. (1994) Mol. Immunol. 31:1047-1058). Antibody moieties such as Fab and F(ab′)2 fragments may be produced from whole antibodies by using conventional techniques such as digestion with papain or pepsin. In addition, antibodies, antibody moieties and immunoadhesion molecules may be obtained by using standardized recombinant DNA techniques. An “isolated antibody having specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof” means an antibody having specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof, which is essentially free of other antibodies having different antigen specificities, i.e. in particular an antibody which is free of antibodies specifically binding to other forms of the Aβ(1-42) protein, as described above.
  • The term “neutralizing antibody” means an antibody whose binding to a particular antigen results in the inhibition of the biological activity of said antigen. Said inhibition of the biological activity of the antigen may be assessed by measuring one or more indicators for said biological activity of the antigen, using a suitable in-vitro or in-vivo assay.
  • The term “monoclonal antibody” means an antibody derived from a hybridoma (e.g. an antibody secreted by a hybridoma prepared by means of hybridoma technology such as the standardized hybridoma methods according to Kohler and Milstein). An antibody which is derived from a hybridoma and which has specificity for an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof is therefore referred to as monoclonal antibody.
  • The term “recombinant antibody” refers to antibodies which are produced, expressed, generated or isolated by recombinant means, such as antibodies which are expressed using a recombinant expression vector transfected into a host cell; antibodies isolated from a recombinant combinatorial antibody library; antibodies isolated from an animal (e.g. a mouse) which is transgenic due to human immunoglobulin genes (see, for example, Taylor, L. D., et al. (1992) Nucl. Acids Res. 20:6287-6295); or antibodies which are produced, expressed, generated or isolated in any other way in which particular immunoglobulin gene sequences (such as human immunoglobulin gene sequences) are assembled with other DNA sequences. Recombinant antibodies include, for example, chimeric, CDR graft and humanized antibodies.
  • The term “human antibody” refers to antibodies whose variable and constant regions correspond to or derive from immunoglobulin sequences of the human germ line, as described, for example, by Kabat et al. (see Kabat, et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242). However, the human antibodies of the invention may contain amino acid residues not encoded by human germ line immunoglobulin sequences (for example mutations which have been introduced by random or site-specific mutagenesis in vitro or by somatic mutation in vivo), for example in the CDRs, and in particular in CDR3. Recombinant human antibodies of the invention have variable regions and may also contain constant regions derived from immunoglobulin sequences of the human germ line (see Kabat, E. A., et al. (1991) Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, NIH Publication No. 91-3242). According to particular embodiments, however, such recombinant human antibodies are subjected to in-vitro mutagenesis (or to a somatic in-vivo mutagenesis, if an animal is used which is transgenic due to human Ig sequences) so that the amino acid sequences of the VH and VL regions of the recombinant antibodies are sequences which although related to or derived from VH and VL sequences of the human germ line, do not naturally exist in vivo within the human antibody germ line repertoire. According to particular embodiments, recombinant antibodies of this kind are the result of selective mutagenesis or back mutation or of both.
  • The term “back mutation” refers to a method which comprises replacing some of or all of the somatically mutated amino acids of a human antibody with the corresponding germ line residues of a homologous germ line antibody sequence. The sequences for the heavy and light chains of a human antibody of the invention are compared separately with the germ line sequences in the VBASE database to identify the sequences having the highest homology. Imprints on the human antibodies of the invention are reverted to the germ line sequence by mutating defined nucleotide positions encoding such deviating amino acids. The direct or indirect importance of each amino acid identified in this way as a candidate for a back mutation for antigen binding should be investigated, and an amino acid impairing a desired property of said human antibody after mutation should not be incorporated in the final human antibody. In order to keep the number of amino acids for back mutation as low as possible, those amino acid positions which, although deviating from the closest germ line sequence, are identical to the corresponding amino acid sequence of a second germ line sequence may remain unchanged, provided that said second germ line sequence is identical and colinear with the sequence of the human antibody of the invention in at least 10 and preferably in 12 amino acids on both sides of the amino acid in question. Back mutations may be carried out at any stage of antibody optimization.
  • The term “chimeric antibody” refers to antibodies which contain sequences for the variable region of the heavy and light chains from one species but in which the sequences of one or more of the CDR regions of VH and/or VL have been replaced with CDR sequences of another species, such as antibodies having variable regions of the heavy and light chains from mouse, in which one or more of the mouse CDRs (e.g. CDR3) have been replaced with human CDR sequences.
  • The term “humanized antibody” refers to antibodies which contain sequences of the variable region of heavy and light chains from a nonhuman species (e.g. mouse, rat, rabbit, chicken, camelid, goat) but in which at least one part of the VH and/or VL sequence has been altered in order to be more “human-like”, i.e. to be more similar to variable sequences of the human germ line. One type of a humanized antibody is a CDR graft antibody in which human CDR sequences have been inserted into nonhuman VH and VL sequences to replace the corresponding nonhuman CDR sequences.
  • One way of measuring the binding kinetics of an antibody is by means of surface plasmon resonance. The term “surface plasmon resonance” refers to an optical phenomenon by which biospecific interactions can be analyzed by detecting changes in protein concentrations by means of a biosensor matrix, using, for example, the BIAcore system (Pharmacia Biosensor AB, Uppsala, Sweden and Piscataway, N.J.). For further descriptions, see Jönsson, U., et al. (1993) Ann. Biol. Clin. 51:19-26; Jönsson, U., et al. (1991) Biotechniques 11:620-627; Johnsson, B., et al. (1995) J. Mol. Recognit. 8:125-131; and Johnnson, B., et al. (1991) Anal. Biochem. 198:268-277.
  • The term “Koff” refers to the off rate constant for the dissociation of an antibody from the antibody/antigen complex.
  • The term “Kd” refers to the dissociation constant of a particular antibody-antigen interaction.
  • The binding affinity of the antibodies of the invention may be evaluated by using standardized in-vitro immunoassays such as ELISA or BIAcore analyses.
  • Apart from antibodies, the protein may be a T cell receptor-derived molecule or a T cell receptor-derived receptor domain or a fusion protein of said receptor domain with an Fc moiety of an immunoglobulin.
  • The present invention also relates to pharmaceutical agents (compositions) containing a protein of the invention and in particular an antibody of the invention and also, optionally, a pharmaceutically suitable carrier. Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may furthermore contain at least one additional therapeutic agent, for example one or more additional therapeutic agents for the treatment of a disease for whose relief the antibodies of the invention are useful. If, for example, the antibody of the invention binds to an oligomer of the invention, the pharmaceutical composition may furthermore contain one or more additional therapeutic agents useful for the treatment of disorders in which the activity of said oligomer is important.
  • Pharmaceutically suitable carriers include any solvents, dispersing media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption-delaying agents, and the like, as long as they are physiologically compatible. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, for example, water, saline, phosphate-buffered saline, dextrose, glycerol, ethanol and the like, and combinations thereof. In many cases, preference is given to using isotonic agents, for example sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol, or sodium chloride in addition. Pharmaceutically suitable carriers may furthermore contain relatively small amounts of auxiliary substances such as wetting agents or emulsifiers, preservatives or buffers, which increase the half life or efficacy of the antibodies.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions may be suitable for parenteral administration, for example. Here, the antibodies are prepared preferably as injectable solutions with an antibody content of 0.1-250 mg/ml. The injectable solutions may be prepared in liquid or lyophilized form, the dosage form being a flint glass or vial, an ampoule or a filled syringe. The buffer may contain L-histidine (1-50 mM, preferably 5-10 mM) and have a pH of 5.0-7.0, preferably of 6.0. Further suitable buffers include, without being limited thereto, sodium succinate, sodium citrate, sodium phosphate or potassium phosphate buffers. Sodium chloride may be used in order to adjust the tonicity of the solution to a concentration of 0-300 mM (preferably 150 mM for a liquid dosage form). Cryoprotectants, for example sucrose (e.g. 0-10%, preferably 0.5-1.0%) may also be included for a lyophilized dosage form. Other suitable cryoprotectants are trehalose and lactose. Fillers, for example mannitol (e.g. 1-10%, preferably 2-4%) may also be included for a lyophilized dosage form. Stabilizers, for example L-methionine (e.g. 51-50 mM, preferably 5-10 mM) may be used both in liquid and lyophilized dosage forms. Further suitable fillers are glycine and arginine. Surfactants, for example polysorbate 80 (e.g. 0-0.05%, preferably 0.005-0.01%), may also be used. Further surfactants are polysorbate 20 and BRIJ surfactants.
  • The compositions of the invention may have a multiplicity of forms. These include liquid, semisolid and solid dosage forms, such as liquid solutions (e.g. injectable and infusible solutions), dispersions or suspensions, tablets, pills, powders, liposomes and suppositories. The preferred form depends on the intended type of administration and on the therapeutic application. Typically, preference is given to compositions in the form of injectable or infusible solutions, for example compositions which are similar to other antibodies for passive immunization of humans. The preferred route of administration is parenteral (e.g. intravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular). According to a preferred embodiment, the antibody is administered by intravenous infusion or injection. According to another preferred embodiment, the antibody is administered by intramuscular or subcutaneous injection.
  • Therapeutic compositions must typically be sterile and stable under the preparation and storage conditions. The compositions may be formulated as solution, micro-emulsion, dispersion, liposome or another ordered structure suitable for high active substance concentrations. Sterile injectable solutions may be prepared by introducing the active compound (i.e. the antibody) in the required amount into a suitable solvent, where appropriate with one or a combination of the abovementioned ingredients, as required, and then sterile-filtering said solution. Dispersions are usually prepared by introducing the active compound into a sterile vehicle containing a basic dispersion medium and, where appropriate, other required ingredients. In the case of a sterile lyophilized powder for preparing sterile injectable solutions, vacuum drying and spray drying are preferred methods of preparation, which produces a powder of the active ingredient and, where appropriate, of further desired ingredients from a previously sterile-filtered solution. The correct flowability of a solution may be maintained by using, for example, a coating such as lecithin, by maintaining, in the case of dispersions the required particle size or by using surfactants. A prolonged absorption of injectable compositions may be achieved by additionally introducing into the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example monostearate salts and gelatin.
  • The antibodies of the invention may be administered by a multiplicity of methods known to the skilled worker, although the preferred type of administration for many therapeutic applications is subcutaneous injection, intravenous injection or infusion. The skilled worker will appreciate that the route and/or type of administration depend on the result desired. According to particular embodiments, the active compound may be prepared with a carrier which protects the compound against rapid release, such as, for example, a formulation with controlled release, which includes implants, transdermal plasters and microencapsulated release systems. Biologically degradable biocompatible polymers such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycol acid, collagen, polyorthoesters and polylactic acid may be used. The methods of preparing such formulations are well known to the skilled worker, see, for example, Sustained and Controlled Release Drug Delivery Systems, J. R. Robinson, ed., Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1978.
  • According to particular embodiments, an antibody of the invention may be administered orally, for example in an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. The antibody (and further ingredients, if desired) may also be enclosed in a hard or soft gelatin capsule, compressed to tablets or added directly to food. For oral therapeutic administration, the antibodies may be mixed with excipients and used in the form of swallowable tablets, buccal tablets, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups and the like. If it is intended to administer an antibody of the invention via a route other than the parenteral one, it may be necessary to choose a coating from a material which prevents its inactivation.
  • The antibodies of the invention are preferably capable of neutralizing, both in vitro and in vivo, the activity of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof to which they bind. Said antibodies may therefore be used for inhibiting the activity of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof, for example in a cell culture containing said oligomers or derivatives thereof or in human individuals or other mammals in which said oligomers or derivatives thereof are present. According to one embodiment, the invention relates to a method of inhibiting the activity of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof, which method comprises allowing an antibody of the invention to act on an oligomer or derivative thereof so as to inhibit the activity of said oligomer or derivative thereof. Said activity may be inhibited in vitro, for example. For example, the antibody of the invention may be added to a cell culture which contains or is suspected to contain the oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof, in order to inhibit the activity of said oligomer or derivative thereof in said culture. Alternatively, the activity of the oligomer or derivative thereof may be inhibited in an individual in vivo.
  • Thus the present invention further relates to a method of inhibiting the activity of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof in an individual who suffers from a disorder in which the amyloid β protein is involved and in which in particular the activity of said oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof is important. Said method comprises the administration of at least one antibody of the invention to the individual with the aim of inhibiting the activity of the oligomer or derivative thereof to which the antibody binds. Said individual is preferably a human being. An antibody of the invention may be administered for therapeutic purposes to a human individual. In addition, an antibody of the invention may be administered to a nonhuman mammal for veterinary purposes or within the framework of an animal model for a particular disorder. Such animal models may be useful for evaluating the therapeutic efficacy of antibodies of the invention (for example for testing dosages and time courses of administration).
  • Disorders in which the oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof play a part include in particular disorders in whose development and/or course an oligomer of the invention or derivative thereof is involved. These are in particular those disorders in which oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof are evidently or presumably responsible for the pathophysiology of said disorder or are a factor which contributes to the development and/or course of said disorder. Accordingly, those disorders are included here in which inhibition of the activity of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof can relieve symptoms and/or progression of the disorder. Such disorders can be verified, for example, by an increased concentration of oligomers of the invention or derivatives thereof in a biological fluid of an individual suffering from a particular disorder (e.g. increased concentration in serum, plasma, CSF, urine, etc.). This may be detected, for example, by using an antibody of the invention. The oligomers of the invention and derivatives thereof play an important part in the pathology associated with a multiplicity of disorders in which neurodegenerative elements, cognitive deficits, neurotoxic elements and inflammatory elements are involved.
  • The antibodies of the invention may be administered together with one or more additional therapeutic agents which are useful in the treatment of the above-described disorders.
  • The pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention usually contain a therapeutically active amount or a prophylactically active amount of at least one antibody of the invention. Depending on the treatment desired, for example whether a therapeutic or prophylactic treatment is desired, dosage plans can be chosen and adapted. For example, a single dose, multiple separate doses distributed over time or an increasing or decreasing dosage may be administered, depending on the requirements of the therapeutic situation. It is particularly advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in single dosage form in order to facilitate administration and to ensure uniformity of the dosage.
  • A therapeutically or prophylactically active amount of an antibody of the invention may be, for example, in the range of 0.1-20 mg/kg and preferably 1-10 mg/kg, without being limited thereto: These amounts may, of course, vary, depending on the type and severity of the condition to be relieved.
  • Within the framework of diagnostic usage of the antibodies, qualitative or quantitative specific oligomer determination serves in particular to diagnose disease-relevant amyloid β(1-42) forms. In this context, specificity means the possibility of being able to detect a particular oligomer or oligomer mixture with sufficient sensitivity. The antibodies of the invention advantageously have sensitivities of less than 10 ng/ml of sample, preferably of less than 1 ng/ml of sample and particularly preferably of less than 100 pg/ml of sample, meaning that at least the concentration of oligomer per ml of sample, indicated in each case, advantageously also lower concentrations, can be detected by the antibodies of the invention.
  • The determination is carried out immunologically. This may be carried out in principle by using any analytical or diagnostic assay method in which antibodies are used, including agglutination and precipitation techniques, immunoassays, immunohistochemical methods and immunoblot techniques, for example Western blotting or dot blot methods. In vivo methods, for example imaging methods, are also included here.
  • The use in immunoassays is advantageous. Suitable are both competitive immunoassays, i.e. antigen and labeled antigen (tracer) compete for antibody binding, and sandwich immunoassays, i.e. binding of specific antibodies to the antigen is detected by a second, usually labeled antibody. These assays may be either homogeneous, i.e. without separation into solid and liquid phases, or heterogeneous, i.e. bound labels are separated from unbound ones, for example via solid phase-bound antibodies. Depending on labeling and method of measurement, the various heterogeneous and homogeneous immunoassay formats can be classified into particular classes, for example RIAs (radioimmunoassays), ELISA (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay), FIA (fluorescence immunoassay), LIA (luminescence immunoassay), TRFIA (time-resolved FIA), IMAC (immunoactivation), EMIT (enzyme-multiplied immune test), TIA (turbodimetric immunoassay), I-PCR (immuno-PCR).
  • For the oligomer determination of the invention, preference is given to competitive immunoassays in which labeled oligomer (tracer) competes with the oligomer to be quantified of the sample for binding to the antibody used. The amount of antigen, i.e. the amount of oligomer, in the sample can be determined from the amount of the displaced tracer with the aid of a standard curve.
  • Of the labels available for these purposes, enzymes have proved advantageous. Systems based on peroxidases, in particular horseradish peroxidase, alkaline phosphatase and β-D-galactosidase, may be used, for example. Specific substrates whose conversion can be monitored photometrically, for example, are available for these enzymes. Suitable substrate systems are based on p-nitrophenyl phosphate (p-NPP), 5-bromo-4-chloro-3-indolyl phosphate/nitroblue tetrazolium (BCIP/NPT), Fast-Red/naphthol-AS-TS phosphate for alkaline phosphatase; 2,2-azinobis(3-ethyl-benzothiazoline-6-sulfonic acid) (ABTS), o-phenylenediamine (OPT), 3,3′,5,5′-tetramethylbenzidine (TMB), o-dianisidine, 5-aminosalicylic acid, 3-dimethylamino-benzoic acid (DMAB) and 3-methyl-2-benzothiazolinehydrazone (MBTH) for peroxidases; o-nitrophenyl-β-D-galactoside (o-NPG), p-nitrophenyl-β-D-galactoside and 4-methylumbelliphenyl-β-D-galactoside (MUG) for β-D-galactosidase. In many cases, these substrate systems are commercially available in a ready-to-use form, for example in the form of tablets which may also contain further reagents such as appropriate buffers and the like.
  • The tracers used are labeled oligomers. In this sense, a particular oligomer can be determined by labeling the oligomer to be determined and using it as tracer.
  • The coupling of labels to oligomers for preparing tracers may be carried out in a manner known per se. The comments above on derivatization of oligomers of the invention are referred to by analogy. In addition, a number of labels appropriately modified for conjugation to proteins are available, for example biotin-, avidin-, extravidin- or streptavidin-conjugated enzymes, maleimide-activated enzymes and the like. These labels may be reacted directly with the oligomer or, if required, with the appropriately derivatized oligomer to give the tracer. If, for example, a streptavidin-peroxidase conjugate is used, then this firstly requires biotinylation of the oligomer. This applies correspondingly to the reverse order. For this purpose too, suitable methods are known to the skilled worker.
  • If a heterogeneous immunoassay format is chosen, the antigen-antibody complex may be separated by binding it to the support, for example via an anti-idiotypical antibody coupled to said support, e.g. an antibody directed against rabbit IgG. Supports, in particular microtiter plates coated with appropriate antibodies are known and partly commercially available.
  • The present invention further relates to immunoassay sets having at least one above-described antibody and further components. Said sets are, usually in the form of a packaging unit, a combination of means for carrying out an oligomer determination of the invention. For the purpose of handling which is as easy as possible, said means are preferably provided in an essentially ready-to-use form. An advantageous arrangement offers the immunoassay in the form of a kit. A kit usually comprises multiple containers for separate arrangement of components. All components may be provided in a ready-to-use dilution, as a concentrate for diluting or as a dry substance or lyophilisate for dissolving or suspending; individual or all components may be frozen or stored at room temperature until use. Sera are preferably shock-frozen, for example at −20° C. so that in these cases an immunoassay has to be kept preferably at temperatures below freezing prior to use.
  • Further components supplied with the immunoassay depend on the type of said immunoassay. Usually, standard protein, tracer which mayor may not be required and control serum are supplied together with the antiserum. Furthermore, microtiter plates, preferably antibody-coated, buffers, for example for testing, for washing or for conversion of the substrate, and the enzyme substrate itself may also be included.
  • General principles of immunoassays and generation and use of antibodies as auxiliaries in laboratory and hospital can be found, for example, in Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual (Harlow, E., and Lane, D., Ed., Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y., 1988).
  • Furthermore of interest are also substances which inhibit aggregation of the oligomers of the invention or accelerate disaggregation thereof. Such substances particularly represent possible therapeutic agents for the treatment of the above amyloid β-associated disorders such as, for example, Alzheimer's disease.
  • The present invention therefore also relates to a method of characterizing a substance or a substance mixture, which method comprises
      • i) providing said substance or said substance mixture in a suitable manner;
      • ii) allowing said substance or said substance mixture to act on at least one oligomer of the invention, derivative thereof or a composition; and
      • iii) determining whether said substance or particular parts of said substance mixture bind to said oligomer, derivative thereof or to at least one oligomer or derivative thereof present in said composition.
  • Said method may also be carried out on mixtures of biological origin, for example a cell preparation and cell extracts, in order to identify natural binding partners with affinity for the oligomers of the invention, for example cell surface antigens, in particular receptors, and soluble ligands, for example particular proteins and mediators.
  • In addition to mere binding of the substances, further interactions with and influences on the oligomers of the invention may also be a subject of said method. Thus it is possible to determine, in particular, whether
      • the substance is capable of modulating, in particular inhibiting, the aggregation of amyloid β protein to the oligomers of the invention;
      • the substance is capable of modulating, in particular promoting, disaggregation of the oligomers of the invention;
      • the oligomers of the invention cause functional changes in a binding partner, for example have an agonistic, partially agonistic, antagonistic or inverse agonistic effect on a receptor.
  • Said methods are usually in vitro-screening methods which can be used to select from a multiplicity of different substances those which appear to be most promising with respect to a future application. It is possible, for example, to establish by means of combinatorial chemistry extensive substance libraries comprising myriads of potential active substances. The screening of combinatorial substance libraries for substances having the desired activity can be automated. Screening robots serve to efficiently analyze the individual assays which are preferably arranged on microtiter plates. Thus the present invention also relates to screening methods, i.e. both primary and secondary screening methods, in which preferably at least one of the methods described below is applied. If several methods are applied, they may be applied to one and the same sample with a time shift or simultaneously or to different samples of a substance to be tested.
  • A particularly effective technique for carrying out such methods is the scintillation proximity assay, SPA for short, which is known in the field of drug screening. Kits and components for carrying out this assay may be obtained commercially, for example from Amersham Pharmacia Biotech. In principle, solubilized or membrane-bound receptors are immobilized on small fluoromicrospheres containing a scintillating substance. When, for example, a radioligand binds to the immobilized receptors, said scintillating substance is stimulated and emits light, due to the spatial proximity of scintillating substance and radioligand.
  • Another particularly effective technique for carrying out methods of this kind is the FlashPlateR technique known in the field of drug screening. Kits and components for carrying out this assay may be commercially obtained, for example from NENR Life Science Products. This principle is likewise based on microtiter plates (96- or 384-well) coated with scintillating substance.
  • The present invention relates to substances or parts of substance mixtures, which are identifiable according to this method as a ligand binding to the oligomer, derivative thereof or to at least one oligomer or derivative thereof present in a corresponding composition, as well as to the use thereof for preparing a medicament for the treatment of amyloid &associated, in particular dementing, disorders or for preparing a composition for diagnosing amyloid β-associated, in particular dementing, disorders.
  • The following examples are intended to illustrate the invention, without limiting its scope.
  • In the drawings:
  • FIG. 1 shows an SDS PAGE of an Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (lane A); an Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation (lane B); of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane C);
  • FIG. 2 shows an SDS PAGE of an Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (lane A); an Aβ(1-42) oligomer A-CL preparation (lane A′); an Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation (lane B); an Aβ(1-42) oligomer B-CL preparation (lane B′); of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane C);
  • FIG. 3 shows an SDS PAGE of a biotin Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation (lane A); of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane B);
  • FIG. 4 shows an SDS PAGE of a fluorescein Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation (lane A); of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane B);
  • FIG. 5 shows a gel permeation chromatography of a solution containing Aβ(1-42) lyophilisate in comparison with a preparation containing Aβ(1-42) oligomers B;
  • FIG. 6 shows a NATIVE PAGE of an Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation (lane A); of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane B);
  • FIG. 7 shows the binding of (A) monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein and (B) of the Aβ(1-42) oligomers A and (C) Aβ(1-42) oligomers B to the surface of the human neuroblastoma cell line IMR-32;
  • FIG. 8 shows the neurotoxic effect in % after treatment of murine cortical neurons with Aβ(1-42) oligomers B, the error bar corresponding to the 95% confidence interval;
  • FIG. 9 shows an SDS PAGE of an Aβ(1-42) preparation treated with trypsin (lane 2), chymotrypsin (lane 3), thermolysin (lane 4), elastase (lane 5), papain (lane 6) or untreated (lane 7); and of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane 1);
  • FIG. 10 shows dot blots of the reactivity of 100 pmol (row A); 10 pmol (row B); 1 pmol (row C); 0.1 pmol (row D) and 0.01 pmol (row E); of Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 6b (column 1); of HFIP-treated Aβ(1-42) monomer of example 1a (column 2); of thermolysin-cleaved Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 15a (column 3); of glutaraldehyde-crosslinked Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 14a (column 4); of ADDL prepared according to M. P. Lambert et al., J. Neurochem. 79, 595-605 (2001) at 4° C. or room temperature or 37° C. ( columns 5, 6 and 7, respectively); of Aβ(1-42) dissolved in 0.1% NH4OH (column 8); of an Aβ(1-42) fibril preparation of example 27 (column 9); and of PBS-diluted APP from Sigma (column 10) with a) the monoclonal antibody 6E10; b) the polyclonal antiserum (d1) of example 25d; c) the polyclonal antiserum (c1) of example 25c; d) the polyclonal antiserum (a1) of example 25a; and e) the polyclonal antiserum (a2) of example 25a;
  • FIG. 11 shows an SDS PAGE of an Aβ(20-42) oligomer B preparation of example 15a (lane B); of an Aβ(12-42) oligomer B preparation of example 15b (lane C); of an Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 6b (lane A); and of standard proteins (molecular marker proteins, lane D);
  • FIG. 12 shows a gel permeation chromatography of the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 6b in comparison with the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B-CL preparation of example 14a;
  • FIG. 13 shows a diagrammatic representation of the monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein (left); of the Aβ(1-42) oligomer (12-mer, A); and of the Aβ(12-42) oligomer (12-mer, C) and Aβ(20-42) oligomer (12-mer, B) both of which are obtainable by proteolytic cleavage;
  • FIG. 14 shows the excitatory postsynaptic potential (fEPSP) as a function of the time of action of Aβ(1-42) oligomers B on hippocampal sections;
  • FIG. 15 shows an immunofluorescence image depicting the binding of Aβ(1-42) oligomers B to hippocampal rat neurons (a) in comparison with unspecifically bound fluorescence (b).
  • Unless stated otherwise, concentrations of oligomers of the invention are expressed in moles of monomeric Aβ(1-42) polypeptide. The term β amyloid(1-42) protein corresponds to the term amyloid β(1-42) protein. Unless stated otherwise, the proteins (polypeptides) used are of human origin.
  • Example 1 a) Preparation of a Stock Suspension of Human Aβ(1-42)
  • 2 mg of human β-amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: Aβ(1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) are dissolved in 800 μl of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol and incubated in an Eppendorf vessel at 37° C. for 30 min. This is followed by evaporation to dryness in a vacuum concentrator (Speed Vac). The residue is taken up with 88 μl of DMSO, resulting in a 5 mM Aβ(1-42) stock suspension which can be stored at −20° C.
  • b) Preparation of a Stock Suspension or Rat Aβ(1-42)
  • 2 mg of rat β-amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: rat Aβ(1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) by dissolving 800 μl of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol and incubated in an Eppendorf vessel at 37° C. for 30 min. This is followed by evaporation to dryness in a vacuum concentrator (Speed Vac). The residue is taken up with 88 μl of DMSO, resulting in a 5 mM rat Aβ(1-42) stock suspension which can be stored at −20° C.
  • Example 2
  • a) Preparation of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 15 kDa and 20 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A]; use of SDS
  • 690 μl of PBS buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) are added to 60 μl of the stock solution of example 1a and the mixture is adjusted to SDS content of 0.2% with 75 μl of 2% strength sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) solution. This is followed by 5 hours of incubation at 37° C. and centrifugation for 10 min at 10 000 g. This Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (approx. 400 μM Aβ(1-42)) can be stored at −20° C.
  • b) Preparation of Rat Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 15 kDa and 20 kDa [Rat Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A]; use of SDS
  • 690 μl of PBS buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) are added to 60 μl of the stock solution of example 1b and the mixture is adjusted to SDS content of 0.2% with 75 μl of 2% strength sodium dodecyl sulfate (SDS) solution. This is followed by 5 hours of incubation at 37° C. and centrifugation for 10 min at 10 000 g. This rat Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (approx. 400 μM rat Aβ(1-42)) can be stored at −20° C.
  • c) Preparation of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 15 kDa and 20 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A]; Use of Lauric Acid
  • 690 μl of PBS buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) are added to 60 μl of the stock solution of example 1a and the mixture is adjusted to lauric acid content of 0.5% with 75 μl of 5% strength lauric acid solution. This is followed by 5 hours of incubation at 37° C. and centrifugation for 10 min at 10 000 g. This Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (approx. 400 μM Aβ(1-42)) can be stored at −20° C.
  • d) Preparation of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 15 kDa and 20 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A]; Use of Oleic Acid
  • 690 μl of PBS buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) are added to 60 μl of the stock solution of example 1a and the mixture is adjusted to oleic acid content of 0.5% with 75 μl of 5% strength oleic acid solution. This is followed by 5 hours of incubation at 37° C. and centrifugation for 10 min at 10 000 g. This Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (approx. 400 μM Aβ(1-42)) can be stored at −20° C.
  • e) Preparation of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 15 kDa and 20 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A]; Use of Lauroylsarcosine
  • 690 μl of PBS buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) are added to 60 μl of the stock solution of example 1a and the mixture is adjusted to lauroylsarcosine content of 0.5% with 75 μl of 5% strength lauroylsarcosine solution. This is followed by 5 hours of incubation at 37° C. and centrifugation for 10 min at 10 000 g. This Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (approx. 400 μM Aβ(1-42)) can be stored at −20° C.
  • Example 3
  • a) Alternative Method of Preparing Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 15 kDa and 20 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A]
  • 1 mg of human β-amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: Aβ(1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) is taken up in 220 μl of 10 mM aqueous HCl solution and incubated at room temperature for 10 min. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The supernatant (1 mM Aβ(1-42)) contains the Aβ(1-42) protein and is processed further as follows:
  • 9 μl of PBS buffer and 1 μl of 2% strength SDS soloution are added to 1 μl of the supernatant and the mixture is incubated at 37° C. for 16 h. The hAβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (100 μM) can be stored at −20° C.
  • b) Alternative Method of Preparing rat Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 15 kDa and 20 kDa [Rat Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A]
  • 1 mg of rat β-amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: rat Aβ(1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) is taken up in 220 μl of 10 mM aqueous HCl solution and incubated at room temperature for 10 min. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The supernatant (1 mM rat Aβ(1-42)) contains the rat amyloid-β(1-42) protein and is processed further as follows:
  • 9 μl of PBS buffer and 1 μl of 2% strength SDS soloution are added to 1 μl of the supernatant and the mixture is incubated at 37° C. for 16 h. The rat Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (100 μM) can be stored at −20° C.
  • Example 4
  • a) Alternative Method of Preparing Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 15 kDa and 20 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A]
  • 1 mg of human β-amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: Aβ(1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) is dissolved in 44 μl of 1% SDS/H2O (5 mM Aβ(1-42)). 5 μl of the solution are admixed with 40 μl PBS and 5 μl of 2% SDS and incubated at 37° C. for 16 h. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The thus obtained Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (500 μM Aβ(1-42)) can be stored at −20° C.
  • b) Alternative Method of Preparing Rat Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 15 kDa and 20 kDa [rat Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A]
  • 1 mg of rat β-amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: rat A(3(1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, from Bachem, Germany) is dissolved in 44 μl of 1% SDS/H2O (5 mM rat Aβ(1-42)). 5 μl of the solution are admixed with 40 μl PBS and 5 μl of 2% SDS and incubated at 37° C. for 16 h. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The thus obtained rat Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation (500 μM rat Aβ(1-42)) can be stored at −20° C.
  • Example 5
  • a) Preparation of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B]
  • An Aβ(1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 2a is diluted with 2.475 ml of water (0.05% SDS content, 0.1 mM Aβ(1-42)) and incubated at 37° C. for 20 hours. Aliquots of this Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at −80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • b) Preparation of Rat Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [Rat Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B]
  • A rat Aβ(1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 2a is diluted with 2.475 ml of water (0.05% SDS content, 0.1 mM rat Aβ(1-42)) and incubated at 37° C. for 20 hours. Aliquots of this rat Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at −80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • c) Alternative Preparation of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B]
  • An Aβ(1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 2c is diluted with 2.475 ml of water (0.125% lauric acid content, 0.1 mM Aβ(1-42)) and incubated at 37° C. for 20 hours. Aliquots of this Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at −80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • d) Alternative Preparation of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B]
  • An Aβ(1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 2d is diluted with 2.475 ml of water (0.125% oleic acid content, 0.1 mM Aβ(1-42)) and incubated at 37° C. for 20 hours. Aliquots of this Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at −80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • e) Alternative preparation of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B having Molecular Weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B]
  • An Aβ(1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 2e is diluted with 2.475 ml of water (0.125% laurylsarcosine content, 0.1 mM Aβ(1-42)) and incubated at 37° C. for 20 hours. Aliquots of this Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at −80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • f) Preparation of SDS-Free Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B having Molecular Weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B]
  • 10 μl of an Aβ(1-42)oligomer B preparation prepared according to example 6b are admixed with 250 μl of an acetic acid/methanol/water mixture in a 4%/33%/63% ratio and incubated at 0° C. on ice for 30 min. After centrifugation (10 000 g for 10 min), the supernatant is removed and the precipitated protein residue taken up to 200 μl of buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4). The preparation obtained in this way contains the dissolved Aβ(1-42) oligomers B in SDS-free from and can be stored at −20° C.
  • Example 6
  • a) Dialysis and Concentration of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B]
  • An Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation prepared according to example 5a is admixed with 30 ml of PBS buffer containing 0.1% Pluronic® F68 (BASF) and concentrated to 3 ml in an Amicon Centriprep YM, 30 kD. Residues which may be present are removed by centrifugation (10 000 g for 5 min). The supernatant is removed. Aliquots of this Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at −80° C. and stored for further studies.
  • b) Preparation of a Concentrate of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B having Molecular Weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B]
  • 72.6 ml of an Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation obtained according to example 5a are concentrated to 2 ml via a 30 kD Centriprep YM Tube (Amicon). The concentrate is removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 10 min. The supernatant is removed and dialyzed at 6° C. in a dialysis tube against 1 l of buffer (5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM sodium chloride, pH 7.4) for 16 h. The dialysate is removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 10 min. The supernatant is removed and can be stored at −80° C. for further studies.
  • Example 7 Preparation of Biotin-Aβ(1-42) Stock Suspension
  • 0.5 mg of biotin-β-amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: biotin-Aβ(1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, AnaSpec) are dissolved in 200 μl of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol and incubated in an Eppendorf vessel at 37° C. for 30 min. This is followed by evaporation to dryness in a vacuum concentrator (Speed Vac). The residue is taken up with 20.5 μl of DMSO, producing a 5 mM biotin-Aβ(1-42) stock suspension which can be stored at −20° C.
  • Example 8
  • Preparation of Biotin-Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 17 kDa and 22 kDa [Biotin-Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A]
  • 2 μl of the stock suspension of example 7 are admixed with 23 μl of PBS buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) and adjusted to an SDS content of 0.2% with 2.4 μl of 2% strength. SDS solution. This is followed by 6 hours of incubation at 37° C. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The biotin-Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation obtained in this way can be stored at −20° C.
  • Example 9
  • Preparation of Biotin-Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 42 kDa and 52 kDa [Biotin-Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B]
  • A biotin-Aβ(1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 8 is diluted with 82 μl of water (0.05% SDS content, 0.1 mM Aβ) and incubated at 37° C. for 16 hours. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The biotin Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at −20° C. and stored for further studies. (FIG. 3).
  • Example 10 Preparation of Fluorescein-Aβ(1-42) Stock Suspension
  • 0.5 mg of fluorescein-β-amyloid(1-42) protein (short name: fluorescein-Aβ(1-42); peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, AnaSpec) are dissolved in 200 μl of 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-propanol and incubated in an Eppendorf vessel at 37° C. for 30 min. This is followed by evaporation to dryness in a vacuum concentrator (Speed Vac). The residue is taken up with 20.5 μl of DMSO, producing a 5 mM fluorescein-Aβ(1-42) stock suspension which can be stored at −20° C.
  • Example 11
  • Preparation of Fluorescein-Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 17 kDa and 22 kDa [Fluorescein-Aβ(1-42) Oligomer A]
  • 2 μl of the stock suspension of example 10 are admixed with 23 μl of PBS buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) and adjusted to an SDS content of 0.2% with 2.4 μl of 2% strength SDS solution. This is followed by 6 hours of incubation at 37° C. Insoluble components are removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 min. The fluorescein-Aβ(1-42) oligomer A preparation obtained in this way can be stored at −20° C.
  • Example 12
  • Preparation of Fluorescein-Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 42 kDa and 52 kDa [Fluorescein-Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B]
  • A fluorescein-Aβ(1-42) oligomer A solution obtained according to example 11 is diluted with 82 μl of water (0.05% SDS content, 0.1 mM Aβ) and incubated at 37° C. for 16 hours. The fluorescein Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation can be frozen at −80° C. and stored for further studies. (FIG. 4).
  • Example 13 Crosslinking of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A of Example 2a [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers A-CL]
  • 10 μl of an Aβ(1-42) oligomer A solution prepared according to example 2a are diluted to 100 μM Aβ(1-42) content with 7.5 μl of PBS, 0.2% SDS. To this solution 1 μl of freshly prepared 10 mM glutardialdehyde solution in water is added, followed by stirring at RT for 3 h. The excess glutardialdehyde is saturated by adding 1 μl of 100 mM ethanolamine solution in water, pH 7.4, to the sample and stirring for 1 h. The preparation obtained in this way contains crosslinked Aβ(1-42) oligomers A and is referred to as Aβ(1-42) oligomer A-CL preparation.
  • Example 14 a) Crosslinking of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B of Example 5a [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B-CL]
  • 10 μl of an Aβ(1-42) oligomer B solution prepared according to example 5a are admixed with 1 μl of freshly prepared 10 mM glutardialdehyde solution in water and stirred at RT for 3 h. The excess glutardialdehyde is saturated by adding 1 μl of 100 mM ethanolamine solution in water, pH 7.4, to the sample and stirring for 1 h. The preparation obtained in this way contains crosslinked Aβ(1-42) oligomers B and is referred to as Aβ(1-42) oligomer B-CL preparation.
  • b) Alternative Procedure for Crosslinking Aβ(1-42) Oligomers [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B-CL]
  • 72.6 ml of an Aβ(1-42) oligomer B solution prepared according to example 5a are admixed with 7.26 ml of freshly prepared 10 mM glutardialdehyde solution in water and stirred at RT for 2 h. The excess glutardialdehyde is saturated by adding 726 μl of buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, 500 mM ethanolamine, pH 7.4) to the sample and stirring at RT for 30 min. The reaction mixture is concentrated to 3 ml via a 15 ml 30 kDa Centriprep tube. The concentrate is removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 10 min. The supernatant is removed and dialyzed at 6° C. in a dialysis tube against 1 l of 5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM NaCl, pH 7.4 for 16 h. The dialysate is subsequently removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 10 min and the supernatant is removed and can be stored at −80° C. for further studies. The preparation obtained in this way contains crosslinked Aβ(1-42) oligomers B and is referred to as Aβ(1-42) oligomer B-CL preparation.
  • Example 15
  • a) Preparation of Truncated Aβ(20-42) Oligomers, Starting from Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B, by Cleavage with Thermolysin:
  • 1.59 ml of Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation prepared according to example 6b are admixed with 38 ml of buffer (50 mM MES/NaOH, pH 7.4) and 200 μl of a 1 mg/ml thermolysin solution (Roche) in water. The reaction mixture is stirred at RT for 20 h. Then 80 μl of a 100 mM EDTA solution, pH 7.4, in water are added and the mixture is furthermore adjusted to an SDS content of 0.01% with 400 μl of a 1% strength SOS solution. The reaction mixture is concentrated to approx. 1 ml via a 15 ml 30 kDa Centriprep tube. The concentrate is admixed with 9 ml of buffer (50 mM MES/NaOH, 0.02% SDS, pH 7.4) and again concentrated to 1 ml. The concentrate is dialyzed at 6° C. against 1 l of buffer (5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM NaCl) in a dialysis tube for 16 h. The dialysate is adjusted to an SDS content of 0.1% with a 2% strength SDS solution in water. The sample is removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 10 min and the supernatant is removed.
  • The material thus obtained is analyzed further (SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; cf. FIG. 11); the mass-spectrometric analysis of the truncated oligomers produced reveals that the oligomer is composed of truncated Aβ(20-42).
  • b) Preparation of Truncated Aβ(12-42) Oligomers, Starting from Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B, by Cleavage with Endoproteinase GluC:
  • 2 ml of an Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation prepared according to example 6b are admixed with 38 ml buffer (5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM sodium chloride, pH 7.4) and 150 μl of a 1 mg/ml GluC endoproteinase (Roche) in water. The reaction mixture is stirred for 6 h at RT, and a further 150 μl of a 1 mg/ml GluC endoproteinase (Roche) in water are subsequently added. The reaction mixture is stirred at RT for another 16 h, followed by addition of 8 μl of a 5 M DIFP solution. The reaction mixture is concentrated to approx. 1 ml via a 15 ml 30 kDa Centriprep tube. The concentrate is admixed with 9 ml of buffer (5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM sodium chloride, pH 7.4) and again concentrated to 1 ml. The concentrate is dialyzed at 6° C. against 1 l of buffer (5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM NaCl) in a dialysis tube for 16 h. The dialysate is adjusted to an SDS content of 0.1% with a 1% strength SDS solution in water. The sample is removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 10 min and the supernatant is removed.
  • The material thus obtained is analyzed further (SDS polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis; cf. FIG. 11). Mass-spectrometric analysis of the truncated oligomer produced reveal that the oligomer is composed of truncated Aβ(12-42).
  • Characterization of Aβ(1-42) oligomers
  • Example 16 SDS Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (SDS PAGE)
  • The molecular weight under denaturing conditions is characterized by analyzing the preparations of examples 2a, 5a, 9, 12, 13 and 14a, all of which contain oligomers A and B, under denaturing conditions according to standard conditions in a 4-20% strength Tris-glycine SDS PAGE.
  • The evaluation of said SDS PAGE (FIG. 1) reveals that starting protein Aβ(1-42) still present in the oligomer A preparation appears as a band at about 4 kDa, while the oligomers A1 and A2 of example 2a, denoted 1 and 2, respectively, in FIG. 1, are visible at about 15 kDa (weaker band) and at about 20 kDa (main band).
  • In the oligomer B preparation comparatively little starting protein Aβ(1-42) can be detected (relatively weak band at about 4 kDa). In contrast, the oligomers B1 and B2 of example 5a, denoted 3 and 4, respectively, in FIG. 1 appear at about 38 kDa and about 48 kDa (see arrows). Correspondingly higher molecular weights of about 42 kDa and about 52 kDa arise for the biotin- and fluorescein-derivatized oligomers B of examples 9 and 12 (FIGS. 3, 4).
  • Analysis of the preparations containing the respective crosslinking products A-CL and B-CL (examples 13 and 14a; FIG. 2) reveals that the two samples essentially maintain their degree of oligomerization (cf. lane A with A′ and lane B with B′). The slightly different migration behavior compared to the oligomers A and B can be explained by a slightly altered SDS binding capacity and by modification of the amino groups of the N terminus and, respectively, the lysine residue.
  • Analysis of the truncated Aβ(20-42) oligomers (of Example 15a) reveals that the 38/48 kDa double band (FIG. 11, lane A) is converted to a 28/38 kDa double band (FIG. 11; lane B) by proteolytic removal of the N-terminal peptide with themolysine. Similarly, analysis of the truncated Aβ(12-42) oligomers (of Example 15b) reveals that the 38/48 kDa double band (FIG. 11; lane A) is converted to a 33/40 kDa double band (FIG. 11; ring C) by proteolytic removal of the N-terminal peptide with Glu-C endoprotease.
  • Example 17 Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • In order to study the molecular weight behavior under nondenaturing conditions in more detail, a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is carried out by way of an FPLC process using a Superose 12 HR10/30 column. The GPC is run at 4° C.
  • The column is equilibrated with 5 volumes of PBS buffer (flow rate 0.5 ml/min, UV detection, 214 nm) and first calibrated using protein standards. Subsequently, the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 5a (FIG. 5, bottom) and, for comparison, the same concentration of freshly weighed Aβ(1-42) lyophilisate dissolved in PBS are analyzed, after removing the insoluble components by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 5 minutes (FIG. 5, top).
  • The evaluation reveals that the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation has a protein fraction characterized by a main peak in the molecular weight range of around approximately 50 kDa. As under denaturing conditions in the SDS PAGE, this protein fraction differs significantly from the monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein characterized by a main peak in the molecular weight range of around aproximately 16 kDa.
  • In order to study the molecular weight behavior of Aβ(1-42) oligomers B of example 6b and of Aβ(1-42) oligomers B-CL of example 14a under nondenaturing conditions, a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) is carried out by way of an FPLC process using a Superose 12 HR10/30 column at room temperature. The column is equilibrated with 5 column volumes of PBS buffer (flow rate 0.5 ml/min, UV detection, 214 nm) and first calibrated using protein standards. Subsequently, Aβ(1-42) oligomer B of example 6b is diluted to 1 mg/ml with PBS buffer and Aβ(1-42) oligomer B-CL of example 14a is diluted to 1 mg/ml with PBS buffer, and both mixtures are analyzed (FIG. 12).
  • The evaluation reveals that the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation with reduced SDS content has a protein fraction characterized by a main peak in the molecular weight range around approximately 100 kDa. In comparison therewith, the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B-CL preparation with reduced SDS content has a protein fraction characterized by a main peak in the molecular weight range around approximately 60 kDa.
  • Example 18 Native Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis (NATIVE PAGE) of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B of Example 5a
  • The molecular weight under native conditions is characterized by analyzing the oligomers B-containing preparations of example 5a under nondenaturing conditions in a 4-20% Tris-glycine gel.
  • The detergent present in the preparations is neutralized by the nonionic detergent Triton X-100. To this end, 1 μl (4% Triton X-100) is pipetted to 10 μl of the preparation of the example 5a and incubated at room temperature for 5 min. Subsequently, 10 μl are admixed with the same volume of native sample buffer (4 ml of 1M Tris, pH 6.8, 8 ml of glycerol, 1 ml of bromophenol blue in 50 ml of H2O ) and the electrophoresis (running buffer: 7.5 g of Tris, 36 g of glycine to 2.5 l of H2O).
  • The NATIVE PAGE evaluation reveals that the starting peptide Aβ(1-42) still present in the oligomer B preparation appears as a band at about 28 kDa (lane A, denoted 1), while the main bands of the preparation of example 5a are visible at an apparent molecular weight of 64-90 kDa (lane A, denoted 2) (FIG. 6).
  • It is important that molecular weights can be assigned to the oligomers of the invention, in particular the oligomers B, also in native molecular weight analytical methods such as gel permeation chromatography (see example 17) or native gel electrophoresis (see example 18).
  • After complexing of the SDS, the oligomers B to which molecular weights of about 38 and 48 kDa can be assigned in the SDS PAGE are detected in the native gel electrophoresis as a band in the molecular weight range of about 64-90 kDa, based on selected standard proteins. This method cannot be expected to provide an exact reading of the molecular weight, since the migration behavior of the oligomers is substantially determined by their intrinsic charges, in addition to their size. However, the result leads to the conclusion that a defined oligomeric species is present.
  • Example 19 a) Stability of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B at Various Protein Concentrations in Physiological Buffers
  • The Aβ(1-42) oligomers B obtained according to example 6b are tested for stability in PBS buffer under the following conditions.
  • 5 mg/ml are diluted with PBS in 2× dilution steps down to 0.08 mg/ml. All solutions obtained are incubated at room temperature for 24 hours. This was followed by analyzing the band pattern in an SDS PAGE in comparison with a frozen control preparation. The band pattern is identical in all samples.
  • b) Stability of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B at Various Temperatures and After Different Periods of Time in Physiological Buffers
  • The Aβ(1-42) oligomers B obtained according to example 6b are diluted to 0.5 mg/ml with PBS buffer and incubated at room temperature or at 37° C. for 24 h or 96 h.
  • Subsequently, the band pattern was analyzed in an SDS PAGE. The band pattern is identical in all samples.
  • Example 20 Proteolysis of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B by Means of Various Proteases (Trypsin, Chymotrypsin, Thermolysin, Elastase, Papain)
  • Aliquots of the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation obtained according to example 6b are diluted to 0.5 mg/ml with buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) and incubated with in each case 1/50 of the amount by weight of the protease solutions indicated in FIG. 9 under the following conditions at 37° C. and pH 7.4 for 20 h. 1 μg of reactive mixture aliquots are then analyzed in an SDS-PAGE (FIG. 9).
  • The SDS PAGE reveals that, starting from the Aβ(1-42) oligomers B preparation, all proteases revert the double band at about 38/48 kDa to a kDa double band at about 32/28 kDa under the chosen limited proteolysis conditions.
  • Example 21 Stability of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B in Rat Plasma
  • 4 μl of the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation prepared according to example 6b are incubated with 76 μl of rat plasma at room temperature for 0 h, 1 h, 2 h, 4 h and 8 h. The incubations are stopped by freezing in dry ice.
  • Subsequently, all samples are analyzed in an SDS PAGE, after addition of SDS sample buffer. This is followed by an evaluation of the stability via staining of the Aβ(1-42) oligomers B in a Western blot. The anti-Aβ(1-42) antibody 6E10 (Signet) was used for detection. The bands are made visible by an anti-mouse IgG antibody coupled to alkaliphosphatase and addition of the substrate NBT/BCIP. Both molecular weight and intensity of the observed band pattern remain nearly unchanged over a period of 2 h, 4 h and 8 h.
  • This result suggests that the Aβ(1-42) oligomers B have high plasma stability. According to this, the biological half life in the plasma is in the range of about 8 hours or longer.
  • Example 22
  • Binding of biotin-Aβ(1-42) oligomers having molecular weights of 17 kDa and 22 kDa [biotin-Aβ(1-42) oligomers A] and, respectively, of 42 kDa and 52 kDa [biotin-Aβ(1-42) oligomers B] to the surface of human neuronal cells.
  • Binding of human β-amyloid(1-42) protein and the two Aβ(1-42) oligomer A and Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparations to the human neuroblastoma cell line IMR-32 (ATCC Number: CCL-127) is studied by means of FACScan (Beckton Dickinson). A suspension of IMR-32 cells (1,5×106 cells/0,1 ml PBS) is incubated with biotin-labeled human β-amyloid(1-42) protein (peptide-synthetic material, lyophilisate, AnaSpec) and the preparations containing the biotin-labeled oligomers A and B (examples 8 and 9, respectively) at 37° C. for 20 minutes. The cells are subsequently washed with buffer (PBS plus 1% BSA) and incubated at room temperature with fluorescein coupled to streptavidin isothiocyanate (Sigma) for 20 minutes. After a washing step with buffer, binding to the surface of IMR-32 cells was analyzed by FACScan. The dashed line indicates background fluorescence in the absence of the biotin-labeled components. The addition of the individual preparations resulted in a strong increase of cell-associated fluorescence and is represented by the thick line. Binding of the oligomers A (FIG. 7B) and B (FIG. 7C) to the cell surfaces is distinctly different from the binding of the monomeric β-amyloid(1-42) protein (FIG. 7A). The data indicate specific binding sites for said oligomers on human cell surfaces.
  • Example 23 Detection of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B in Rat Brain Homogenates After Icy Administration
  • 10 nmol of an Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation obtained according to example 6b are administered as icv-bolus to rats. The brains are prepared after 15 min and 120 min, respectively. Brains of untreated control animals are likewise prepared. For this purpose, in each case 1 g of rat brain is admixed with 9 ml of disruption buffer A (200 ml of 5 mM sodium phosphate, 35 mM NaCl, 300 mM sucrose, adjusted to pH 7.4, are admixed with 4 tablets of Complete® protease inhibitor cocktail from Roche) in a 50 ml Falcon tube and disrupted under ultrasound (UltraTurrax) on ice for 2 min. The solution is left standing for 20 min, then shaken briefly and divided into 8×1 ml aliquots (=homogenate).
  • In order to carry out quantitative detection, first a series of standards of the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation in PBS in the concentration range of 1.58 ng/μl-0.005 ng/μl is prepared.
  • Furthermore, as a positive control, a homogenate from a control brain of an untreated rat is also processed and a series of standards of the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation is prepared in this brain homogenate in the same way. The homogenates are then introduced in an ultracentrifuge at 100 000 g for 1 h and the supernatants are used for the subsequent analyses.
  • From the comparison of the values measured on both series of standards (PBS versus control brain-homogenate supernatant), the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B content can be determined quantitatively as follows, first in the positive control and then, in comparison therewith, also in the brain sample of treated rats.
  • 1) Detection by Dot Blot
  • 1 μl drops of the series of standards samples and of the sample extracts from the treated animals are applied to nitrocellulose paper, and Aβ(1-42) is detected using the antibody 6E10 (anti-Aβ(1-42); Signet). Staining is carried out using an alkaliphosphatase coupled to anti-mouse IgG and by adding the staining reagent NBT/BCIP.
  • While no Aβ(1-42) (0.01 nmol/g) is detectible in the brain extracts of untreated rats, about 0.4 nmol/g Aβ(1-42) can be detected in the rats sacrificed 15 min after treatment by comparing the staining intensity with the corresponding concentrations of the positive control, and approx. 0.2 nmol/g can still be detected by the same method in the rats sacrificed 120 min after treatment. This results in an average biological half life of about 105 min for the exogenously administered Aβ(1-42) oligomers B.
  • 2) Detection by Western Blot
  • All dot blot-analyzed samples are likewise analyzed in a Western blot. The Western blot is likewise developed with mMAb 6E10 (anti-Aβ(1-42); Signet) and furthermore with an alkaliphosphatase coupled to anti-mouse IgG and by adding the staining reagent NBT/BCIP.
  • Anti-Aβ(1-42) reactive bands only occur in the 38/48 kDa region, corresponding to the apparent molecular weight of the Aβ(1-42) oligomers B, i.e. the oligomeric structure is still retained with in vivo administration, even after 2 hours.
  • Furthermore, as in the dot blot method, the same concentrations can be estimated in the brains of the 15 min rats (0.4 nmol/g) and the 120 min rats (0.2 nmol/g) by comparing the staining intensities with correspondingly intensively stained bands of the Aβ(1-42) oligomers B in the positive control.
  • Example 24
  • Neurotoxic Action of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers having Molecular Weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B] on Murine Cortical Neurons
  • Murine cortical neurons are prepared and cultured as a mixed culture with glia cells following the literature (Choi et al. (1987) J. Neurosci. 7, 357-368). The cortices of embryos on days 14-15 of development are mechanically removed from the meninges and lower brain regions. The cells are separated from one another by incubation in a 0.05% strength trypsin solution at 37° C. for 5-7 minutes and subsequently pipetting said solution several times through a pasteur pipette with reduced opening. After determining the number of cells, 430 000 cells are seeded in 0.5 ml of maintenance medium (minimum essential medium containing 0.8 mM glutamine, 18 mM glucose, 23 mM NaHCO3 and 10% of horse serum) per 2 cm2 on cell culture material coated with poly-L-ornithine and laminine. Cultivation and later incubations of the cells are carried out in a humidified cell culture incubator at 37° C., 5% CO2. After 3-5 days in culture, propagation of the glia cells is interrupted by a 1-day incubation with a mixture of (+)-5-fluoro-2′-deoxyuridine/uridine (10 μM each). After 14 days in culture, the toxic action of Aβ(1-42) oligomers B is studied. For this purpose, the cells are incubated in brain cell buffer (120 mM NaCl, 5.4 mM KCl, 1.8 mM CaCl2, 15 mM glucose, 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.2) for 15 minutes. Control cells 1 are incubated with 300 μM L-glutamate in brain cell buffer for the same time. The Aβ-oligomer stock solution is diluted with serum-free medium (minimum essential medium containing 0.8 mM glutamine, 20 mM glucose, 26 mM NaHCO3) to various final concentrations and incubated for 24 h. The L-glutamate-treated control cells 1 are incubated in parallel in serum-free medium. Another group of cells (control cells 2) is treated only with brain cell buffer and serum-free medium. The cell culture supernatants are removed after 24 h, the remaining cells are destroyed by incubation in distilled water for 20 minutes and the activity of the enzyme lactate dehydrogenase (LDH) is determined enzymatically in both solutions. For evaluation, the ratio of the LDH activity of the cell culture supernatants to the sum of the LDH activities of supernatant and remaining cells is determined and the average of the quadruple determinations is formed. 3 experiments are carried out, with each experimental condition being present in quadruplicate (n=12). The average for the glutamate-treated cells (control cells 1) is set to 100% neuronal death, the average of the cells which have been treated neither with L-glutamate nor with Aβ oligomers (control cells 2) is set to 0% neuronal death and the values of the cells treated with Aβ oligomers are converted accordingly. The neurotoxicity average of all determinations at the concentrations used in each case indicates a distinct toxic action of the Aβ(1-42) oligomers having molecular weights of 38 kDa and 48 kDa [Aβ(1-42) oligomer B], cf. FIG. 8.
  • Example 25 Production of Antibodies
  • The cocktails used for immunization contain in all cases adjuvant (Biogenes) with essentially the following components:
      • 95% Paraffin oil
      • 2.4% Tween 40
      • 0.1% Cholesterol
      • 0.1% Lipopolysaccharide
  • The adjuvant is mixed with a solution of the antigen in a 2:1 ratio until a stable emulsion is obtained. The emulsion is injected and forms a depot from which said antigen is released steadily.
  • a) Production of polyclonal antisera by immunization of rabbits with truncated Aβ(20-42) oligomers B of example 15a.
  • 2 rabbits are immunized with unconjugated Aβ(20-42) oligomer B preparation of example 15a according to a standard protocol:
  • Day 1 Primary immunization and taking of preimmune serum
    Day
    7 First boost
    Day 14 Second boost
    Day
    28 Third boost and bleeding
    Day 35 Taking blood
  • The antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature. The serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (a1).
  • 2 mg of Aβ(20-42) oligomer B preparation of example 15a are coupled to LPH with glutardialdehyde under standard conditions and 2 more rabbits are immunized with this conjugated Aβ(20-42) oligomer B according to a standard protocol:
  • Day 1 Primary immunization and taking of preimmune serum
    Day
    7 First boost
    Day 14 Second boost
    Day
    28 Third boost and bleeding
    Day 35 Taking blood
  • The antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature. The serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (a2).
  • b) Production of polyclonal antisera by immunization of rabbits with truncated Aβ(12-42) oligomers B of example 15b.
  • 2 rabbits are immunized with unconjugated Aβ(12-42) oligomer B preparation of example 15b according to a standard protocol:
  • Day 1 Primary immunization and taking of preimmune serum
    Day
    7 First boost
    Day 14 Second boost
    Day
    28 Third boost and bleeding
    Day 35 Taking blood
  • The antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature. The serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (b1).
  • 2 mg of Aβ(12-42) oligomer B preparation of example 15b are coupled to LPH with glutardialdehyde under standard conditions and 2 more rabbits are immunized with this conjugated Aβ(12-42) oligomer B according to a standard protocol:
  • Day 1 Primary immunization and taking of preimmune serum
    Day
    7 First boost
    Day 14 Second boost
    Day
    28 Third boost and bleeding
    Day 35 Taking blood
  • The antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature. The serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (b2).
  • c) Production of polyclonal antisera by immunization of rabbits with Aβ(1-42) oligomer preparation B-CL of example 14a.
  • 2 rabbits are immunized with unconjugated Aβ(1-42) oligomers B-CL preparation of example 14a according to a standard protocol:
  • Day 1 Primary immunization and taking of preimmune serum
    Day
    7 First boost
    Day 14 Second boost
    Day
    28 Third boost and bleeding
    Day 35 Taking blood
  • The antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature. The serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (c1).
  • d) Production of polyclonal antisera by immunization of rabbits with Aβ(1-42) oligomer preparation B of example 6b.
  • 2 rabbits are immunized with unconjugated Aβ(1-42) oligomers B preparation of example 6b according to a standard protocol:
  • Day 1 Primary immunization and taking of preimmune serum
    Day
    7 First boost
    Day 14 Second boost
    Day
    28 Third boost and bleeding
    Day 35 Taking blood
  • The antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature. The serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (d1).
  • 2 mg of Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation of example 6b are coupled to LPH, with glutardialdehyde under standard conditions and 2 more rabbits are immunized with this conjugated Aβ(1-42) oligomer B preparation according to a standard protocol:
  • Day 1 Primary immunization and taking of preimmune serum
    Day
    7 First boost
    Day 14 Second boost
    Day
    28 Third boost and bleeding
    Day 35 Taking blood
  • The antisera are obtained from the rabbit's blood by letting the latter stand at room temperature and subsequent centrifugation at room temperature. The serum obtained in this way is referred to as serum (d2).
  • Example 26
  • Characterization of polyclonal antisera from the immunizations of example 25 regarding their cross reaction with various Aβ(1-42) forms.
  • In order to characterize the polyclonal antisera, serial dilution in the range of 100 pmol/μl-0.01 pmol/μl of the various Aβ(1-42) forms were prepared in PBS. In each case 1 μl of the sample was applied to a nitrocellulose membrane: detection was carried out using the appropriate rabbit sera of example 25. A detection using mMAb 6E10 (Signet) was carried out for comparison. Alkaliphosphatase coupled to anti-rabbit IgG (for comparison: alkaliphosphatase coupled to anti-mouse IgG) was used for staining together with addition of the staining reagent NBT/BClP. FIG. 10 indicates the dot blots obtained in this manner, which can be numerically evaluated as follows:
  • Serum
    Antigen 6E10 Serum (a1) Serum (a2) Serum (d1) (c1)
    Oligomer 0.1 0.5 10 0.1 0.5
    Monomer 0.1 10 100 0.1 1
    Fibril 1 100 >100 0.5 1
    APP 0.01 >1 1 0.1 0.1
    Aβ(1-40)* 0.1 100 n.d. 0.5 10
    *not shown in FIG. 10
  • The numbers in the table indicate the minimum amount of antigen visible [in pmol; in each case based on the monomer, except for APP] (detection limit).
  • Comparison of the immunological reactions with rabbit serum (a1) obtained by immunization with unconjugated Aβ(20-42) oligomer of example 15a clearly indicates that the antibodies directed against these oligomers cross-react only weakly with the other forms such as fibrils, APP and monomer. In contrast, a markedly stronger cross reaction with the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B (see row 1) and, moreover, a cross reaction with the stabilized CL antigen are observed. This data indicates a distinctly different structure of the oligomer form present here, in comparison with APP, monomer and the fibril structure. The antibodies bind to oligomer-specific structures.
  • The immunological reactions with rabbit serum (a2) obtained by immunization with conjugated Aβ(20-42) oligomer of example 15a likewise show that antibodies directed against these oligomers cross-react only weakly with the other forms such as fibrils and monomer. In contrast, a weak cross reaction with the Aβ(1-42) oligomer B (see row 1) and, moreover, a cross reaction with the stabilized CL antigen and with APP are observed. This data indicates a likewise distinctly-different structure of the oligomer form present here, in comparison with monomer and the fibril structure.
  • In comparison therewith, the immunological reactions with rabbit serum (d1) obtained by immunization with Aβ(1-42) oligomer of example 6b, and also with rabbit serum (c1) obtained by immunization with Aβ(1-42) oligomer B-CL of example 14a indicate that the antibodies directed against these oligomers cross-react with the other forms such as fibrils, APP and monomer comparably as strongly as with the Aβ(1-42) oligomers B (see row 1). These antibodies exhibit an immune reaction comparable to that of mMAb 6E10 (Signet) and do not bind to oligomer-specific structures.
  • Correspondingly, mice were immunized with Aβ(1-42) oligomers of example 6b and monoclonal antibodies established in a manner known per se. Here, 2 out of 10 hybridomas secreted monoclonal antibodies whose binding profiles are similar to those of the antiserum (a1), in particular with respect to the reactivites assayed above.
  • Example 27 Preparation of Aβ(1-42) Fibrils
  • 100 μl of 2 mg/ml Aβ(1-42) solution in 0.1% NH4OH are diluted with 300 μl of buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) to 0.5 mg/ml and adjusted to pH 7.4 with 0.1 M HCl (100 μM Aβ(1-42)). The sample is incubated at 37° C. for 24 h and then removed by centrifugation at 10 000 g for 10 min. The protein residue obtained is resuspended with 400 μl of buffer (20 mM sodium phosphate, 140 mM NaCl, pH 7.4). The Aβ(1-42) fibril preparation obtained in this way can be stored at −20° C. and used for further studies.
  • Example 28 Effects of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B-CL (Of Example 14b) on Hippocampal Slices
  • Transversal hippocampal slices of 400 μM in thickness were adapted in a submersion slice chamber at 34° C. under perfusion by gassed Ringer's solution (NaCl 124 mM, KCl 4.9 mM, MgSO4 1.3 mM, CaCl2 2.5 mM, KH2PO4 1.2 mM, NaHCO3 25.6 mM, glucose 10 mM). Subsequently, the Schaffer collateral was stimulated with the aid of a monopolar stimulating electrode and the excitatory postsynaptic potential (fEPSP) in the stratum radiatum was recorded. Test pulses were given with 30% of the stimulus level that generates a maximum fEPSP. Long-term potentiation was induced by applying 100 pulses three times every 10 minutes, with single pulses having a width of 200 μs (strong tetanus). The resulting potentiation of the fEPSPs was recorded for at least 240 minutes. The rinsing-in of the oligomer B-CL of example 14b (500 nM) started 20 minutes before the first tetanus and was stopped 10 minutes after the last tetanus. The rise (slope) of the fEPSPs was determined and plotted as a function of time.
  • Figure FIG. 14 indicates that the washing-in of Aβ(1-42) oligomers suppresses long-term potentiation in hippocampus, especially in the maintenance phase. Accordingly, the Aβ(1-42) oligomers BCL influence the storage of information by nerve cells (cellular memory).
  • Example 29 Binding of Aβ(1-42) Oligomers B (Of Example 5b) to Rat Primary Hippocampal Neurons
  • The binding of rat Aβ(1-42) oligomers B of example 5b to rat primary hippocampal neurons was studied. The hippocampal neurons were cultured in neurobasal medium with B27 supplement on poly-L-lysine-coated cover slips and used on day 14 of the culture. The oligomers were bound to the cell membrane of the neurons by adding 200 nM (total monomeric Aβ concentration) oligomers to fresh culture medium and incubating at 37° C. for 15 minutes. After removing the Aβ-containing medium, two washing steps with medium were carried out and the cells were then fixed in 3.7% formaldehyde. After further washing of the cells, unspecific binding sites were blocked with 10% normal donkey serum in PBS buffer at room temperature for 90 min. 6E10 (from mouse) was applied as the first antibody in a 1:2000 dilution at room temperature for 2 h. The cells were washed again and incubated with the second antibody (from donkey) which is directed against mouse and which is coupled to the fluorescent dye Cy3, at room temperature for 2 h. After the cells had been washed again, the cover slips containing the neurons were fixed to a slide with embedding medium. The hippocampal neurons with bound Aβ oligomers were depicted in a fluorescent microscope. The control used was a mixture in which the first antibody 6E10 had been omitted. This control thus exhibits unspecific fluorescence not based on Aβ.
  • As FIG. 15 a shows, the oligomers bind to the cell surface of the neurons in a dotted manner. In contrast, the control without the first antibody 6E10 exhibits only low unspecific fluorescence, due to binding of the second antibody to the neurons (FIG. 15 b).

Claims (74)

1. An oligomer of the amyloid β(1-42) protein, having an apparent molecular weight of about 15 kDa in SDS gel electrophoresis, or a derivative thereof.
2. An oligomer of the amyloid β(1-42) protein, having an apparent molecular weight of about 20 kDa in SDS gel electrophoresis, or a derivative thereof.
3. An oligomer of the amyloid β(1-42) protein, having an apparent molecular weight of about 38 kDa in SDS gel electrophoresis, or a derivative thereof.
4. An oligomer of the amyloid β(1-42) protein, having an apparent molecular weight of about 48 kDa in SDS gel electrophoresis, or a derivative thereof.
5. A composition, comprising a mixture of an oligomer as claimed in claim 1 and an oligomer as claimed in claim 2, or of derivatives thereof.
6. A composition, comprising a mixture of an oligomer as claimed in claim 3 and an oligomer as claimed in claim 4, or of derivatives thereof.
7. The oligomer or composition as claimed in any of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the derivatives have a detectable label.
8. The oligomer or composition as claimed in claim 7, characterized in that the label is a fluorescent, luminescent, colorimetric, radioactive or magnetic label or is a label having affinity to complementary binding partners.
9. The oligomer or composition as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that the oligomer or the derivative is crosslinked.
10. The oligomer or composition as claimed in any of claims 1 to 8, characterized in that the derivative is obtainable by proteolytic cleavage of the oligomer.
11. The oligomer or composition as claimed in claim 10, characterized in that the derivative is an oligomer of an Aβ(x-42) fragment, where x is 8 to 24, preferably from 10 to 22, and in particular from 12 to 20.
12. The oligomer or composition as claimed in claim 11, characterized in that the derivative is an oligomer of the Aβ(12-42) fragment or of the Aβ(20-42) fragment.
13. A method for preparing oligomers of a derivatized or nonderivatized amyloid β(1-42) protein, characterized in that monomeric amyloid β(1-42) protein or a derivative thereof is exposed to a detergent and, optionally, at least one oligomer or derivative thereof is obtained in a manner known per se.
14. A method for preparing oligomers of a derivatized or nonderivatized amyloid β(1-42) protein, characterized in that monomeric amyloid β(1-42) protein or a derivative thereof is exposed to a detergent, the detergent action is then reduced and incubation is continued, and, optionally, at least one oligomer or derivative thereof is obtained in a manner known per se.
15. The method as claimed in claim 14, characterized in that the detergent is ionic.
16. The method as claimed in claim 15, characterized in that the detergent is sodium dodecyl sulfate.
17. The method as claimed in any of claims 13 to 16, characterized in that the time of exposure to the detergent is from about 1 to 20 hours.
18. The method as claimed in claim 17, characterized in that the temperature of exposure is from about 20 to 50° C.
19. The method as claimed in any of claims 14 to 16, characterized in that the time of continued incubation is from 10 to 30 hours.
20. The method as claimed in claim 19, characterized in that the temperature of exposure is from about 20 to 50° C.
21. The method as claimed in any of claims 13 to 20, characterized in that the amyloid β(1-42) protein is unfolded at least partially beforehand.
22. The method as claimed in claim 21, characterized in that for this purpose the protein is exposed to a hydrogen bond-breaking agent, preferably HFIP.
23. The method as claimed in any of claims 13 to 22, characterized in that the oligomer is exposed to a crosslinker.
24. The method as claimed in any of claims 13 to 23, characterized in that the oligomer is exposed to a protease.
25. The use of an oligomer, of a derivative thereof or of a composition as claimed in any of claims 1 to 12 in a diagnostic in vitro detection method.
26. The use of an oligomer, of a derivative thereof or of a composition as claimed in any of claims 1 to 12 in a diagnostic in vivo detection method.
27. The use of an oligomer, of a derivative thereof or of a composition as claimed in any of claims 1 to 12 for generating oligomer-specific antibodies.
28. A method for characterizing a substance or a substance mixture, which comprises
i) providing said substance or said substance mixture;
ii) exposing an oligomer, a derivative thereof or a composition as claimed in any of claims 1 to 12 to said substance or said substance mixture; and
iii) determining, whether said substance or particular portions of said substance mixture bind to said oligomer, said derivative thereof or to at least one oligomer or derivative thereof present in said composition.
29. A substance or a portion of a substance mixture, characterized in that said substance or said portion is identifiable by a method as claimed in claim 28 as a ligand binding to the oligomer, the derivative thereof or to at least one oligomer or derivative thereof present in the composition.
30. The use of a substance or of a portion of a substance mixture as claimed in claim 29 for preparing a medicament for the treatment of amyloid β-associated, in particular dementing, disorders.
31. The use of a substance or of a portion of a substance mixture as claimed in claim 29 for preparing a composition for diagnosing amyloid β-associated, in particular dementing, disorders.
32. A method for producing antibodies, which comprises
i) immunizing a host with at least one oligomer, derivative thereof or composition as claimed in any of claims 1 to 12; and
ii) obtaining an antibody-containing host serum produced as a response to said immunization.
33. The method as claimed in claim 32, characterized in that at least one antibody of the serum is selected, which recognizes the oligomer or derivative thereof used as immunogen or at least one oligomer or derivative thereof present in the composition used as immunogen.
34. A method for preparing antibodies with specificity for an oligomer or derivative thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 12, which comprises
i) providing an antigen comprising said oligomer or derivative thereof;
ii) exposing an antibody repertoire to said antigen; and
iii) selecting from said repertoire an antibody which specifically binds to said oligomer or derivative thereof.
35. The method as claimed in claim 34, wherein the antibody repertoire is exposed to the antigen in vivo by immunizing an animal with said antigen.
36. The method as claimed in claim 34, wherein furthermore a number of hybridomas from lymphocytes of the animal are established and a hybridoma secreting an antibody which specifically binds to the oligomer or derivative thereof is selected.
37. The method as claimed in claim 34, wherein the animal is selected from among mice, rats, chickens, camelids, cynomolus monkeys, rabbits and goats.
38. The method as claimed in claim 37, wherein the animal is a knockout mouse with APP deficiency.
39. The method as claimed in claim 37, wherein the animal is a transgenic mouse having human immunoglobulin genes, which generates human antibodies after an antigenic stimulus.
40. The method as claimed in claim 37, wherein the animal is a mouse with severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID), which has been reconstituted with human peripheral mononuclear blood cells or lymphoid cells or precursors thereof.
41. The method as claimed in claim 37, wherein the animal is a mouse which has been treated with lethal total body irradiation, then protected against radiation with bone marrow cells from a mouse with severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) and into which subsequently functional human lymphocytes or precursors thereof have been transplanted.
42. The method as claimed in claim 34, wherein the antibody repertoire is exposed to the antigen in vitro by screening a recombinant antibody library with said antigen.
43. The method as claimed in claim 42, wherein the recombinant antibody library is expressed on the surface of a bacteriophage.
44. The method as claimed in claim 42, wherein the recombinant antibody library is expressed on the surface of yeast cells.
45. The method as claimed in claim 42, wherein the recombinant antibody library is expressed on the surface of bacterial cells.
46. The method as claimed in claim 42, wherein the recombinant antibody library is expressed as RNA-protein fusions.
47. The method as claimed in claim 42, wherein the recombinant antibody library is an scFv library or an Fab library.
48. The method as claimed in claim 42, wherein the recombinant antibody library is a single domain library.
49. The method as claimed in claim 34, wherein the antibody repertoire is exposed to the antigen by immunizing an animal in vivo with said antigen and a recombinant antibody library prepared from the lymphoid cells of said animal is then screened with said antigen.
50. The method as claimed in claim 34, wherein the antibody repertoire is exposed to the antigen by immunizing an animal in vivo with said antigen and a recombinant antibody library prepared from the lymphoid cells of said animal is then subjected to affinity maturation in vitro.
51. The method as claimed in claim 34, wherein the antibody repertoire is exposed to the antigen by immunizing an animal with said antigen and individual cells secreting the antigen-binding antibody are then selected and cDNAs for the variable regions of the heavy and light chains are obtained from the single cells.
52. An antibody, obtainable by a method as claimed in any of claims 32 to 51.
53. A protein, which binds specifically to an oligomer or derivative thereof as claimed in any of claims 1 to 12.
54. The protein as claimed in claim 53, which binds the oligomer or derivative thereof with an affinity in the range of KD=10−6-10−12 M.
55. The protein as claimed in claim 54, which binds the oligomer or derivative thereof with an affinity greater than Kd=10−8 M.
56. The protein as claimed in claim 54, which binds the oligomer or derivative thereof with an affinity greater than Kd=10−9 M.
57. The protein as claimed in claim 54, which binds the oligomer or derivative thereof with an affinity greater than Kd=10−10 M.
58. The protein as claimed in claim 54, which binds the oligomer or derivative thereof with an affinity greater than Kd=10−11 M.
59. The protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 58, which binds monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein and/or monomeric Aβ(1-40) protein with an affinity of less than Kd=10−8 M.
60. The protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 59, wherein the affinity of said protein to the oligomer or derivative thereof is at least 10 times greater than to monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein and/or monomeric Aβ(1-40) protein.
61. The protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 59, wherein the affinity of said protein to the oligomer or derivative thereof is at least 100 times greater than to monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein and/or monomeric Aβ(1-40) protein.
62. The protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 59, wherein the affinity of said protein to the oligomer or derivative thereof is at least 1000 times greater than to monomeric Aβ(1-42) protein and/or monomeric Aβ(1-40) protein.
63. The protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 62, which binds the oligomer or derivative thereof with a rate constant koff of 0.1 s−1 or lower, as determined by means of surface plasmon resonance.
64. The protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 63, which inhibits the activity of the oligomer or derivative thereof with an inhibition constant IC50 of 1×10−5 or lower.
65. The protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 64, which is an antibody or an antigen-binding moiety thereof.
66. The antibody as claimed in claim 65, which is a substantially human antibody or an antigen-binding moiety thereof.
67. The antibody as claimed in claim 65, which is a chimeric antibody or an antigen-binding moiety thereof.
68. The antibody as claimed in claim 65, which is a CDR graft antibody or an antigen-binding moiety thereof.
69. The protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 64, which is a molecule derived from the T-cell receptor or a receptor domain derived from the T-cell receptor or a fusion protein of said receptor domain with an Fc moiety of an immunoglobulin.
70. A pharmaceutical agent, comprising a protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 69 and, optionally, a pharmaceutically suitable carrier.
71. The use of a protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 69 for preparing a medicament for the treatment of amyloid β-associated, in particular dementing, disorders.
72. The use of a protein as claimed in any of claims 53 to 69 for preparing a composition for diagnosing amyloid β-associated, in particular dementing, disorders.
73. A vaccine, comprising at least one oligomer or at least one derivative thereof or a composition as claimed in any of claims 1 to 12.
74. The use of an oligomer or derivative thereof or of a composition as claimed in any of claims 1 to 12 for preparing a vaccine for the treatment of amyloid β-associated, in particular dementing, disorders.
US12/559,255 2003-01-31 2009-09-14 Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof Abandoned US20100209346A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/559,255 US20100209346A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2009-09-14 Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
US13/195,533 US9176150B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2011-08-01 Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
US14/864,526 US10464976B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2015-09-24 Amyloid β(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE10303974.0 2003-01-31
DE10303974A DE10303974A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2003-01-31 Amyloid β (1-42) oligomers, process for their preparation and their use
US10/543,841 US7902328B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2004-02-02 Amyloid β(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
PCT/EP2004/000927 WO2004067561A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2004-02-02 Amyloid-$g(b)(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof, antibodies for the same, method for production and use therof
US12/559,255 US20100209346A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2009-09-14 Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof

Related Parent Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2004/000927 Division WO2004067561A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2004-02-02 Amyloid-$g(b)(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof, antibodies for the same, method for production and use therof
US10/543,841 Division US7902328B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2004-02-02 Amyloid β(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
US11/543,841 Division US20070027374A1 (en) 2005-05-19 2006-10-06 Optical blood analyte monitor

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/195,533 Continuation US9176150B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2011-08-01 Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20100209346A1 true US20100209346A1 (en) 2010-08-19

Family

ID=32667945

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/543,841 Active 2025-06-12 US7902328B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2004-02-02 Amyloid β(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
US12/559,255 Abandoned US20100209346A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2009-09-14 Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
US13/195,533 Expired - Lifetime US9176150B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2011-08-01 Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
US14/864,526 Expired - Lifetime US10464976B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2015-09-24 Amyloid β(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/543,841 Active 2025-06-12 US7902328B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2004-02-02 Amyloid β(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US13/195,533 Expired - Lifetime US9176150B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2011-08-01 Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
US14/864,526 Expired - Lifetime US10464976B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2015-09-24 Amyloid β(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof

Country Status (15)

Country Link
US (4) US7902328B2 (en)
EP (4) EP2336160A3 (en)
JP (4) JP5150097B2 (en)
KR (3) KR20090019911A (en)
CN (3) CN101830974B (en)
AU (2) AU2004207075B2 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0407084A (en)
CA (2) CA2514582C (en)
DE (1) DE10303974A1 (en)
ES (1) ES2567437T3 (en)
IL (3) IL197312A0 (en)
MX (1) MXPA05007964A (en)
NZ (2) NZ541453A (en)
WO (1) WO2004067561A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200506934B (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090035295A1 (en) * 2005-03-05 2009-02-05 Abbott Gmgh & Co. Kg Screening Method, Process for Purifying of Non-Diffusible A-Beta Oligomers, Selective Antibodies Against Said Non-Diffusible a-Beta Oligomers and a Process for Manufacturing of Said Antibodies
US8455626B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2013-06-04 Abbott Laboratories Aβ conformer selective anti-aβ globulomer monoclonal antibodies
US8497072B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2013-07-30 Abbott Laboratories Amyloid-beta globulomer antibodies
US8691224B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2014-04-08 Abbvie Inc. Anti-Aβ globulomer 5F7 antibodies
US8895004B2 (en) 2007-02-27 2014-11-25 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Method for the treatment of amyloidoses
US8987419B2 (en) 2010-04-15 2015-03-24 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Amyloid-beta binding proteins
US9062101B2 (en) 2010-08-14 2015-06-23 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Amyloid-beta binding proteins
WO2015116923A1 (en) 2014-01-31 2015-08-06 Cognition Therapeutics, Inc. Isoindoline compositions and methods for treating neurodegenerative disease
US9176150B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2015-11-03 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof

Families Citing this family (79)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2002003911A2 (en) 2000-07-07 2002-01-17 Lars Lannfelt Prevention and treatment of alzheimer's disease
DE10259382A1 (en) * 2002-12-18 2004-07-01 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg 3-Substituted 3,4-dihydro-thieno [2,3-d] pyrimidin-4-one derivatives, their preparation and use
US7732162B2 (en) 2003-05-05 2010-06-08 Probiodrug Ag Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase for treating neurodegenerative diseases
US8250823B2 (en) 2003-08-26 2012-08-28 Ejot Gmbh & Co. Kg Dowels and methods for the assembly of insulating panels
SE0401601D0 (en) 2004-06-21 2004-06-21 Bioarctic Neuroscience Ab Protofibril specific antibodies and uses thereof
TWI355389B (en) 2004-07-30 2012-01-01 Rinat Neuroscience Corp Antibodies directed against amyloid-beta peptide a
EP1787998A4 (en) * 2004-08-11 2008-08-27 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Antibody and utilization of the same
TW200700432A (en) * 2005-03-05 2007-01-01 Abbott Gmbh & Co Kg Screening method, process for purifying of non-diffusible a β oligomers, selective antibodies against said non-diffusible a β oligomers and a process for manufacturing of said antibodies
DE102005014936A1 (en) 2005-03-24 2006-12-14 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg New substituted oxindole derivatives are vasopressin receptor binders useful to treat e.g. diabetes insipidus, enuresis nocturna, incontinence, hypertonia, heart failure, myocardial infarction, coronary spasm and renal disorders
UY29504A1 (en) 2005-04-29 2006-10-31 Rinat Neuroscience Corp DIRECTED ANTIBODIES AGAINST BETA AMYLOID PEPTIDE AND METHODS USING THE SAME.
TW200726774A (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-07-16 Merck & Co Inc Composition and method for producing stable amyloid beta oligomers
US8906864B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2014-12-09 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Binding domains of proteins of the repulsive guidance molecule (RGM) protein family and functional fragments thereof, and their use
NZ629387A (en) * 2005-11-30 2016-01-29 Abbvie Inc Monoclonal antibodies against amyloid beta protein and uses thereof
EP1963363A2 (en) 2005-11-30 2008-09-03 Abbott Laboratories Methods of preparation of recombinant forms of human beta-amyloid protein and uses of these proteins
AU2013200177B2 (en) * 2005-11-30 2014-10-02 Abbvie Deutschland Gmbh & Co Kg Monoclonal antibodies against amyloid beta protein and uses thereof
CN102659943B (en) * 2005-12-12 2015-07-01 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Antibody glycosylation in the variable region
NO345996B1 (en) * 2005-12-12 2021-12-13 Ac Immune Sa A beta 1-42-specific monoclonal antibodies with therapeutic properties.
WO2007108756A1 (en) 2006-03-23 2007-09-27 Bioarctic Neuroscience Ab Improved protofibril selective antibodies and the use thereof
PL2468770T3 (en) * 2006-07-14 2018-07-31 Ac Immune S.A. Humanized antibody against amyloid beta.
ATE426174T1 (en) * 2006-07-28 2009-04-15 Vista Ventures Gmbh METHOD FOR DETECTING AMYLOID-BETA OLIGOMERS IN BODY FLUIDS
WO2008070284A2 (en) 2006-10-16 2008-06-12 Johnnie B. Byrd, Sr. Alzheimer's Center And Research Institute Amyloid beta peptides and methods of uses thereof
PL2104682T3 (en) 2007-01-11 2017-03-31 Michael Bacher Diagnosis and treatment of alzheimer's and other neurodementing diseases
EP2125015A1 (en) * 2007-02-27 2009-12-02 Abbott GmbH & Co. KG Method for the treatment of amyloidoses
US7618944B2 (en) * 2007-03-01 2009-11-17 Intezyne Technologies, Inc. Encapsulated amyloid-beta peptides
AU2008220785B2 (en) 2007-03-01 2013-02-21 Vivoryon Therapeutics N.V. New use of glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
US9656991B2 (en) 2007-04-18 2017-05-23 Probiodrug Ag Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
US8613923B2 (en) 2007-06-12 2013-12-24 Ac Immune S.A. Monoclonal antibody
KR101600095B1 (en) * 2007-06-12 2016-03-07 에이씨 이뮨 에스.에이. Monoclonal anti beta amyloid antibody
US8048420B2 (en) * 2007-06-12 2011-11-01 Ac Immune S.A. Monoclonal antibody
SG182192A1 (en) * 2007-06-12 2012-07-30 Ac Immune Sa Humanized antibodies to amyloid beta
RU2538709C2 (en) * 2007-10-05 2015-01-10 Дженентек, Инк. Humanised antibody
US20100297012A1 (en) * 2007-10-05 2010-11-25 Andrea Pfeifer Humanized antibody
ES2445590T3 (en) 2007-10-05 2014-03-04 Genentech, Inc. Use of anti-beta amyloid antibody in eye diseases
SG185316A1 (en) * 2007-10-19 2012-11-29 Immunas Pharma Inc ANTIBODY CAPABLE OF SPECIFICALLY BINDING TO Aβ OLIGOMER, AND USE THEREOF
WO2009056490A1 (en) * 2007-10-29 2009-05-07 Innogenetics Nv NEW ANTIBODIES SPECIFIC OF THE β-AMYLOID PEPTIDES AND THEIR USES AS DIAGNOSTIC AGENTS OR DRUGS
CA2707309A1 (en) * 2007-12-18 2009-06-25 Acumen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel addl receptor polypeptides, polynucleotides and host cells for recombinant production
AU2009211635B2 (en) * 2008-02-08 2014-06-26 Immunas Pharma, Inc. Antibody capable of binding specifically to Abeta-oligomer, and use thereof
US20090239888A1 (en) * 2008-02-12 2009-09-24 Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation Methods for Inhibiting Amyloid Precursor Protein and Beta-Amyloid Production and Accumulation
US8962803B2 (en) 2008-02-29 2015-02-24 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Antibodies against the RGM A protein and uses thereof
US9688734B2 (en) 2008-04-14 2017-06-27 Alzinova Ab Stable amyloid beta monomers and oligomers
WO2010010469A2 (en) * 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Abeta (x-38..43) oligomers, and processes, compositions, and uses thereof
CN102203124A (en) * 2008-07-25 2011-09-28 雅培制药有限公司 Amyloid ss peptide analogues, oligomers thereof, processes for preparing and compositions comprising said analogues or oligomers, and their uses
US9085614B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2015-07-21 Immunas Pharma, Inc. Antibodies that specifically bind to Aβ oligomers and uses thereof
US8283162B2 (en) 2009-03-10 2012-10-09 Abbott Laboratories Antibodies relating to PIVKAII and uses thereof
US9090679B2 (en) 2009-04-17 2015-07-28 Immunas Pharma, Inc. Antibodies that specifically bind to A beta oligomers and use thereof
EP2258398A1 (en) 2009-05-26 2010-12-08 Araclón Biotech, S. L. Albumin-amyloid peptide conjugates and uses thereof
EP2273273A1 (en) * 2009-07-11 2011-01-12 Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn Inhibitors of the nitration of amyloid ß peptides and their uses in the diagnosis and treatment of alzheimer's disease
EP2462161B1 (en) 2009-08-06 2017-03-08 Immunas Pharma, Inc. Antibodies that specifically bind to a beta oligomers and use thereof
CN102596997B (en) 2009-08-06 2015-06-03 伊缪纳斯制药株式会社 Antibodies that specifically bind to A beta oligomers and use thereof
EP2473852B1 (en) 2009-08-31 2016-03-30 Abbott Laboratories Biomarkers for prediction of major adverse cardiac events and uses thereof
EP2475428B1 (en) 2009-09-11 2015-07-01 Probiodrug AG Heterocylcic derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
CA2780069C (en) 2009-12-08 2018-07-17 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Monoclonal antibodies against the rgm a protein for use in the treatment of retinal nerve fiber layer degeneration
JP6026284B2 (en) 2010-03-03 2016-11-16 プロビオドルグ エージー Inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
JP5688745B2 (en) 2010-03-10 2015-03-25 プロビオドルグ エージー Heterocyclic inhibitor of glutaminyl cyclase (QC, EC 2.3.2.5)
US8541596B2 (en) 2010-04-21 2013-09-24 Probiodrug Ag Inhibitors
US9320793B2 (en) * 2010-07-14 2016-04-26 Acumen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for treating a disease associated with soluble, oligomeric species of amyloid beta 1-42
US9120862B2 (en) 2010-07-26 2015-09-01 Abbott Laboratories Antibodies relating to PIVKA-II and uses thereof
BR112013002297A2 (en) 2010-07-30 2016-05-24 Ac Immune Sa safe and functional humanized antibodies
WO2012123563A1 (en) 2011-03-16 2012-09-20 Probiodrug Ag Benz imidazole derivatives as inhibitors of glutaminyl cyclase
WO2013013056A1 (en) * 2011-07-19 2013-01-24 New York University Method for treating amyloid disease
US9926353B2 (en) * 2011-07-19 2018-03-27 New York University Immunotherapeutic modulation of amyloidogenic disease using non-fibrillogenic, non-amyloidogenic polymerized proteins and peptides
ES2676725T3 (en) 2012-01-27 2018-07-24 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Composition and method for the diagnosis and treatment of diseases associated with the degeneration of neurites
JP2015511014A (en) * 2012-03-13 2015-04-13 ヤンセン アルツハイマー イミュノセラピー Oligomeric Aβ in the diagnosis, prognosis and monitoring of Alzheimer's disease
EP3572814A3 (en) * 2012-04-05 2020-02-26 Forschungszentrum Jülich GmbH Polymers containing multivalent amyloid-beta binding d-peptides, and uses thereof
BR112016030774A2 (en) 2014-07-10 2018-01-16 Bioarctic Neuroscience Ab antibody or antigen binding fragment thereof, use of an antibody, methods for reducing the amount of? in an individual, for treatment and / or for prophylaxis of a disease, for measuring the amount of? and / or protein ?? aggregate in a person, and for diagnosis of a disease, and, pharmaceutical composition
BR112017018209A2 (en) * 2015-02-27 2018-04-17 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System therapeutic polypeptide products and uses thereof
HRP20220304T1 (en) 2015-06-24 2022-05-13 F. Hoffmann - La Roche Ag Anti-transferrin receptor antibodies with tailored affinity
US11402328B2 (en) 2015-09-29 2022-08-02 Hamamatsu Photonics K.K. Amyloid β oligomer detection method, amyloid β oligomer detection device, and amyloid β oligomer detection program
EP3356406A1 (en) 2015-10-02 2018-08-08 H. Hoffnabb-La Roche Ag Bispecific anti-human cd20/human transferrin receptor antibodies and methods of use
AR106189A1 (en) 2015-10-02 2017-12-20 Hoffmann La Roche BIESPECTIFIC ANTIBODIES AGAINST HUMAN A-b AND THE HUMAN TRANSFERRINE RECEIVER AND METHODS OF USE
ES2812698T3 (en) 2017-09-29 2021-03-18 Probiodrug Ag Glutaminyl cyclase inhibitors
DE102017130356A1 (en) * 2017-12-18 2019-06-19 Georg-August-Universität Göttingen Stiftung Öffentlichen Rechts, Universitätsmedizin Method for separating various Abeta peptides by gel electrophoresis
CA3111563A1 (en) 2018-09-10 2020-03-19 Lung Therapeutics, Inc. Modified peptide fragments of cav-1 protein and the use thereof in the treatment of fibrosis
CN110412294B9 (en) * 2019-08-07 2023-05-26 深圳市新产业生物医学工程股份有限公司 Protein stabilizing solution, protein calibrator, kit and method for detecting stability of protein calibrator
CN113308439B (en) * 2020-11-06 2023-05-05 华中科技大学 Hybridoma cell strain secreting human amyloid-beta monoclonal antibody and application thereof
TW202300517A (en) 2021-03-12 2023-01-01 美商美國禮來大藥廠 Anti-amyloid beta antibodies and uses thereof
WO2022251048A1 (en) 2021-05-24 2022-12-01 Eli Lilly And Company Anti-amyloid beta antibodies and uses thereof
WO2023107830A1 (en) * 2021-12-06 2023-06-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Amyloid oligomer compositions
WO2023149801A1 (en) * 2022-02-03 2023-08-10 Erasmus University Medical Center Rotterdam Method for preparing a conformation-specific antibody.

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6218506B1 (en) * 1997-02-05 2001-04-17 Northwestern University Amyloid β protein (globular assembly and uses thereof)

Family Cites Families (723)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2500076C3 (en) 1975-01-02 1982-11-18 SCHURA Blutderivate GmbH & Co KG, 4150 Krefeld Process for the production of intravenously tolerated gamma globulins
US4399216A (en) 1980-02-25 1983-08-16 The Trustees Of Columbia University Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
US5179017A (en) 1980-02-25 1993-01-12 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
US4634665A (en) 1980-02-25 1987-01-06 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Processes for inserting DNA into eucaryotic cells and for producing proteinaceous materials
NO812612L (en) 1980-08-06 1982-02-08 Ferring Pharma Ltd ENZYME inhibitor.
BR8108820A (en) 1980-09-24 1982-08-24 Cetus Corp DIAGNOSTIC PROCESS AND PROBE
US4582788A (en) 1982-01-22 1986-04-15 Cetus Corporation HLA typing method and cDNA probes used therein
EP0084796B1 (en) 1982-01-22 1990-05-02 Cetus Corporation Hla typing method and cdna probes used therein
EP0092918B1 (en) 1982-04-22 1988-10-19 Imperial Chemical Industries Plc Continuous release formulations
US4510245A (en) 1982-11-18 1985-04-09 Chiron Corporation Adenovirus promoter system
GB8308235D0 (en) 1983-03-25 1983-05-05 Celltech Ltd Polypeptides
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4526039A (en) 1983-06-23 1985-07-02 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of Transportation Removable strain gauge fixture and method for measuring accumulated strain in a material
US4683194A (en) 1984-05-29 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Method for detection of polymorphic restriction sites and nucleic acid sequences
US5807715A (en) 1984-08-27 1998-09-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods and transformed mammalian lymphocyte cells for producing functional antigen-binding protein including chimeric immunoglobulin
US5128326A (en) 1984-12-06 1992-07-07 Biomatrix, Inc. Drug delivery systems based on hyaluronans derivatives thereof and their salts and methods of producing same
US5168062A (en) 1985-01-30 1992-12-01 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Transfer vectors and microorganisms containing human cytomegalovirus immediate-early promoter-regulatory DNA sequence
US4683202A (en) 1985-03-28 1987-07-28 Cetus Corporation Process for amplifying nucleic acid sequences
CH0229046H1 (en) 1985-03-30 1998-07-15 Stuart Alan Kauffman METHOD FOR OBTAINING DNA, RNA, PEPTIDES, POLYPEPTINIQUE. DES OR PROTEINS BY MEANS OF A DNA RECOMBINANT TECH
US4666829A (en) 1985-05-15 1987-05-19 University Of California Polypeptide marker for Alzheimer's disease and its use for diagnosis
US4980286A (en) 1985-07-05 1990-12-25 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research In vivo introduction and expression of foreign genetic material in epithelial cells
US5618920A (en) 1985-11-01 1997-04-08 Xoma Corporation Modular assembly of antibody genes, antibodies prepared thereby and use
US4968615A (en) 1985-12-18 1990-11-06 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Deoxyribonucleic acid segment from a virus
DE3600905A1 (en) 1986-01-15 1987-07-16 Ant Nachrichtentech METHOD FOR DECODING BINARY SIGNALS AND VITERBI DECODERS AND APPLICATIONS
CA1284931C (en) 1986-03-13 1991-06-18 Henry A. Erlich Process for detecting specific nucleotide variations and genetic polymorphisms present in nucleic acids
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
GB8607679D0 (en) 1986-03-27 1986-04-30 Winter G P Recombinant dna product
US5107065A (en) 1986-03-28 1992-04-21 Calgene, Inc. Anti-sense regulation of gene expression in plant cells
CA1338457C (en) 1986-08-22 1996-07-16 Henry A. Erlich Purified thermostable enzyme
US5525339A (en) 1986-08-27 1996-06-11 Dms Pharmaceutical Inc. Isolated components of dense microspheres derived from mammalian brain tissue and antibodies thereto
US5231170A (en) 1986-08-27 1993-07-27 Paul Averback Antibodies to dense microspheres
US4946778A (en) 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
US5811310A (en) 1986-09-30 1998-09-22 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva Univ. The Alz-50 monoclonal antibody and diagnostic assay for alzheimer's disease
JPS63240797A (en) 1986-10-14 1988-10-06 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Monoclonal antibody, production thereof and diagnostic containing said antibody
EP0332640A1 (en) 1986-11-17 1989-09-20 California Biotechnology, Inc. Recombinant alzheimer's amyloid protein
US5763192A (en) 1986-11-20 1998-06-09 Ixsys, Incorporated Process for obtaining DNA, RNA, peptides, polypeptides, or protein, by recombinant DNA technique
DE3702789A1 (en) 1987-01-30 1988-08-18 Bayer Ag PROCUREMENT PROTEIN OF APC POLYPEPTIDE, FOR CODING DNA AND DIAGNOSTIC USE OF DNA AND PROTEIN
EP0307434B2 (en) 1987-03-18 1998-07-29 Scotgen Biopharmaceuticals, Inc. Altered antibodies
JPS63245689A (en) 1987-03-31 1988-10-12 Suntory Ltd Human amyloid-related protein monoclonal antibody
US5258498A (en) 1987-05-21 1993-11-02 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Polypeptide linkers for production of biosynthetic proteins
US4880078A (en) 1987-06-29 1989-11-14 Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Exhaust muffler
CA1340802C (en) 1987-08-15 1999-10-26 Yasuyuki Takahashi Senile amyloid precursor protein and an antibody specific for the same
US5004697A (en) 1987-08-17 1991-04-02 Univ. Of Ca Cationized antibodies for delivery through the blood-brain barrier
CA1339014C (en) 1987-10-08 1997-03-25 Ronald E. Majocha Antibodies to a4 amyloid peptide
US5231000A (en) 1987-10-08 1993-07-27 The Mclean Hospital Antibodies to A4 amyloid peptide
AU3056289A (en) 1988-01-13 1989-08-11 Mclean Hospital Corporation, The Genetic constructs containing the alzheimer brain amyloid gene
AU3204689A (en) 1988-02-10 1989-09-06 Children's Medical Center Corporation Amyloid protein precursors, genetic probes, antibodies, and methods of use
US5134062A (en) 1988-03-22 1992-07-28 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Diagnosis of neuronal disorders and screening potential therapeutic agents therefor
US5015570A (en) 1988-05-13 1991-05-14 Molecular Therapeutics, Inc. Molecular diagnosis of Alzheimer Disease
US6287793B1 (en) 1988-08-19 2001-09-11 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Diagnostic methods for alzheimer's disease
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
AU4308689A (en) 1988-09-02 1990-04-02 Protein Engineering Corporation Generation and selection of recombinant varied binding proteins
JP2919890B2 (en) 1988-11-11 1999-07-19 メディカル リサーチ カウンスル Single domain ligand, receptor consisting of the ligand, method for producing the same, and use of the ligand and the receptor
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US20030229208A1 (en) 1988-12-28 2003-12-11 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5231020A (en) 1989-03-30 1993-07-27 Dna Plant Technology Corporation Genetic engineering of novel plant phenotypes
US5262332A (en) 1989-04-05 1993-11-16 Brigham And Women's Hospital Diagnostic method for Alzheimer's disease: examination of non-neural tissue
WO1990012870A1 (en) 1989-04-14 1990-11-01 Research Foundation For Mental Hygiene, Inc. Monoclonal antibody to amyloid peptide
CA2057923A1 (en) 1989-05-16 1990-11-17 William D. Huse Co-expression of heteromeric receptors
CA2016841C (en) 1989-05-16 1999-09-21 William D. Huse A method for producing polymers having a preselected activity
CA2016842A1 (en) 1989-05-16 1990-11-16 Richard A. Lerner Method for tapping the immunological repertoire
US5234814A (en) 1989-06-01 1993-08-10 Du Pont Merck Pharmaceutical Company Diagnostic assay for alzheimer's disease
EP0411974A1 (en) 1989-07-05 1991-02-06 N.V. Innogenetics S.A. Monoclonal antibodies to a neurofibrillary tangle antigen
EP0415801A1 (en) 1989-07-05 1991-03-06 N.V. Innogenetics S.A. Monoclonal antibodies against activated microglial cells
AU6430190A (en) 1989-10-10 1991-05-16 Pitman-Moore, Inc. Sustained release composition for macromolecular proteins
JP2571874B2 (en) 1989-11-06 1997-01-16 アルカーメス コントロールド セラピューティクス,インコーポレイテッド Protein microsphere composition
GB8928874D0 (en) 1989-12-21 1990-02-28 Celltech Ltd Humanised antibodies
US5780225A (en) 1990-01-12 1998-07-14 Stratagene Method for generating libaries of antibody genes comprising amplification of diverse antibody DNAs and methods for using these libraries for the production of diverse antigen combining molecules
WO1991010737A1 (en) 1990-01-11 1991-07-25 Molecular Affinities Corporation Production of antibodies using gene libraries
ATE139258T1 (en) 1990-01-12 1996-06-15 Cell Genesys Inc GENERATION OF XENOGENE ANTIBODIES
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
AU7121191A (en) 1990-02-26 1991-10-10 Albert Einstein College Of Medicine Of Yeshiva University Diagnostic assay for alzheimer's disease
US5753624A (en) 1990-04-27 1998-05-19 Milkhaus Laboratory, Inc. Materials and methods for treatment of plaquing disease
US5427908A (en) 1990-05-01 1995-06-27 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
GB9015198D0 (en) 1990-07-10 1990-08-29 Brien Caroline J O Binding substance
WO1992020791A1 (en) 1990-07-10 1992-11-26 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
DE4022247A1 (en) 1990-07-12 1992-01-16 Hoechst Ag METHOD FOR EXTRACTIVELY SEPARATING 2-ALKYLTHIO-5-PHENYLPYRIMIDINES FROM THEIR REACTION MIXTURES
CA2090126C (en) 1990-08-02 2002-10-22 John W. Schrader Methods for the production of proteins with a desired function
US6255458B1 (en) 1990-08-29 2001-07-03 Genpharm International High affinity human antibodies and human antibodies against digoxin
US5770429A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-06-23 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
KR100272077B1 (en) 1990-08-29 2000-11-15 젠팜인터내셔날,인코포레이티드 Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5814318A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-09-29 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5877397A (en) 1990-08-29 1999-03-02 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5698426A (en) 1990-09-28 1997-12-16 Ixsys, Incorporated Surface expression libraries of heteromeric receptors
CA2095633C (en) 1990-12-03 2003-02-04 Lisa J. Garrard Enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties
CA2105300C (en) 1991-03-01 2008-12-23 Robert C. Ladner Process for the development of binding mini-proteins
DK1471142T3 (en) 1991-04-10 2009-03-09 Scripps Research Inst Heterodimeric receptor libraries using phagemids
CA2109528A1 (en) 1991-05-01 1992-11-02 Gregory A. Prince A method for treating infectious respiratory diseases
DE69233482T2 (en) 1991-05-17 2006-01-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Method for reducing the immunogenicity of antibody variable domains
JPH04342883A (en) 1991-05-17 1992-11-30 Sanden Corp Variable delivery swash plate type compressor
WO1992022324A1 (en) 1991-06-14 1992-12-23 Xoma Corporation Microbially-produced antibody fragments and their conjugates
DE4122599C2 (en) 1991-07-08 1993-11-11 Deutsches Krebsforsch Phagemid for screening antibodies
US5565332A (en) 1991-09-23 1996-10-15 Medical Research Council Production of chimeric antibodies - a combinatorial approach
AU662178B2 (en) 1991-10-25 1995-08-24 N.V. Innogenetics S.A. Monoclonal antibodies directed against the microtubule-associated protein tau
US5705401A (en) 1991-11-12 1998-01-06 The University Of Melbourne Method of assaying for alzheimer's disease
PT1696031E (en) 1991-12-02 2010-06-25 Medical Res Council Production of anti-self antibodies from antibody segment repertoires and displayed on phage
US20020009443A1 (en) 1991-12-02 2002-01-24 Vanitha Ramakrishman Inhibitory immunoglobulin polypeptides to human pdgf beta receptor
US7408027B1 (en) 1991-12-06 2008-08-05 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft Zur Forderung Der Wissenchaften Tools for the diagnosis and treatment of Alzheimer's disease
DK0618968T3 (en) 1991-12-06 2000-04-10 Max Planck Gesellschaft Means for diagnosing and treating Alzheimer's disease
DE69233204T2 (en) 1991-12-13 2004-07-15 Xoma Corp., Berkeley METHOD AND MATERIALS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF MODIFIED VARIABLE ANTIBODY DOMAINS AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC USE
US20010029293A1 (en) 1992-01-27 2001-10-11 Icos Corporation Icam-related protein
US5538845A (en) 1992-02-05 1996-07-23 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Beta-amyloid peptide production inhibitors and methods for their identification
US5714350A (en) 1992-03-09 1998-02-03 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Increasing antibody affinity by altering glycosylation in the immunoglobulin variable region
US5912015A (en) 1992-03-12 1999-06-15 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Modulated release from biocompatible polymers
US5733743A (en) 1992-03-24 1998-03-31 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
US5912120A (en) 1992-04-09 1999-06-15 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services, Cloning, expression and diagnosis of human cytochrome P450 2C19: the principal determinant of s-mephenytoin metabolism
US5604102A (en) 1992-04-15 1997-02-18 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Methods of screening for β-amyloid peptide production inhibitors
US5441870A (en) 1992-04-15 1995-08-15 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Methods for monitoring cellular processing of β-amyloid precursor protein
US5455169A (en) 1992-06-04 1995-10-03 Alzheimer's Institute Of America, Inc. Nucleic acids for diagnosing and modeling Alzheimer's disease
US5766846A (en) 1992-07-10 1998-06-16 Athena Neurosciences Methods of screening for compounds which inhibit soluble β-amyloid peptide production
US5837672A (en) 1992-07-10 1998-11-17 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for the detection of soluble β-amyloid peptide
US6610493B1 (en) 1993-06-17 2003-08-26 Brigham And Women's Hospital Screening compounds for the ability to alter the production of amyloid-β peptide
SG48760A1 (en) 1992-07-24 2003-03-18 Abgenix Inc Generation of xenogenetic antibodies
US5639641A (en) 1992-09-09 1997-06-17 Immunogen Inc. Resurfacing of rodent antibodies
TW258789B (en) 1992-09-28 1995-10-01 Rohm & Haas
US5605811A (en) 1992-10-26 1997-02-25 Athena Neurosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for monitoring cellular processing of beta-amyloid precursor protein
US5891623A (en) 1992-11-09 1999-04-06 Consorzio Per Le Biotecnologie Diagnosis and treatment of AIDS onset
ZA938243B (en) 1992-11-12 1995-05-04 Hybritech Inc Altered affinity polypeptides of metal chelate binding antibodies
US6010913A (en) 1992-12-14 2000-01-04 N.V. Innogenetics S.A. Isolated human tau peptide
US5750349A (en) 1993-01-25 1998-05-12 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd. Antibodies to β-amyloids or their derivatives and use thereof
US5955317A (en) 1993-01-25 1999-09-21 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Antibodies to β-amyloids or their derivatives and use thereof
US5934272A (en) 1993-01-29 1999-08-10 Aradigm Corporation Device and method of creating aerosolized mist of respiratory drug
CA2115900A1 (en) 1993-02-22 1994-08-23 Gerald W. Becker Pharmaceutical screens and antibodies
US5840294A (en) 1993-03-29 1998-11-24 Queen's University At Kingston Method for treating amyloidosis
DK0735893T3 (en) 1993-09-14 2009-03-09 Pharmexa Inc PAN DR-binding peptides to enhance the immune response
ES2173130T3 (en) 1993-10-20 2002-10-16 Univ Duke METHOD OF FIXING MATERIAL TO THE BETA-AMILOID PEPTIDE.
US5565352A (en) 1993-11-24 1996-10-15 Arch Development Corporation Deubiquitinating enzyme: compositions and methods
EP0733070A1 (en) 1993-12-08 1996-09-25 Genzyme Corporation Process for generating specific antibodies
WO1995016787A1 (en) 1993-12-13 1995-06-22 The Uab Research Foundation Diagnostic tests and reagents for detecting risk of alzheimer's disease and stroke
US6251395B1 (en) 1993-12-23 2001-06-26 W. Michael Gallatin Methods of inhibiting inflammation at the site of a central nervous system injury with alphaD-specific antibodies
US6620915B2 (en) 1993-12-23 2003-09-16 Icos Corporation Monoclonal antibodies specific for integrin α-d subunit
US6432404B1 (en) 1993-12-23 2002-08-13 Icos Corporation Methods of inhibiting locomotor damage following spinal cord injury with α D-specific antibodies
US5877399A (en) 1994-01-27 1999-03-02 Johns Hopkins University Transgenic mice expressing APP-Swedish mutation develop progressive neurologic disease
DK0744958T3 (en) 1994-01-31 2003-10-20 Univ Boston Polyclonal antibody libraries
JPH07238096A (en) 1994-02-25 1995-09-12 S R L:Kk Antipolyubiquitin-monoclonal antibody and method for measuring polyubiquitin
US7473423B2 (en) 1994-04-29 2009-01-06 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Human IgM antibodies, and diagnostic and therapeutic uses thereof particularly in the central nervous system
US5516637A (en) 1994-06-10 1996-05-14 Dade International Inc. Method involving display of protein binding pairs on the surface of bacterial pili and bacteriophage
US6018021A (en) 1994-10-19 2000-01-25 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York Human transaldolase: an autoantigen with a function in metabolism
US6114133A (en) 1994-11-14 2000-09-05 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for aiding in the diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease by measuring amyloid-β peptide (x-≧41)
JPH10511957A (en) 1995-01-05 1998-11-17 ザ ボード オブ リージェンツ オブ ザ ユニヴァーシティ オブ ミシガン Surface-modified nanoparticles and methods for their production and use
US5786180A (en) 1995-02-14 1998-07-28 Bayer Corporation Monoclonal antibody 369.2B specific for β A4 peptide
JP3663228B2 (en) 1995-03-14 2005-06-22 株式会社医学生物学研究所 Antibodies against neuropsin
US6130364A (en) 1995-03-29 2000-10-10 Abgenix, Inc. Production of antibodies using Cre-mediated site-specific recombination
US6091001A (en) 1995-03-29 2000-07-18 Abgenix, Inc. Production of antibodies using Cre-mediated site-specific recombination
US6019968A (en) 1995-04-14 2000-02-01 Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc. Dispersible antibody compositions and methods for their preparation and use
US5705330A (en) 1995-04-14 1998-01-06 Abbott Laboratories Chemiluminescent immunoassay for antibody detection
JP3392627B2 (en) 1995-04-17 2003-03-31 三洋電機株式会社 How to convert 2D video to 3D video
WO1996033266A1 (en) 1995-04-21 1996-10-24 Cell Genesys, Inc. Generation of large genomic dna deletions
EP0822830B1 (en) 1995-04-27 2008-04-02 Amgen Fremont Inc. Human anti-IL-8 antibodies, derived from immunized xenomice
EP0823941A4 (en) 1995-04-28 2001-09-19 Abgenix Inc Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5712158A (en) 1995-06-06 1998-01-27 Warner-Lambert Company Cell line for the rapid expression of functional calcium channels
US6717031B2 (en) 1995-06-07 2004-04-06 Kate Dora Games Method for selecting a transgenic mouse model of alzheimer's disease
WO1996040731A1 (en) 1995-06-07 1996-12-19 Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Of The City University Of New York Pegylated modified proteins
JP3081512B2 (en) 1995-06-21 2000-08-28 三洋電機株式会社 3D image device
JP3767755B2 (en) 1995-06-23 2006-04-19 エーザイ株式会社 Anti-JC virus antibody
US6127977A (en) 1996-11-08 2000-10-03 Cohen; Nathan Microstrip patch antenna with fractal structure
DK1143006T3 (en) 1995-08-18 2008-07-14 Morphosys Ip Gmbh Vectors / DNA sequences from human combinatorial antibody libraries
EP0850051A2 (en) 1995-08-31 1998-07-01 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Composition for sustained release of an agent
ATE263374T1 (en) 1995-09-14 2004-04-15 Univ California ANTIBODIES SPECIFIC TO NATIVE PRP-SC
FR2740454B1 (en) 1995-10-26 1997-11-21 Rhone Poulenc Rorer Sa PEPTIDES CAPABLE OF INHIBITING APP ENDOCYTOSIS AND CORRESPONDING NUCLEOTIDE SEQUENCES
AUPN649395A0 (en) 1995-11-10 1995-12-07 Ramsay Health Care Pty Ltd A method for diagnosing alzheimer's disease
FR2741881B1 (en) 1995-12-01 1999-07-30 Centre Nat Rech Scient NOVEL PURINE DERIVATIVES HAVING IN PARTICULAR ANTI-PROLIFERATIVE PRORIETES AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS
AU1110297A (en) 1995-12-12 1997-07-03 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co. Ltd. Novel dnas, novel polypeptides and novel antibodies
JPH09178743A (en) 1995-12-27 1997-07-11 Oriental Yeast Co Ltd Determinationof soluble app
ES2176523T3 (en) 1996-01-19 2002-12-01 Res Corp Technologies Inc PROCEDURE FOR THE DETECTION OF ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE.
JP2978435B2 (en) 1996-01-24 1999-11-15 チッソ株式会社 Method for producing acryloxypropyl silane
ATE364627T1 (en) 1996-01-30 2007-07-15 Scripps Research Inst G-PROTEIN COUPLED RECEPTOR WITH ENLARGED, EXTRACELLULAR DOMAIN
TR199801532T2 (en) 1996-02-09 1998-11-23 Basf Aktiengesellschaft Human antibodies that bind human TNFalpha.
DK0885002T3 (en) 1996-03-04 2011-08-22 Penn State Res Found Materials and methods for enhancing cellular internalization
US5714352A (en) 1996-03-20 1998-02-03 Xenotech Incorporated Directed switch-mediated DNA recombination
US5882644A (en) 1996-03-22 1999-03-16 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Monoclonal antibodies specific for the platelet derived growth factor β receptor and methods of use thereof
US5985309A (en) 1996-05-24 1999-11-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Preparation of particles for inhalation
US5855913A (en) 1997-01-16 1999-01-05 Massachusetts Instite Of Technology Particles incorporating surfactants for pulmonary drug delivery
US5874064A (en) 1996-05-24 1999-02-23 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Aerodynamically light particles for pulmonary drug delivery
US6300065B1 (en) 1996-05-31 2001-10-09 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
US6699658B1 (en) 1996-05-31 2004-03-02 Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast cell surface display of proteins and uses thereof
WO1997046678A1 (en) 1996-06-06 1997-12-11 Bayer Corporation Nucleic acids and polypeptides related to presenilin
JPH109900A (en) 1996-06-21 1998-01-16 Kanto Auto Works Ltd Meter pointer
WO1999009150A1 (en) 1996-08-15 1999-02-25 Bayer Corporation Method of introducing modifications into a gene
CA2183901A1 (en) 1996-08-22 1998-02-23 Johanna E. Bergmann Targets for therapy and diagnosis of alzheimer's disease and down syndrome in humans
US7521531B2 (en) 1996-08-28 2009-04-21 Immunomedics, Inc. Methods for the purification of stable radioiodine conjugates
JPH1075781A (en) 1996-08-30 1998-03-24 Sumitomo Electric Ind Ltd Human proteasome subunit p58 protein and specific antibody against the same
EP0834561A1 (en) 1996-09-27 1998-04-08 Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden A gene related to migraine in man
US5916771A (en) 1996-10-11 1999-06-29 Abgenix, Inc. Production of a multimeric protein by cell fusion method
WO1998022120A1 (en) 1996-11-19 1998-05-28 The Wistar Institute Of Anatomy & Biology Diagnostic and therapeutic reagents for alzheimer's disease
CA2273194C (en) 1996-12-03 2011-02-01 Abgenix, Inc. Transgenic mammals having human ig loci including plural vh and vk regions and antibodies produced therefrom
US5919687A (en) 1996-12-24 1999-07-06 John Hopkins University Recombinant N-SMases and nucleic acids encoding same
EP0954282B1 (en) 1997-01-16 2005-01-19 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Preparation of particles for inhalation
CN1238366C (en) 1997-01-21 2006-01-25 综合医院公司 Selection of proteins using RNA-protein fusions
JPH10210982A (en) 1997-01-31 1998-08-11 Fuji Yakuhin Kogyo Kk New protein
US20030068316A1 (en) * 1997-02-05 2003-04-10 Klein William L. Anti-ADDL antibodies and uses thereof
US6413940B1 (en) 1997-02-07 2002-07-02 Nymox Corporation Pharmaceutically active agents that impede the formation of amyloid by impeding the genesis of DMS
US7226730B1 (en) 1997-02-26 2007-06-05 The General Hospital Corporation Transgenic animals and cell lines for screening drugs effective for the treatment or prevention of Alzheimer's Disease
US7045531B1 (en) 1997-03-11 2006-05-16 The General Hospital Corporation Composition comprising a metal chelator and a method of treating amyloidosis by administering the metal chelator
WO1998041200A1 (en) 1997-03-17 1998-09-24 Btg International Limited Therapeutic compositions
EP0985033A4 (en) 1997-04-04 2005-07-13 Biosite Inc Polyvalent and polyclonal libraries
US20020086847A1 (en) 1997-04-09 2002-07-04 Mindset Biopharmaceuticals (Usa) Recombinant antibodies specific for beta-amyloid ends, DNA encoding and methods of use thereof
US8173127B2 (en) 1997-04-09 2012-05-08 Intellect Neurosciences, Inc. Specific antibodies to amyloid beta peptide, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof
WO1998049286A2 (en) 1997-05-01 1998-11-05 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Directed evolution of enzymes and antibodies
US6235883B1 (en) 1997-05-05 2001-05-22 Abgenix, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
PT1860187E (en) 1997-05-15 2011-10-04 Genentech Inc Apo-2 receptor
CN1330754C (en) 1997-07-21 2007-08-08 阿皮·马托西安-罗杰斯 Ligand 0(cluding antibody) for display aimed-at endocrine cell reactivity
IT1293511B1 (en) 1997-07-30 1999-03-01 Gentili Ist Spa MONOCLONAL CATALYTIC ANTIBODIES WITH PROTEASIC ACTIVITY FOR THE SELECTIVE LYSIS OF THE PROTEIN COMPONENT OF PLATES AND RELATED AGGREGATES
EP1049712B1 (en) 1997-08-14 2007-01-24 Institut Pasteur Hybrid tetanus toxoid proteins that migrate retrogradely and transynaptically into the cns
US7923216B2 (en) 1997-08-14 2011-04-12 Institut Pasteur In vivo modulation of neuronal transport
EP1007092B1 (en) 1997-08-26 2006-08-09 Amgen Fremont Inc. A process for inhibiting complement activation via the alternative pathway
US6666935B1 (en) 1997-09-09 2003-12-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Sol-gel manufactured energetic materials
FR2768346B1 (en) 1997-09-15 2002-04-19 Fond Jean Dausset Ceph COMPOUND FOR INHIBITION OF PRESENILINE 1 FOR THE PREPARATION OF A MEDICAMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC AGENT
US20040185039A1 (en) 2002-08-30 2004-09-23 Heinz Kohler Therapeutic applications of noncovalent dimerizing antibodies
US5989463A (en) 1997-09-24 1999-11-23 Alkermes Controlled Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for fabricating polymer-based controlled release devices
SE512663C2 (en) 1997-10-23 2000-04-17 Biogram Ab Active substance encapsulation process in a biodegradable polymer
WO1999022024A1 (en) 1997-10-24 1999-05-06 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Detection of neurodegenerative diseases
US6761888B1 (en) 2000-05-26 2004-07-13 Neuralab Limited Passive immunization treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US6750324B1 (en) 1997-12-02 2004-06-15 Neuralab Limited Humanized and chimeric N-terminal amyloid beta-antibodies
US6913745B1 (en) 1997-12-02 2005-07-05 Neuralab Limited Passive immunization of Alzheimer's disease
TWI239847B (en) 1997-12-02 2005-09-21 Elan Pharm Inc N-terminal fragment of Abeta peptide and an adjuvant for preventing and treating amyloidogenic disease
US6710226B1 (en) 1997-12-02 2004-03-23 Neuralab Limited Transgenic mouse assay to determine the effect of Aβ antibodies and Aβ Fragments on alzheimer's disease characteristics
US6787523B1 (en) 1997-12-02 2004-09-07 Neuralab Limited Prevention and treatment of amyloidogenic disease
US6743427B1 (en) 1997-12-02 2004-06-01 Neuralab Limited Prevention and treatment of amyloidogenic disease
US7179892B2 (en) 2000-12-06 2007-02-20 Neuralab Limited Humanized antibodies that recognize beta amyloid peptide
US7964192B1 (en) 1997-12-02 2011-06-21 Janssen Alzheimer Immunotherapy Prevention and treatment of amyloidgenic disease
EP1033998B1 (en) 1997-12-03 2005-10-19 Neuralab, Ltd. Suppressing beta-amyloid-related changes in alzheimer's disease
CA2314909A1 (en) 1997-12-15 1999-06-24 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Human nap1 protein
US6730778B2 (en) 1997-12-19 2004-05-04 Pharmacia And Upjohn Company Human sel-10 polypeptides and polynucleotides that encode them
US6436989B1 (en) 1997-12-24 2002-08-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Incorporated Prodrugs of aspartyl protease inhibitors
US7189703B2 (en) 1998-01-09 2007-03-13 Intracell, Llc Treatment and diagnosis of alzheimer's disease
EP1054664B1 (en) 1998-02-11 2012-08-08 BHI Limited Partnership Method for modulating macrophage activation
AU2978899A (en) 1998-03-03 1999-09-20 Abgenix, Inc. Cd147 binding molecules as therapeutics
US6323218B1 (en) 1998-03-11 2001-11-27 The General Hospital Corporation Agents for use in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US20050112543A1 (en) 1998-03-11 2005-05-26 The General Hospital Corporation Method of screening for drugs useful in treating Alzheimer's disease
US20050059802A1 (en) 1998-04-07 2005-03-17 Neuralab Ltd Prevention and treatment of amyloidogenic disease
US20050059591A1 (en) 1998-04-07 2005-03-17 Neuralab Limited Prevention and treatment of amyloidogenic disease
US20020029391A1 (en) 1998-04-15 2002-03-07 Claude Geoffrey Davis Epitope-driven human antibody production and gene expression profiling
WO1999058157A1 (en) 1998-05-08 1999-11-18 Cramer Donald V Method for inhibiting antibody-mediated rejection of xenogeneic tissues
NO314086B1 (en) 1998-05-08 2003-01-27 Gemvax As Peptides and pharmaceutical compositions containing them, nucleic acid sequences encoding such peptides, plasmids and virus vectors encompassing such DNA sequences and their use for the preparation of pharmaceutical preparations for
WO1999059571A1 (en) 1998-05-15 1999-11-25 Neurochem, Inc. Use of amyloid inhibitors for modulating neuronal cell death
US20030147882A1 (en) 1998-05-21 2003-08-07 Alan Solomon Methods for amyloid removal using anti-amyloid antibodies
US6441049B2 (en) 1998-06-01 2002-08-27 Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. Method of treating neurodegenerative disorders via inhibition of amyloid beta peptide binding
JP2000050885A (en) 1998-06-02 2000-02-22 Fuji Chemical Industries Ltd Antibody against cathepsin and its utilization
CA2336139C (en) 1998-06-24 2008-10-14 Advanced Inhalation Research, Inc. Large porous particles emitted from an inhaler
AU755340B2 (en) 1998-07-02 2002-12-12 Fuso Pharmaceutical Industries, Ltd. Serine protease-specific monoclonal antibody and utilization thereof
US20020142374A1 (en) 1998-08-17 2002-10-03 Michael Gallo Generation of modified molecules with increased serum half-lives
US7026455B2 (en) 1998-09-01 2006-04-11 Genentech, Inc. Anti-pro 1343 antibodies
ES2276531T3 (en) 1998-09-17 2007-06-16 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. GEN LY6H.
US7083950B2 (en) 1998-09-25 2006-08-01 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High affinity fusion proteins and therapeutic and diagnostic methods for use
AU5999199A (en) 1998-09-29 2000-04-17 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co. Ltd. Novel antibodies, drugs containing these antibodies and methods for screening compounds by using these antibodies
US6660843B1 (en) 1998-10-23 2003-12-09 Amgen Inc. Modified peptides as therapeutic agents
EP1731913A3 (en) 1998-12-02 2007-01-17 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Methods and compositions for determining lipid peroxidation levels in oxidant stress syndromes and diseases
CA2353795A1 (en) 1998-12-02 2000-06-08 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Methods and compositions for determining lipid peroxidation levels in oxidant stress syndromes and diseases
ES2288321T3 (en) 1998-12-14 2008-01-01 University Of Miami FRAGMENTS OF GROWTH FACTORS OF CONJUNCTIVE FABRIC, AND METHODS AND USES OF THE SAME.
SI1141028T1 (en) 1998-12-23 2010-05-31 Pfizer Human monoclonal antibodies to ctla-4
DE19902550A1 (en) 1999-01-22 2000-07-27 Memorec Medical Molecular Rese A novel aspartate protease, coding sequence, inhibitors and antibodies, useful for treatment and diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease
US20030185826A1 (en) 1999-02-24 2003-10-02 Tobinick Edward L. Cytokine antagonists for the treatment of localized disorders
CA2669512A1 (en) 1999-03-25 2000-09-28 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Human antibodies that bind human il-12 and methods for producing
FR2791263B1 (en) 1999-03-26 2001-04-27 Halina Zofia Malina DRUG PREPARATIONS BASED ON AN IMMUNE RESPONSE AGAINST ACCUMULATION OF XANTHURENIC ACID MODIFIED PROTEINS
ES2420835T3 (en) 1999-04-09 2013-08-27 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Procedure to control the activity of immunofunctional molecules
US7527787B2 (en) 2005-10-19 2009-05-05 Ibc Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Multivalent immunoglobulin-based bioactive assemblies
US6787637B1 (en) 1999-05-28 2004-09-07 Neuralab Limited N-Terminal amyloid-β antibodies
UA81216C2 (en) 1999-06-01 2007-12-25 Prevention and treatment of amyloid disease
PE20010212A1 (en) 1999-06-01 2001-02-22 Neuralab Ltd COMPOSITIONS OF THE A-BETA PEPTIDE AND PROCESSES TO PRODUCE THEM
US20030134430A1 (en) 1999-06-03 2003-07-17 Curagen Corporation Novel amino acid sequences for human caenorhabditis elegans-like protein polypeptides
JP2000354487A (en) 1999-06-15 2000-12-26 Takashi Muramatsu Midkine receptor
JP5249482B2 (en) 1999-06-16 2013-07-31 ボストン・バイオメデイカル・リサーチ・インステイテユート Immunological control of β-amyloid levels in vivo
US20020002270A1 (en) 1999-06-16 2002-01-03 Raymond P. Zinkowski Purified antigen for alzheimer's disease, and methods of obtaining and using same
WO2001010900A2 (en) 1999-08-04 2001-02-15 University Of Southern California Globular assembly of amyloid beta protein and uses thereof
CA2589418A1 (en) 1999-08-24 2001-03-01 Medarex, Inc. Human ctla-4 antibodies and their uses
US7605238B2 (en) 1999-08-24 2009-10-20 Medarex, Inc. Human CTLA-4 antibodies and their uses
ATE283487T1 (en) 1999-09-01 2004-12-15 Evotec Neurosciences Gmbh METHOD FOR DIAGNOSIS OR PROGNOSIS OF AGE-RELATED MACULAR DEGENERATION
US20040013647A1 (en) 1999-09-03 2004-01-22 Ramot At Tel-Aviv University Ltd. Methods and compositions for treating a plaque-forming disease
JP2003509020A (en) 1999-09-03 2003-03-11 ラモット・ユニバーシティ・オーソリティ・フォー・アプライド・リサーチ・アンド・インダストリアル・ディベロップメント・リミテッド Pharmaceuticals, compositions, and uses thereof useful for diagnosis, treatment, and prevention of plaque forming diseases
US6294171B2 (en) 1999-09-14 2001-09-25 Milkhaus Laboratory, Inc. Methods for treating disease states comprising administration of low levels of antibodies
JP2001122900A (en) 1999-10-21 2001-05-08 Yasukazu Tanuma ANTI-DNASE gamma ANTIBODY AND ITS PREPARATION AND USE
EP1230269A2 (en) 1999-11-03 2002-08-14 Maxygen, Inc. Antibody diversity generation
US20020094335A1 (en) 1999-11-29 2002-07-18 Robert Chalifour Vaccine for the prevention and treatment of alzheimer's and amyloid related diseases
KR20080059676A (en) 1999-11-29 2008-06-30 뉴로겜 인터내셔널 리미티드 Vaccine for the prevention and treatment of alzheimer's and amyloid related diseases
US20070135337A2 (en) 1999-11-29 2007-06-14 Neurochem (International) Limited Vaccine for the Prevention and Treatment of Alzheimer's and Amyloid Related Diseases
DK1237930T3 (en) 1999-12-08 2007-03-19 Intellect Neurosciences Inc Chimeric amyloid beta peptides
EP1752472A3 (en) 1999-12-08 2007-04-25 Intellect Neurosciences, Inc. Chimeric amyloid beta peptides
JP2001231578A (en) 1999-12-09 2001-08-28 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd Protein belonging to il-1 family
MXPA02006196A (en) 1999-12-23 2002-12-09 Neurochem Inc Compounds and methods for modulating cerebral amyloid angiopathy.
US20030077757A1 (en) 2000-01-11 2003-04-24 Andrews William H. Method of treating aging-related disorders
US6785434B2 (en) 2000-01-17 2004-08-31 Avanex Corporation Attenuator integrated with modulator and transmitting module for WDM systems using the same
AU2001229592A1 (en) * 2000-01-21 2001-07-31 University Of Connecticut Health Center Vaccines against neurodegenerative disorders
US6806254B2 (en) 2000-02-03 2004-10-19 Nuvelo, Inc. Methods and materials relating to alpha-2-macroglobulin-like polypeptides and polynucleotides
US20020182660A1 (en) 2000-02-18 2002-12-05 Fong Kei-Lai L. N- and C-terminus specific immunoassays for full length beta-amyloid peptide-Abeta(1-40), Abeta(1-39), Abeta(1-40), Abeta(1-42) , and Abeta(1-43)
DE60114157T2 (en) 2000-02-21 2006-06-29 Pharmexa A/S METHOD OF HERBEGULATING AMYLOID
CA2400838C (en) 2000-02-21 2013-04-23 Pharmexa A/S Novel method for down-regulation of amyloid
SI1481992T1 (en) 2000-02-24 2017-01-31 Washington University St. Louis Humanized antibodies that sequester amyloid beta peptide
EP1130032A1 (en) 2000-02-28 2001-09-05 Gesellschaft für biotechnologische Forschung mbH (GBF) Single-chain antibodies recognizing the human vascular endothelial growth factor receptor-2 (VEGFR-2/KDR)
GB0006398D0 (en) 2000-03-16 2000-05-03 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
AU2001257903A1 (en) 2000-03-22 2001-10-03 The General Hospital Corporation Method for treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
AU2001253020A1 (en) 2000-03-30 2001-10-15 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Screening markers and methods for neurodegenerative disorders
EP1325338A2 (en) 2000-04-03 2003-07-09 Oxford GlycoSciences (UK) Limited Diagnosis and treatment of alzheimer's disease
US7371365B2 (en) 2000-04-04 2008-05-13 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Methods for detecting parenchymal plaques in vivo
AUPQ712000A0 (en) 2000-04-27 2000-05-18 Medvet Science Pty. Ltd. Antigenic peptide fragments of VapA protein, and uses thereof
US20080009467A1 (en) 2000-05-01 2008-01-10 Accera, Inc. Combinations of medium chain triglycerides and therapeutic agents for the treatment and prevention of alzheimers disease and other diseases resulting from reduced neuronal metabolism
JP2003533187A (en) 2000-05-03 2003-11-11 アムジエン・インコーポレーテツド Modified peptide containing Fc domain as therapeutic agent
PT1284998E (en) 2000-05-22 2005-06-30 Univ New York SYNTHETIC, NON-AMYLOOGOGENIC IMMUNOGENIC EPIDEMICS BETA-AMYLOID HOMOLOGISTS, INTENDED TO INDUCE AN IMMUNITY REACTION AGAINST BETA-AMYLOIDS AND AMYLOID DEPOSITS
WO2001098361A2 (en) 2000-06-22 2001-12-27 Genentech, Inc. Agonist anti-trk-c monoclonal antibodies
JP4252195B2 (en) 2000-06-27 2009-04-08 新日本無線株式会社 High frequency line converter
JP2004501204A (en) * 2000-06-28 2004-01-15 プラナ バイオテクノロジー リミティッド Neurotoxin oligomer
US7449308B2 (en) 2000-06-28 2008-11-11 Glycofi, Inc. Combinatorial DNA library for producing modified N-glycans in lower eukaryotes
ATE309385T1 (en) 2000-06-28 2005-11-15 Glycofi Inc METHOD FOR PRODUCING MODIFIED GLYCOPROTEINS
US6686449B2 (en) 2000-06-30 2004-02-03 Pharmacia & Upjohn Company Mutant presenilin 1 polypeptides
WO2002002769A1 (en) 2000-07-06 2002-01-10 Vlaams Interuniversitair Instituut Voor Biotechnologie Vzw A novel app mutation associated with an unusual alzheimer's disease pathology
WO2002003911A2 (en) 2000-07-07 2002-01-17 Lars Lannfelt Prevention and treatment of alzheimer's disease
AU2007200047B2 (en) 2000-07-07 2009-11-26 Bioarctic Neuroscience Ab Prevention and treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US6524819B1 (en) 2000-07-11 2003-02-25 Incyte Genomics, Inc. Down syndrome critical region 1-like proteins
EP1172378A1 (en) 2000-07-12 2002-01-16 Richard Dr. Dodel Human beta-amyloid antibody and use thereof for treatment of alzheimer's disease
US20020009445A1 (en) 2000-07-12 2002-01-24 Yansheng Du Human beta-amyloid antibody and use thereof for treatment of alzheimer's disease
JP2002040023A (en) 2000-07-28 2002-02-06 Mitsubishi Chemicals Corp Detection method of alzheimer's disease
US20070009931A1 (en) 2000-08-04 2007-01-11 Kirsch Wolff M Negative correlation between IRP-2 and Transferrin receptor expression as a diagnostic of Alzheimer's disease
DK1317479T3 (en) 2000-09-06 2009-11-23 Aventis Pharma Sa Methods and Compositions for Diseases Associated with Amyloidosis
GB0024446D0 (en) 2000-10-05 2000-11-22 Glaxo Group Ltd Protein
IT1319277B1 (en) 2000-10-24 2003-09-26 Chiesi Farma Spa MELTING PROTEINS USEFUL FOR ALZHEIMER'S MILK IMMUNIZATION TREATMENT.
US6962793B2 (en) 2000-10-27 2005-11-08 Mount Sinai Hospital Methods for detecting Alzheimers disease
EP1538163A3 (en) 2000-11-01 2005-06-15 Insight Biotechnology Limited Phosphorylated Amyloid-Beta 1-43 Protein and its use in the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
WO2002094870A2 (en) 2000-11-02 2002-11-28 Curagen Corporation Proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
DE10055703A1 (en) 2000-11-02 2002-05-08 Peter F Pascoe Ex vivo blood lavage with oligomeric carbohydrates for removal of pathogens, hapten-containing antibody aggregates and amyloids, useful in treatment of e.g. multiple sclerosis and Alzheimer's disease
WO2002035987A2 (en) 2000-11-03 2002-05-10 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING TREATMENTS FOR NEUROTOXICITY IN ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE CAUSED BY β-AMYLOID PEPTIDES
US20060062786A1 (en) 2000-11-08 2006-03-23 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Antibodies that immunospecifically bind to TRAIL receptors
PT1346041E (en) 2000-11-27 2007-06-05 Praecis Pharm Inc Therapeutic agents and methods of use thereof for treating an amyloidogenic disease
TWI255272B (en) 2000-12-06 2006-05-21 Guriq Basi Humanized antibodies that recognize beta amyloid peptide
GB0100110D0 (en) 2001-01-04 2001-02-14 Univ Leeds Modulation of calcium channel activity
DE10101430B4 (en) 2001-01-13 2008-10-02 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Soluble cyclic analogues for the modulation of amyloidogenesis
US20020132758A1 (en) 2001-01-18 2002-09-19 Shell John W. Method for identifying compounds to treat medical pathologies associated with molecular crystallization
US7264810B2 (en) 2001-01-19 2007-09-04 Cytos Biotechnology Ag Molecular antigen array
AT500379B8 (en) 2001-02-02 2009-08-15 Axon Neuroscience TAU PROTEINS
US7175988B2 (en) 2001-02-09 2007-02-13 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Human G-protein Chemokine Receptor (CCR5) HDGNR10
US20040191264A1 (en) 2001-02-19 2004-09-30 Nielsen Klaus Gregorius Synthetic vaccine agents
JP4659236B2 (en) 2001-03-01 2011-03-30 大塚製薬株式会社 Method for measuring cytotoxic activity
US6815175B2 (en) 2001-03-16 2004-11-09 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Anti-amyloid peptide antibody based diagnosis and treatment of a neurological disease or disorder
FR2822238B1 (en) 2001-03-16 2003-08-29 Gemac METHOD AND KIT FOR MONITORING NEURODEGENERATIVE DISEASES
DE10117281A1 (en) 2001-04-06 2002-10-24 Inst Molekulare Biotechnologie Peptide for the diagnosis and therapy of Alzheimer's dementia
US20050266501A1 (en) 2001-04-10 2005-12-01 Shigeo Ota Reagent for detecting risk factor of alzheimer's disease, detection kit therefor and method of detecting risk factor of alzheimer's disease using the same
EP1383533A4 (en) 2001-04-23 2006-11-02 Curagen Corp Proteins and nucleic acids encoding same
US6451547B1 (en) 2001-04-25 2002-09-17 Syn X Pharma Process for differential diagnosis of Alzheimer's dementia and device therefor
US7318923B2 (en) 2001-04-30 2008-01-15 Eli Lilly And Company Humanized anti-βantibodies
WO2002088307A2 (en) 2001-04-30 2002-11-07 Eli Lilly And Company Humanized antibodies
WO2002094985A2 (en) 2001-05-22 2002-11-28 Merck & Co., Inc. Beta-secretase substrates and uses thereof
US7196163B2 (en) 2001-05-22 2007-03-27 Merk & Co., Inc. Assays using amyloid precursor proteins with modified β-secretase cleavage sites to monitor β-secretase activity
US6906169B2 (en) 2001-05-25 2005-06-14 United Biomedical, Inc. Immunogenic peptide composition comprising measles virus Fprotein Thelper cell epitope (MUFThl-16) and N-terminus of β-amyloid peptide
EP1270592B1 (en) 2001-06-12 2004-09-29 Wiltfang, Jens Monoclonal antibody, mAb 1E8, which is specific for the first 2 amino-terminal amino acids of beta-amyloid peptides and its use in the detection of beta-amyloid peptides or sAPPs
US7595378B2 (en) 2001-06-13 2009-09-29 Genmab A/S Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR)
HUP0600225A3 (en) 2001-06-13 2010-01-28 Genmab As Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor (egfr)
WO2003000714A2 (en) 2001-06-22 2003-01-03 Panacea Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for preventing protein aggregation in neurodegenerative diseases
US7094884B2 (en) 2001-06-22 2006-08-22 Roche Diagnostics Corporation Soluble complexes of amylod β peptide and peptidyl prolyl isomerase chaperone and methods of making and using them
CN1396183A (en) 2001-07-13 2003-02-12 张小如 Human fusion antibody for reducing cerebral amyloid fibers associated with senile dementia
AU2002326412A1 (en) 2001-07-20 2003-03-03 Oregon Health And Science University Novel human nucleic acids encoding a pantothenate kinase and methods of use
EP1420032B2 (en) 2001-08-03 2015-12-16 Medical & Biological Laboratories Co., Ltd. Antibody recognizing gm1 ganglioside-bound amyloid beta-protein and dna encoding the antibody
JP4320694B2 (en) 2001-08-08 2009-08-26 株式会社オーク製作所 Multiple exposure drawing apparatus and multiple exposure drawing method
CA2467922A1 (en) 2001-08-10 2003-02-20 Roskamp Research, Llc Modulation of angiogenesis by a-beta peptides
EP1519740A4 (en) 2001-08-17 2005-11-09 Lilly Co Eli Rapid improvement of cognition in conditions related to a-beta
CA2451998A1 (en) 2001-08-17 2003-02-27 Eli Lilly And Company Anti-a.beta. antibodies
JP2005500389A (en) 2001-08-17 2005-01-06 イーライ・リリー・アンド・カンパニー Use of antibodies with high affinity for soluble Aβ to treat Aβ-related conditions and diseases
DE60224200T2 (en) 2001-08-17 2008-07-10 Eli Lilly And Co., Indianapolis ASSAY PROCEDURE FOR ALZHEIMER DISEASE
EP1944040B1 (en) 2001-08-17 2012-08-01 Washington University Assay method for Alzheimer's disease
MY144532A (en) 2001-08-20 2011-09-30 Lundbeck & Co As H Novel method for down-regulation of amyloid
US20030082191A1 (en) 2001-08-29 2003-05-01 Poduslo Joseph F. Treatment for central nervous system disorders
WO2003029456A1 (en) 2001-10-01 2003-04-10 Dyax Corp. Multi-chain eukaryotic display vectors and uses thereof
EP1408333A3 (en) 2001-10-03 2006-10-25 Pfizer Products Inc. Diagnosis and treatment of Alzheimer's disease
MXPA04003156A (en) 2001-10-04 2005-01-25 Protein Therapeutics Inc The use of gammaglobulin for the treatment of immune-mediated diseases.
GB0124317D0 (en) 2001-10-10 2001-11-28 Celltech R&D Ltd Biological products
US20030157108A1 (en) 2001-10-25 2003-08-21 Genentech, Inc. Glycoprotein compositions
US7060270B2 (en) 2001-11-02 2006-06-13 Diagenics International Corporation Methods and compositions of monoclonal antibodies specific for beta-amyloid proteins
EP1572894B1 (en) 2001-11-21 2016-04-13 New York University Synthetic immunogenic but non-deposit-forming polypeptides and peptides homologous to amyloid beta, prion protein, amylin, alpha synuclein, or polyglutamine repeats for induction of an immune response thereto
US7179606B2 (en) 2001-11-23 2007-02-20 Syn X Pharma, Inc. IG heavy chain, IG kappa, IG lambda biopolymer markers predictive of Alzheimer's disease
US7026129B2 (en) 2001-11-23 2006-04-11 Syn X Pharma, Inc. IG lambda biopolymer markers predictive of Alzheimers disease
DE10158180A1 (en) 2001-11-28 2003-09-11 Biovision Ag Method for the detection of Alzheimer's disease and to differentiate Alzheimer's disease from other dementia diseases, associated peptides and their use
NZ533226A (en) 2001-11-30 2006-05-26 Crucell Holland B Antigen presenting cell targeting conjugate, an antigen presenting cell contacted with such conjugate, their use for vaccination or as medicament, and methods for their production or generation
EP1461014B1 (en) 2001-12-04 2021-07-14 Ben Gurion University Of The Negev Research And Development Authority Amphiphilic compounds and vesicles/liposomes for organ-specific drug targeting
AU2002366355A1 (en) 2001-12-17 2003-06-30 New York State Office Of Mental Health SEQUESTRATION OF ABeta IN THE PERIPHERY IN THE ABSENCE OF IMMUNOMODULATING AGENT AS A THERAPEUTIC APPROACH FOR THE TREATMENT OR PREVENTION OF BETA-AMYLOID RELATED DISEASES
WO2005016236A2 (en) 2003-05-06 2005-02-24 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Antibodies that immunospecifically bind to trail receptors
EP1975179A1 (en) 2001-12-26 2008-10-01 Araclon Biotech, S.L. Polyclonal antibodies, preparation method thereof and use of same
US7781396B2 (en) 2002-01-31 2010-08-24 Tel Aviv University Future Technology Development L.P. Peptides directed for diagnosis and treatment of amyloid-associated disease
US20050153381A1 (en) 2002-02-14 2005-07-14 Marusich Michael F. Immunocapture of mitochondrial protein complexes
AR038568A1 (en) 2002-02-20 2005-01-19 Hoffmann La Roche ANTI-A BETA ANTIBODIES AND ITS USE
AU2003213718A1 (en) 2002-03-01 2003-09-16 Szu-Yi Chou Method of producing antigens
EP1487879B1 (en) 2002-03-01 2012-12-26 Immunomedics, Inc. Bispecific antibody point mutations for enhancing rate of clearance
CA2477675C (en) 2002-03-05 2013-05-21 Ramot At Tel-Aviv University Ltd. Immunizing composition and method for inducing an immune response against the .beta.-secretase cleavage site of amyloid precursor protein
MY139983A (en) 2002-03-12 2009-11-30 Janssen Alzheimer Immunotherap Humanized antibodies that recognize beta amyloid peptide
CN1305905C (en) 2002-03-22 2007-03-21 Aprogen株式会社 Humanized antibody and process for preparing same
US20030190689A1 (en) 2002-04-05 2003-10-09 Cell Signaling Technology,Inc. Molecular profiling of disease and therapeutic response using phospho-specific antibodies
US7122374B1 (en) 2002-04-09 2006-10-17 Takaomi Saido Amyloid beta-protein 3(pE)-42 antibodies and uses thereof
US20070134247A9 (en) 2002-04-12 2007-06-14 Ramot At Tel Aviv University Ltd. Prevention of brain inflammation as a result of induced autoimmune response
PL209696B1 (en) 2002-04-19 2011-10-31 Univ Toronto Immunological methods and compositions for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
AU2003224120A1 (en) 2002-04-24 2003-11-10 Evotec Neurosciences Gmbh Diagnostic and therapeutic use of ensadin-0477 gene and protein for neurodegenerative diseases
EP1501531B1 (en) 2002-04-25 2009-01-07 Eli Lilly And Company Method for treating anxiety in older subjects
US20060257420A1 (en) 2002-04-26 2006-11-16 Cel-Sci Corporation Methods of preparation and composition of peptide constructs useful for treatment of autoimmune and transplant related host versus graft conditions
DE10221052A1 (en) 2002-05-10 2003-12-04 Transmit Technologietransfer Active substances for therapy, diagnostics and prophylaxis of diseases in which abnormal protein structures occur
WO2003100419A1 (en) 2002-05-27 2003-12-04 Bioceros B.V. Methods for using the cd163 pathway for modulating an immune response
AU2003241131A1 (en) 2002-06-14 2003-12-31 Brainsgate Ltd. Methods and systems for management of alzheimer's disease
AU2003278497A1 (en) 2002-06-20 2004-01-06 Evotec Neurosciences Gmbh Diagnostic and therapeutic use of ras-gtpase-activating sh3-domain-binding protein 2 (g3bp2) for neurodegenerative diseases
DE60317671T2 (en) 2002-06-27 2008-10-30 Evotec Neurosciences Gmbh DIAGNOSTIC AND THERAPEUTIC USE OF ENSADIN-0581 GENE AND PROTEIN FOR NEURODEGENERATIVE ILLNESSES
CN1678634A (en) 2002-06-28 2005-10-05 多曼蒂斯有限公司 Immunoglobulin single variable antigen combination area and its opposite constituent
AU2003253044B2 (en) 2002-07-12 2009-08-13 Axon Neuroscience Se Truncated tau proteins
WO2004006861A2 (en) 2002-07-17 2004-01-22 Mindset Biopharmaceuticals Usa Inc. Peptides and methods of screening immunogenic peptide vaccines against alzheimer's disease
WO2004009617A1 (en) 2002-07-18 2004-01-29 Osaka Industrial Promotion Organization NOVEL Notch-ORIGIN POLYPEPTIDES AND BIOMARKERS AND REAGENTS USING THE SAME
DE60336902D1 (en) 2002-07-19 2011-06-09 Cytos Biotechnology Ag VACCINE COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING AMYLOID BETA 1-6 ANTIGENARRAYS
KR20140058649A (en) 2002-07-19 2014-05-14 애브비 바이오테크놀로지 리미티드 TREATMENT OF TNFα RELATED DISORDERS
EP1911765A3 (en) 2002-07-24 2008-04-23 Innogenetics N.V. Prevention, treatment and diagnosis of diseases associated with Beta-Amyloid formation and/or aggregation
US7250551B2 (en) 2002-07-24 2007-07-31 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Transgenic mice expressing inducible human p25
SE0202880D0 (en) 2002-07-26 2002-09-30 Wieslab Ab Complement system deficiency assay
WO2004011943A1 (en) 2002-07-30 2004-02-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Method of diagnosing alzheimer's disease
US20040138296A1 (en) 2002-08-12 2004-07-15 Pharmacia Corporation Amyloid immunization and Cox-2 inhibitors for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
WO2004014296A2 (en) 2002-08-13 2004-02-19 U.S. Department Of Veterans Affairs Method of detecting and preventing alzheimer’s disease, particularly at prodromal and early stages
AU2003257850A1 (en) 2002-08-14 2004-03-03 Mitsubishi Kagaku Iatron, Inc. ANTIBODY SPECIFIC TO CENTRAL Tau-PROTEIN
WO2004018997A2 (en) 2002-08-20 2004-03-04 Neurogenetics, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating amyloid beta
AU2003266302A1 (en) 2002-08-23 2004-03-11 Proteosys Ag Method for the diagnosis of alzheimer disease
EP1578361B1 (en) 2002-09-12 2011-04-20 The Regents of The University of California Immunogens and corresponding antibodies specific for high molecular weight aggregation intermediates common to amyloids formed from proteins of differing sequence
WO2005025516A2 (en) 2003-09-12 2005-03-24 The Regents Of The University Of California Monoclonal antibodies specific for conformational epitopes of prefibrillar aggregates
US20070010657A1 (en) 2002-09-13 2007-01-11 Rainer Klocke Cytoplasmic dynein heavy chain 1 genes, expression products, non-human animal model uses in human neurological diseases
US7238488B2 (en) 2002-09-13 2007-07-03 Grace Maresh Therapeutic and diagnostic applications of perlecan domain I splice variants
WO2004026246A2 (en) 2002-09-17 2004-04-01 New York University Methods of treating age associated memory impairment (aami), mild cognitive impairment (mci), and dementias with cell cycle inhibitors
JP4242128B2 (en) 2002-09-18 2009-03-18 武田薬品工業株式会社 Screening method for cerebral amyloidosis preventive and therapeutic drug
WO2004029629A1 (en) 2002-09-27 2004-04-08 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. N-11 truncated amyloid-beta nomoclonal antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
US7541440B2 (en) 2002-09-30 2009-06-02 Immunomedics, Inc. Chimeric, human and humanized anti-granulocyte antibodies and methods of use
US20070213512A1 (en) 2002-10-01 2007-09-13 Krafft Grant A Amyloid beta peptide analogs and assemblies thereof
WO2004031400A2 (en) 2002-10-01 2004-04-15 Northwestern University Amyloid beta-derived diffusible ligands (addls), addl-surrogates, addl-binding molecules, and uses thereof
AU2003272925A1 (en) 2002-10-04 2004-04-23 Techno Network Shikoku Co., Ltd. Monoclonal antibody against subtilisin-like proprotein convertase pace4 and utilization thereof
AU2003279216A1 (en) 2002-10-09 2004-05-04 Rinat Neuroscience Corp. Methods of treating alzheimer's disease using antibodies directed against amyloid beta peptide and compositions thereof
US7923433B2 (en) 2002-10-09 2011-04-12 Activx Biosciences, Inc. Activity-based probes and methods of their preparation and use
WO2004038411A2 (en) 2002-10-24 2004-05-06 Evotec Neurosciences Gmbh Diagnostic and therapeutic use of ensadin-0289 gene and protein for neurodegenerative diseases
US20080014194A1 (en) 2003-10-31 2008-01-17 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prevention and Treatment of Synucleinopathic and Amyloidogenic Disease
TW200509968A (en) 2002-11-01 2005-03-16 Elan Pharm Inc Prevention and treatment of synucleinopathic disease
FR2846667B1 (en) 2002-11-06 2004-12-31 Pasteur Institut VARIABLE FRAGMENTS OF SINGLE-CHAIN CAMELIDE ANTIBODIES DIRECTED AGAINST BETA-AMYLOID PEPTIDE 1-42 AND THEIR APPLICATIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS AND TREATMENT OF NEUROAGREGATIVE DISEASES
AU2003295411A1 (en) 2002-11-07 2004-06-03 Celltech R & D Human monoclonal antibodies to heparanase
WO2004045525A2 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-03 Morehouse School Of Medicine Anti-chemokine and associated receptor antibodies and uses for inhibition of inflammation.
DE10256900A1 (en) 2002-11-29 2004-06-24 Nemod Immuntherapie Ag Tumor-specific recognition molecules
CN100450551C (en) 2002-11-29 2009-01-14 中国医学科学院基础医学研究所 Recombinated adeno-associated virus genes vaccine for prevention and cure of Alzheimer disease and use thereof
CN1878795A (en) 2002-12-02 2006-12-13 阿布格尼克斯公司 Antibodies directed to phospholipase A2 and uses thereof
WO2004056318A2 (en) 2002-12-19 2004-07-08 New York University Method for treating amyloid disease
US20060135403A1 (en) 2002-12-24 2006-06-22 Francine Gervais Therapeutic formulations for the treatment of beta-amyloid related diseases
US20050031651A1 (en) 2002-12-24 2005-02-10 Francine Gervais Therapeutic formulations for the treatment of beta-amyloid related diseases
GB0230203D0 (en) 2002-12-27 2003-02-05 Domantis Ltd Fc fusion
AT413945B (en) 2003-01-14 2006-07-15 Mattner Frank Dr Use of a compound having a binding capacity to an antibody specific for the natural N-terminal AB42 sequence, for preparing a vaccine for preventing and treating Alzheimer's disease
US7662380B2 (en) 2003-01-22 2010-02-16 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited ZAQ ligand-1 antibodies and uses thereof
EP2270051B1 (en) 2003-01-23 2019-05-15 Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Antibody specific for human PD-1 and CD3
WO2004065569A2 (en) 2003-01-23 2004-08-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Multi-functional antibodies
DE10303974A1 (en) 2003-01-31 2004-08-05 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Amyloid β (1-42) oligomers, process for their preparation and their use
US20060188512A1 (en) 2003-02-01 2006-08-24 Ted Yednock Active immunization to generate antibodies to solble a-beta
WO2004068931A2 (en) 2003-02-07 2004-08-19 Protein Design Labs Inc. Amphiregulin antibodies and their use to treat cancer and psoriasis
ES2344645T3 (en) 2003-02-10 2010-09-02 Applied Molecular Evolution, Inc. MOLECULES OF UNION TO ABETA.
US8663650B2 (en) 2003-02-21 2014-03-04 Ac Immune Sa Methods and compositions comprising supramolecular constructs
US20040242845A1 (en) 2003-02-21 2004-12-02 Nicolau Yves Claude Methods and compositions comprising supramolecular antigenic constructs and antibodies elicited against them
US20060188951A1 (en) 2003-02-24 2006-08-24 In Hee Mook Method for measuring the level of anti-beta-amyloid antibody in body fluids and diagnostic kit for alzheimer's disease using same
US20040223970A1 (en) 2003-02-28 2004-11-11 Daniel Afar Antibodies against SLC15A2 and uses thereof
AU2004218354B2 (en) 2003-03-05 2009-10-01 Halozyme, Inc. Soluble hyaluronidase glycoprotein (sHASEGP), process for preparing the same, uses and pharmaceutical compositions comprising thereof
US20060104968A1 (en) 2003-03-05 2006-05-18 Halozyme, Inc. Soluble glycosaminoglycanases and methods of preparing and using soluble glycosaminogly ycanases
WO2004085712A2 (en) 2003-03-24 2004-10-07 Penn State Research Foundation Multi-functional polymeric materials and their uses
US8980646B2 (en) 2003-03-26 2015-03-17 Sudhir Paul Proteolytic and covalent antibodies
KR20060054174A (en) 2003-03-28 2006-05-22 센토코 인코포레이티드 Anti-amyloid antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
CN1189210C (en) 2003-03-28 2005-02-16 万选才 Coupling object between CB and biological active peptide or immunoglobhulin or immunological activity original as well as medication usage
US7632816B2 (en) 2003-03-28 2009-12-15 New York University Treatment of Alzheimer amyloid deposition
DK1625402T3 (en) 2003-04-09 2014-03-10 Canadian Blood Services Detection, characterization and treatment of viral infection, and methods therefor
EP1469312A1 (en) 2003-04-18 2004-10-20 Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg Diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease
AU2003276107A1 (en) 2003-04-24 2004-11-19 Universitat Zurich Method of monitoring immunotherapy
US20040223912A1 (en) 2003-05-07 2004-11-11 Montalto Michael Christopher Compositions and methods for non-invasive imaging of soluble beta-amyloid
ES2246105B1 (en) 2003-05-08 2007-03-01 Araclon Biotech, S.L. USE OF ANTIBODIES FOR THE TREATMENT OF AMYLOID DISEASES.
EP1480041A1 (en) 2003-05-22 2004-11-24 Innogenetics N.V. Method for the prediction, diagnosis and differential diagnosis of Alzheimer's disease
WO2005018536A2 (en) 2003-05-23 2005-03-03 Human Genome Sciences, Inc. Agonist antibodies that specifically bind the glucagon like peptide-1 receptor
TWI306458B (en) 2003-05-30 2009-02-21 Elan Pharma Int Ltd Humanized antibodies that recognize beta amyloid peptide
WO2005053604A2 (en) 2003-06-06 2005-06-16 Oncomax Acquisition Corp. Antibodies specific for cancer associated antigen sm5-1 and uses thereof
US7892751B2 (en) 2003-06-09 2011-02-22 Redox-Reactive Reagents Llc Method of detecting or diagnosing of a neurodegenerative disease or condition
JP4888876B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2012-02-29 田平 武 Recombinant adeno-associated virus vector for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
EP1644415B1 (en) 2003-06-23 2010-12-01 Genetics Institute, LLC Antibodies against interleukin-22 and uses therefor
EP2719394B1 (en) 2003-06-30 2015-07-29 Tel Aviv University Future Technology Development L.P. Peptides for treating amyloid-associated diseases
US20050009110A1 (en) 2003-07-08 2005-01-13 Xiao-Jia Chang Methods of producing antibodies for diagnostics and therapeutics
ATE444946T1 (en) 2003-07-15 2009-10-15 Ono Pharmaceutical Co BRANCHED CARBOXYLIC ACID COMPOUND AND USE THEREOF
WO2005012330A2 (en) 2003-07-30 2005-02-10 Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. AMYLOID β-PEPTIDE AND METHODS OF USE
US20050124016A1 (en) 2003-08-01 2005-06-09 Enh Research Institute Antibodies specific for toxic amyloid beta protein oligomers
WO2005014618A2 (en) 2003-08-08 2005-02-17 Immunomedics, Inc. Bispecific antibodies for inducing apoptosis of tumor and diseased cells
JP4239750B2 (en) 2003-08-13 2009-03-18 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Microlens and microlens manufacturing method, optical device, optical transmission device, laser printer head, and laser printer
WO2005018424A2 (en) 2003-08-18 2005-03-03 Research Foundation For Mental Hygiene, Inc. Antibodies specific for fibrillar amyloid and a procedure to detect fibrillar amyloid deposits
CA2537055A1 (en) 2003-08-22 2005-04-21 Medimmune, Inc. Humanization of antibodies
CA2538220A1 (en) 2003-09-09 2005-03-24 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Use of antibody
EP1516930A1 (en) 2003-09-16 2005-03-23 Georg-August Universität Göttingen Cellular model of tauopathies for lead identification and drug discovery
WO2005027965A1 (en) 2003-09-24 2005-03-31 Peter Krammer Antibodies against annexins, use thereof for therapy and diagnosis. use of annexins for therapy and diagnosis.
IL158287A0 (en) 2003-10-07 2004-05-12 Yeda Res & Dev Antibodies to nik, their preparation and use
CA2541535C (en) 2003-10-07 2013-12-10 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Antibodies to nik, their preparation and use
CA2542084A1 (en) 2003-10-14 2005-04-28 University Of South Florida A method for the separation anti-amyloid beta antibody with amyloid beta peptide
EP2071333B1 (en) 2003-10-15 2012-04-18 Sekisui Medical Co., Ltd. Method of selectively assaying adiponectin multimers
EP1684574A4 (en) 2003-10-20 2008-08-06 Envivo Pharmaceuticals Inc Transgenic flies expressing mutant alpfa42
JP2007535906A (en) 2003-10-24 2007-12-13 イステイチユート・デイ・リチエルケ・デイ・ビオロジア・モレコラーレ・ピ・アンジエレツテイ・エツセ・ピー・アー Orthogonal gene switch
ATE476448T1 (en) 2003-11-04 2010-08-15 Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic USE OF ANTAGONIST ANTI-CD40 ANTIBODIES FOR THE TREATMENT OF AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES AND INFLAMMATORY DISEASES AND ORGAN TRANSPLANT REJECTION
JP5574559B2 (en) 2003-11-05 2014-08-20 株式会社 免疫生物研究所 Alzheimer's disease marker peptide
CA2545152A1 (en) 2003-11-07 2005-05-26 Howard J. Federoff Compositions and methods of treating neurological diseases
US7794948B2 (en) 2003-11-07 2010-09-14 Vermilllion, Inc. Biomarkers for alzheimer's disease
WO2005047860A2 (en) 2003-11-08 2005-05-26 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Antibodies to alpha-synuclein
KR100556660B1 (en) 2003-11-11 2006-03-10 국립암센터 Neutralizable epitope of hgf and neutralizing antibody binding to same
WO2005052002A2 (en) 2003-11-20 2005-06-09 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Single-domain antibodies and uses thereof
RU2006122946A (en) 2003-11-28 2008-01-10 Астразенека Аб (Se) ANTIBODIES
JP4870348B2 (en) 2003-12-04 2012-02-08 株式会社ペルセウスプロテオミクス Antibody acquisition and antigen identification against cell surface antigens
JP4942487B2 (en) 2003-12-10 2012-05-30 メダレックス インコーポレーティッド IP-10 antibody and use thereof
AU2004299501B2 (en) 2003-12-17 2010-12-23 Wyeth Llc Immunogenic peptide carrier conjugates and methods of producing same
WO2005061545A2 (en) 2003-12-22 2005-07-07 Glaxo Group Limited Nogoa antibodies for the treatment of alzheimer disease
US20080254033A1 (en) 2004-01-21 2008-10-16 Kristen Pierce Pharmaceutical Compositions Containing Antagonists to Lrp4, Lrp8 or Megalin for Treatment of Diseases
JP2007522119A (en) 2004-01-28 2007-08-09 キュリックス エーピーエス Conjugates of amyloid protein as vaccines for amyloid-related diseases
WO2005080986A1 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-09-01 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Antibodies to phosphorylated tau, methods of making and methods of use
US7807157B2 (en) 2004-02-20 2010-10-05 Intellect Neurosciences Inc. Monoclonal antibodies and use thereof
EA009872B1 (en) 2004-02-23 2008-04-28 Эли Лилли Энд Компани ANTI-Aβ ANTIBODY
EP1723178A4 (en) 2004-03-12 2007-12-12 Human Genome Sciences Inc Human g-protein chemokine receptor (ccr5) hdgnr10
US20080057057A1 (en) 2004-03-18 2008-03-06 Applied Research Systems Ars Holding N.V. Anti-Lipid Rafts Antibodies
CN1314805C (en) 2004-03-26 2007-05-09 中国人民解放军军事医学科学院放射与辐射医学研究所 A novel APO and antibody thereof and preparation and use
EP2404935A1 (en) 2004-03-30 2012-01-11 Glaxo Group Limited Immunoglobulin binding HOSM
US20070202547A1 (en) 2004-04-02 2007-08-30 Coburn Craig A Methods For Detecting Substances Which Bind To The Amyloid Precursor Protein Or Beta Amyloid Fragments, And Binding Compounds
US20060099211A1 (en) 2004-04-12 2006-05-11 Carmen Monthe Safer, more potent human immunoglobulin preparations for treating Alzheimer's disease
JP2007532649A (en) 2004-04-15 2007-11-15 サマリタン,ファーマスーティカルス,インク. (4-Alkylpiperazinyl) (phenyl) methanone
AU2005233387B2 (en) 2004-04-15 2011-05-26 Glycofi, Inc. Production of galactosylated glycoproteins in lower eukaryotes
JPWO2005105998A1 (en) 2004-04-27 2008-07-31 財団法人化学及血清療法研究所 Human anti-amyloid β peptide antibody and antibody fragment thereof
ITRM20040212A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2004-07-30 Lay Line Genomics Spa NON-HUMAN TRANSGENIC ANIMAL AS A MODEL FOR NEURODEGENERATIVE DISEASES AND THEIR EARLY DIAGNOSIS.
AU2005244013A1 (en) 2004-05-14 2005-11-24 Acumen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions comprising ADDL receptor syngap
GR1005016B (en) 2004-05-14 2005-10-11 BIOMENTIKA@ΛΑΙΦ@ΣΑΙΕΝΣΙΣ@ΑΝΩΝΥΜΗ@ΕΤΑΙΡΕΙΑ@ΦΑΡΜΑΚΕΥΑΤΙΚΩΝ@ΠΡΟΙΟΝΤΩΝ@(συμμετέχει@σε@ποσοστό@50%)@Α IgG & IgY ANTIBODIES DEVELOPED VERSUS THE HUMANIN SPECIALLY-SYNTHESIZED EPITOPE DERIVATIVE (BIO-ACTIVE 24-PEPTIDE) RELATED TO THE ALZHEIMER' S DISEASE AND DETECTION OF SAID BIO-ACTIVE 24- PEPTIDE BYSAME ANTIBODIES
ATE476993T1 (en) 2004-06-07 2010-08-15 Univ Ramot METHOD FOR PASSIVE IMMUNIZATION AGAINST A DISEASE CHARACTERIZED BY AMYLOID AGGREGATION OR DISEASE WITH A REDUCED RISK OF NEUR INFLAMMATION
WO2005123776A1 (en) 2004-06-10 2005-12-29 Omeros Corporation Methods for treating conditions associated with lectin-dependent complement activation
US20050276806A1 (en) 2004-06-15 2005-12-15 Advanced Biotherapy, Inc. Treatment of autism
WO2006033688A2 (en) 2004-06-18 2006-03-30 Government Of The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Anti-lympho- plus anti-monocytes globulin preparation for inhibiting immune responses
SE0401601D0 (en) 2004-06-21 2004-06-21 Bioarctic Neuroscience Ab Protofibril specific antibodies and uses thereof
CA2572602A1 (en) 2004-07-02 2006-02-09 Northwestern University Monolocal antibodies that target pathological assemblies of amyloid .beta. (abeta)
WO2006005588A1 (en) 2004-07-12 2006-01-19 Geneprot, Inc. Polypeptide species useful for the treatment of neurological disorders
CN1721437A (en) 2004-07-13 2006-01-18 中南大学 Polypeptide antigen and antibody related to Tau protein
AT413946B (en) 2004-07-13 2006-07-15 Mattner Frank Dr VACCINE AGAINST THE ALZHEIMER DISEASE
AT500483B1 (en) 2004-07-13 2006-01-15 Mattner Frank Dr Kit for prevention or treatment of Alzheimer's disease comprises means for inducing sequestration of amyloid beta in plasma and apheresis apparatus which exhibits an amyloid beta precursor protein receptor
WO2006006172A2 (en) 2004-07-15 2006-01-19 Ramot At Tel Aviv University Ltd. Use of anti-amyloid agents for treating and typing pathogen infections
US7955812B2 (en) 2004-07-19 2011-06-07 The General Hospital Corporation Methods of diagnosing alzheimer's disease by detecting antibodies to cross-linked β-amyloid oligomers
AR050184A1 (en) 2004-07-28 2006-10-04 Schering Corp BETA-SECRETASA MACROCICLIC INHIBITORS
TWI355389B (en) 2004-07-30 2012-01-01 Rinat Neuroscience Corp Antibodies directed against amyloid-beta peptide a
DE602004010314T2 (en) 2004-08-09 2009-03-05 Cellzome Ag TREATMENT OF NEURODEEGENERATIVE DISORDERS BY USING DEGS INHIBITORS
EP1787998A4 (en) 2004-08-11 2008-08-27 Mitsubishi Chem Corp Antibody and utilization of the same
US20080301821A1 (en) 2004-08-11 2008-12-04 Evotec Neurosciences Gmbh Diagnostic and Therapeutic use of a Plasma Membrane Atpase
DE102004039326A1 (en) 2004-08-12 2006-02-16 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Treatment of neurodegenerative diseases, specifically Alzheimer's disease and Down syndrome, uses a chemical/biological substance which inhibits fatty acid amide hydrolase without inhibiting cyclooxygenase-1 and/or 2
TWI374935B (en) 2004-08-27 2012-10-21 Pfizer Ireland Pharmaceuticals Production of α-abeta
EP1799260A4 (en) 2004-09-29 2011-09-28 Centocor Inc Anti- amyloid antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
WO2006039327A2 (en) 2004-10-01 2006-04-13 Merck & Co., Inc. Methods of treatment or prophylaxis of amyloidogenic diseases of the eye or optic nerve
EP1805222B1 (en) 2004-10-01 2011-02-02 Max-Planck-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der Wissenschaften e.V. Antibodies directed to the mammalian eag1 ion channel protein
EP1797182A2 (en) 2004-10-05 2007-06-20 Wyeth a Corporation of the State of Delaware Methods and compositions for improving recombinant protein production
CN101052718A (en) 2004-10-06 2007-10-10 森启 Mutated amyloid protein
AU2005293752A1 (en) 2004-10-13 2006-04-20 Ablynx N.V. Single domain camelide anti-amyloid beta antibodies and polypeptides comprising the same for the treatment and diagnosis of degenarative neural diseases such as Alzheimer's disease
WO2006047254A1 (en) 2004-10-22 2006-05-04 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Assemblies of oligomeric amyloid beta protein and uses thereof
JP5173426B2 (en) 2004-10-25 2013-04-03 メルク・シャープ・エンド・ドーム・コーポレイション Anti-ADDL antibodies and uses thereof
WO2006047670A2 (en) 2004-10-26 2006-05-04 Wyeth Methods for assessing antibodies to neurodegenerative disease-associated antigens
AU2005297854A1 (en) 2004-10-28 2006-05-04 Sanko Junyaku Co., Ltd. Method of examining Alzheimer's disease and diagnostic reagent
WO2006050041A2 (en) 2004-10-28 2006-05-11 Ramot At Tel Aviv University Ltd. Methods for reducing or inhibiting brain inflammation or for promoting neurogenesis
US7709208B2 (en) 2004-11-08 2010-05-04 New York University Methods for diagnosis of major depressive disorder
AU2005304707A1 (en) 2004-11-08 2006-05-18 Nanobac Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Methods and compositions for protein-hydroxy apatite complexes and their application in testing and modulating immunological system including a novel in vitro test for the detection of antibodies against calcium binding protein-hydroxy apatite complexes
CN1772766A (en) 2004-11-12 2006-05-17 中国科学院上海生命科学研究院 Acetylcholinesterase monoclonal antibody related to resisting apoptosis and its use
MX2007005870A (en) 2004-11-17 2007-10-10 Joanne Mclauring Compositions comprising scyllo-inositol derivatives and methods to treat disorders of protein aggregation.
US20060240486A1 (en) 2004-12-15 2006-10-26 Johnson-Wood Kelly L Immunoprecipitation-based assay for predicting in vivo efficacy of beta-amyloid antibodies
WO2006066118A2 (en) 2004-12-15 2006-06-22 Neuralab Limited Contextual fear test for predicting efficacy of alzheimer immunotherapeutic treatment
WO2006066171A1 (en) 2004-12-15 2006-06-22 Neuralab Limited Amyloid βετα antibodies for use in improving cognition
ES2396555T3 (en) 2004-12-15 2013-02-22 Janssen Alzheimer Immunotherapy Antibodies that recognize beta amyloid peptide
PE20061329A1 (en) 2004-12-15 2006-12-08 Neuralab Ltd HUMANIZED AB ANTIBODIES TO IMPROVE COGNITION
JP2006166879A (en) 2004-12-20 2006-06-29 Japan Health Science Foundation Ab-dip, and preventing and treating agent of alzheimer's disease
MY146381A (en) 2004-12-22 2012-08-15 Amgen Inc Compositions and methods relating relating to anti-igf-1 receptor antibodies
EP1827493A4 (en) 2004-12-22 2009-09-30 Univ St Louis Use of anti-abeta antibody to treat traumatic brain injury
WO2006067792A2 (en) 2004-12-22 2006-06-29 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. At The Weizmann Institute Of Science Aldolase autoantigens useful in diagnosis and treatment of alzheimer's disease
EP1676859A1 (en) 2004-12-30 2006-07-05 Pevion Biotech Ltd. Immunogenic compositions of cyclic peptides derived from the beta-amyloid peptide
EP1853299A4 (en) 2005-01-14 2009-11-11 Univ California Compositions and methods for inhibiting drusen formation and for diagnosing or treating drusen-related disorders
WO2006081171A1 (en) 2005-01-24 2006-08-03 Amgen Inc. Humanized anti-amyloid antibody
GT200600031A (en) 2005-01-28 2006-08-29 ANTI-BETA ANTIBODY FORMULATION
JP2006213621A (en) 2005-02-02 2006-08-17 Japan Health Science Foundation Adoplin protein and utilization of the same
US20070082350A1 (en) 2005-02-09 2007-04-12 Philip Landfield Assay and method for diagnosing and treating alzheimer's disease
US7700099B2 (en) 2005-02-14 2010-04-20 Merck & Co., Inc. Non-immunostimulatory antibody and compositions containing the same
US7731962B2 (en) 2005-02-14 2010-06-08 Merck & Co., Inc. Anti-ADDL monoclonal antibody and use thereof
GB0503434D0 (en) 2005-02-18 2005-03-30 Senexis Ltd Amyloid-binding peptides, analogues and uses thereof
EP3332808B1 (en) 2005-03-03 2020-09-09 Immunomedics Inc. Humanized l243 antibodies
JP2008531060A (en) 2005-03-04 2008-08-14 バイオジェン・アイデック・エムエイ・インコーポレイテッド A method for humanizing immunoglobulin variable regions via rational modification of complementarity determining residues
EP1861422B1 (en) 2005-03-05 2010-02-24 Abbott GmbH & Co. KG Screening method, process for purifying of non-diffusible a-beta oligomers, selective antibodies against said non-diffusible a-beta oligomers and a process for manufacturing of said antibodies
JP2008537543A (en) 2005-03-07 2008-09-18 ノバルティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト Genes involved in neurodegenerative conditions
ES2259270B1 (en) 2005-03-09 2007-11-01 Consejo Superior De Investigaciones Cientificas IN VITRO DIAGNOSTIC METHOD OF ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE BY A MONOCLONAL ANTIBODY.
WO2006099543A2 (en) 2005-03-15 2006-09-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods for assessing antibody-mediated cytotoxicity
WO2006100679A2 (en) 2005-03-22 2006-09-28 Quark Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Recombinant antibodies against human type ii transglutaminase and uses thereof
JP2006265189A (en) 2005-03-24 2006-10-05 Kyoto Univ beta-AMYLOID PEPTIDE AND METHOD FOR SCREENING THERAPEUTIC AGENT OR PROPHYLACTIC AGENT FOR ALZHEIMER'S DISEASE USING THE SAME
ES2318918B1 (en) 2005-04-01 2010-02-16 Biotherapix Molecular Medicines, S.L.U. HUMAN ANTIBODIES WITH CAPACITY OF UNION TO THE BETA-AMYLOID PEPTIDE AND ITS APPLICATIONS.
US8227194B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2012-07-24 University Of Maryland, Baltimore Monoclonal antibodies with binding specificity for response gene to complement 32 (RGC-32)
US20060241038A1 (en) 2005-04-20 2006-10-26 Eisai Co., Ltd. Therapeutic agent for Abeta related disorders
CA2607475A1 (en) 2005-04-22 2006-11-02 Genentech, Inc. Method for treating dementia or alzheimer's disease with a cd20 antibody
UY29504A1 (en) 2005-04-29 2006-10-31 Rinat Neuroscience Corp DIRECTED ANTIBODIES AGAINST BETA AMYLOID PEPTIDE AND METHODS USING THE SAME.
WO2006119449A2 (en) 2005-05-04 2006-11-09 Vectorlogics, Inc. Modified adenovirus containing a stabilized antibody
BRPI0610093A2 (en) 2005-05-05 2008-12-09 Merck & Co Inc pharmaceutical composition, and method for preventing or treating a disease associated with alpha-beta amyloid deposits in a patient's brain
EP1888783B1 (en) 2005-05-27 2011-10-26 EVOTEC Neurosciences GmbH Kcnn3 as diagnostic and therapeutic target for alzheimer's disease
US20060272038A1 (en) 2005-05-27 2006-11-30 Michael De Vivo Transgenic Alzheimer's mouse model vectors and uses thereof
AR053401A1 (en) 2005-06-06 2007-05-02 Wyeth Corp ANTI-TRKB MONOCLONAL ANTIBODIES AND USES OF THE SAME
EA201100177A1 (en) 2005-06-17 2011-06-30 Элан Фарма Интернэшнл Лимитед METHODS OF CLEANING ANTIBODIES TO β-AMYLOID
US7741448B2 (en) 2005-06-21 2010-06-22 Medical & Biological Laboratories Co., Ltd. Antibody having inhibitory effect on amyloid fibril formation
TW200726774A (en) 2005-06-30 2007-07-16 Merck & Co Inc Composition and method for producing stable amyloid beta oligomers
TW200726482A (en) 2005-06-30 2007-07-16 Merck & Co Inc Method for preparing a covalently cross linked oligomer of amyloid beta peptides
EP2238986A3 (en) 2005-07-08 2010-11-03 Biogen Idec MA Inc. Sp35 antibodies and uses thereof
WO2007011639A2 (en) 2005-07-13 2007-01-25 Coimmune Inc. Catalytic immunoglobulins
US7666886B2 (en) 2005-07-15 2010-02-23 The Regents Of The University Of California Compounds and methods for the diagnosis and treatment of amyloid associated diseases
EP1922083A2 (en) 2005-08-10 2008-05-21 Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation Truncated memapsin 2 for use for treating alzheimer's disease
US9243062B2 (en) 2005-08-11 2016-01-26 Arpi Matossian-Rogers Peptides for treatment and diagnosis of autoimmune disease
WO2007019620A1 (en) 2005-08-15 2007-02-22 Arana Therapeutics Limited Engineered antibodies with new world primate framework regions
WO2007022416A2 (en) 2005-08-18 2007-02-22 Ramot At Tel Aviv University Ltd. Single chain antibodies against beta-amyloid peptide
US7612181B2 (en) 2005-08-19 2009-11-03 Abbott Laboratories Dual variable domain immunoglobulin and uses thereof
JP2007077103A (en) 2005-09-16 2007-03-29 Yokohama City Univ Prophylactic or therapeutic agent for alzheimer's disease
JP2009509564A (en) 2005-10-03 2009-03-12 アストラゼネカ・アクチエボラーグ Fusion proteins with regulated plasma half-life
ES2616316T3 (en) 2005-10-11 2017-06-12 Amgen Research (Munich) Gmbh Compositions comprising specific antibodies for different species and uses thereof
US20070092508A1 (en) 2005-10-21 2007-04-26 Recombiant Technologies, Llc Detoxification depot for Alzheimer's disease
RU2008120027A (en) 2005-10-21 2009-11-27 Мерк энд Ко., Инк. (US) ANTI-ADDL MONOCLONAL ANTIBODY AND ITS APPLICATION
KR101691692B1 (en) 2005-10-21 2016-12-30 카탈리스트 바이오사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 Modified proteases that inhibit complement activation
EP1957538B1 (en) 2005-11-01 2013-05-22 Novartis AG Uses of anti-cd40 antibodies
WO2007059135A2 (en) 2005-11-10 2007-05-24 Satoris, Inc. Methods of treating alzheimer's disease
US8316104B2 (en) 2005-11-15 2012-11-20 California Institute Of Technology Method and apparatus for collaborative system
US20080014596A1 (en) 2005-11-16 2008-01-17 Jasna Jerecic ADDL Binding to Hippocampal Neurons
CA2630964A1 (en) 2005-11-22 2007-05-31 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Antibody treatment of alzheimer's and related diseases
EP1963363A2 (en) 2005-11-30 2008-09-03 Abbott Laboratories Methods of preparation of recombinant forms of human beta-amyloid protein and uses of these proteins
RS53270B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2018-05-31 Abbvie Deutschland Monoclonal antibodies against amyloid beta protein and uses thereof
AU2006319358B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2012-01-19 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Anti-Abeta globulomer antibodies, antigen-binding moieties thereof, corresponding hybridomas, nucleic acids, vectors, host cells, methods of producing said antibodies, compositions comprising said antibodies, uses of said antibodies and methods of using said antibodies
US20070237764A1 (en) 2005-12-02 2007-10-11 Genentech, Inc. Binding polypeptides with restricted diversity sequences
WO2007067512A2 (en) 2005-12-08 2007-06-14 Merck & Co., Inc. Method for identifying modulators of adprh useful for treating alzheimer's disease
NZ568384A (en) 2005-12-12 2011-09-30 Ac Immune Sa Therapeutic vaccine comprising Abeta peptide
CN102659943B (en) 2005-12-12 2015-07-01 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Antibody glycosylation in the variable region
NO345996B1 (en) 2005-12-12 2021-12-13 Ac Immune Sa A beta 1-42-specific monoclonal antibodies with therapeutic properties.
EP2325208B1 (en) 2005-12-15 2017-09-20 Genentech, Inc. Polyubiquitin antibodies
US20080058276A1 (en) 2006-01-13 2008-03-06 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Alzheimer's disease therapeutics based on pin-1 catalyzed conformational changes in phosphorylated amyloid precursor protein
EP1811304A1 (en) 2006-01-18 2007-07-25 Friedrich-Alexander-Universität Erlangen-Nürnberg Large Aß-peptide binding particles (LAPS) in diagnosis and therapy of Alzheimer's dementia
CN1329413C (en) 2006-01-23 2007-08-01 南京医科大学 Antibody for treating or preventing senile dementia, its expression vector and application in drug preparation
EP1981540B1 (en) 2006-01-30 2013-03-20 Grifols Therapeutics Inc. Method of treatment and prophylaxis of diseases related to amyloid deposition using igm
GB0601976D0 (en) 2006-02-01 2006-03-15 Merck Sharp & Dohme Proteins
US20090304712A1 (en) 2006-02-02 2009-12-10 National University Corporation Nagoya University Neuronal Cell Death Inhibitor and Screening Method
EP1984396A2 (en) 2006-02-06 2008-10-29 Elan Pharmaceuticals Inc. Inhibitors specific of presenilin-1 and their uses
KR20080113196A (en) 2006-02-09 2008-12-29 노파르티스 아게 Antibodies against secreted frizzled related protein-4 (sfrp-4)
JP2009531299A (en) 2006-02-21 2009-09-03 オクラホマ メディカル リサーチ ファウンデーション Treatment of Alzheimer's disease with inhibitors of ApoE binding to the ApoE receptor
US20070196367A1 (en) 2006-02-22 2007-08-23 Valentin Dinu Methods of preventing and treating Alzheimer's disease, age related macular degeneration and other diseases involving extra-cellular debris through the inhibition of the complement system
WO2007097251A1 (en) 2006-02-22 2007-08-30 Kabushiki Kaisha Hayashibara Seibutsu Kagaku Kenkyujo PEPTIDE VACCINE FOR INDUCING PRODUCTION OF ANTI-AMYLOID-β-PEPTIDE ANTIBODY
EP1996227A2 (en) 2006-02-24 2008-12-03 CHIESI FARMACEUTICI S.p.A. Anti-amyloid immunogenic compositions, methods and uses
WO2007103788A2 (en) 2006-03-02 2007-09-13 The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois Yeast reporter system based on fusion proteins of sup35p
EP2495327B1 (en) 2006-03-03 2016-09-28 ProMIS Neurosciences Inc. Methods and compositions to treat and detect misfolded-SOD1 mediated diseases
WO2007109107A2 (en) 2006-03-17 2007-09-27 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Atf4 as a therapeutic target in alzheimers disease and other neurological disorders
WO2007109747A2 (en) 2006-03-21 2007-09-27 Wyeth Methods and compositions for antagonism of rage
US20100029654A1 (en) 2006-03-23 2010-02-04 Mount Sinai School Of Medicine Cardiovascular compositions and use of the same for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
WO2007108756A1 (en) 2006-03-23 2007-09-27 Bioarctic Neuroscience Ab Improved protofibril selective antibodies and the use thereof
CA2541522A1 (en) 2006-03-28 2007-09-28 E. Rick Preddie A double elisa for alzheimer's disease (ad) with applications for therapeutic vaccines to stop the disease
FR2899107B1 (en) 2006-03-30 2008-06-13 Neurokin Entpr Unipersonnelle USE OF (S) -ROSCOVITINE FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
UA94734C2 (en) 2006-03-30 2011-06-10 Глаксо Груп Лимитед THERAPEUTIC ANTIBODIY WHICH BINDS TO b-AMYLOID PEPTIDE
US7851228B2 (en) 2006-03-31 2010-12-14 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods for screening agents that modulate presenilin activity and A-β production
ES2409058T3 (en) 2006-04-13 2013-06-24 Eidia Co., Ltd. Method for testing Alzheimer's disease by measuring the degradation rate of beta-amyloid in blood and diagnostic reagent
JP5164971B2 (en) 2006-04-21 2013-03-21 ピープルバイオ,アイ エヌ シー A method for differential detection of multimers from monomers of multimer-forming polypeptides using three-dimensional interactions
CN101058608B (en) 2006-04-21 2011-02-23 杜如昱 Human anti-Abeta(1-32) amyloid antibody, purifying method and use thereof
EP2011513B1 (en) 2006-04-25 2016-10-19 The University of Tokyo Therapeutic agents for alzheimer's disease and cancer
US20070259831A1 (en) 2006-04-27 2007-11-08 Carlezon William A Jr Treatment and screening methods for promoting neurogenesis
GB0608386D0 (en) 2006-04-27 2006-06-07 Senexis Ltd Compounds
WO2007127448A2 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-08 Northwestern University Salts of pyridazine compounds
JP2007300856A (en) 2006-05-11 2007-11-22 Hiroshi Mori Amyloid protein imitation
US20070292895A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-12-20 Xiao-Ping Shi Assays and methods to detect beta-secretase and its activity in body fluids and tissue extracts
US8357781B2 (en) 2006-06-01 2013-01-22 Janssen Alzheimer Immunotherapy Neuroactive fragments of APP
US7479550B2 (en) 2006-06-02 2009-01-20 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Amyloid β gene vaccines
US7427342B2 (en) 2006-06-02 2008-09-23 General Electric Company Method and apparatus for shifting current distribution in electrodeionization systems
JP4933159B2 (en) 2006-06-02 2012-05-16 国立大学法人金沢大学 Diagnostic method for Alzheimer's disease
EP2032597A2 (en) 2006-06-16 2009-03-11 UMC Utrecht Holding B.V. Fplr-1 inhibitors for use in diseases involving amyloid-induced inflammatory events (flipr and flipr-like) and immunecomplex-mediated diseases
TW200815469A (en) 2006-06-23 2008-04-01 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
WO2008002893A2 (en) 2006-06-29 2008-01-03 Centocor, Inc. Anti-amyloid antibodies, compositions, methods and uses
BRPI0712322A2 (en) 2006-07-06 2012-02-22 Roskamp Res Llc compounds and combinations thereof for inhibiting beta-amyloid production and methods of using them
US20080012103A1 (en) 2006-07-13 2008-01-17 Foster Robert H Emi absorbing gap filling material
WO2008008463A2 (en) 2006-07-14 2008-01-17 Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR DETECTING AND QUANTIFYING SAPPβ
PL2468770T3 (en) 2006-07-14 2018-07-31 Ac Immune S.A. Humanized antibody against amyloid beta.
ATE426174T1 (en) 2006-07-28 2009-04-15 Vista Ventures Gmbh METHOD FOR DETECTING AMYLOID-BETA OLIGOMERS IN BODY FLUIDS
US7705475B2 (en) 2006-08-03 2010-04-27 Stats Chippac Ltd. Integrated circuit package system
WO2008015384A1 (en) 2006-08-04 2008-02-07 Lonza Biologics Plc Method for predicting protein aggregation and designing aggregation inhibitors
WO2008021296A2 (en) 2006-08-14 2008-02-21 Thymon, L.L.C. Compositions and methods for the treatment and prophylaxis of alzheimer's disease
US8497246B2 (en) 2006-08-18 2013-07-30 Armagen Technologies, Inc. Methods for diagnosing and treating CNS disorders by trans-blood-brain barrier delivery of protein compositions
WO2008051326A2 (en) 2006-08-21 2008-05-02 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Identification of contactins and l1- cams as ligands for the amyloid precursor protein
WO2008070229A2 (en) 2006-08-28 2008-06-12 Case Western Reserve University Detection of pathogenic aggregates of protein in a sample by homologous elisa
WO2008027526A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Biogen Idec Ma Inc. Methods relating to peripheral administration of nogo receptor polypeptides
US8372399B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-02-12 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Bispecific antibodies and agents to enhance stem cell homing
EP2074222A4 (en) 2006-09-06 2010-03-03 Univ Texas Methods and compositions for the detection of protein folding disorders
WO2008030251A1 (en) 2006-09-08 2008-03-13 Georgetown University Deglycosylated anti-amyloid beta antibodies
US20100093001A1 (en) 2006-09-08 2010-04-15 Frederic Rousseau Means and methods for the production of amyloid oligomers
ES2307396B1 (en) 2006-09-14 2009-09-30 Fundacion Para Investigaciones Neurologicas (Fin) SYSTEMS FOR THE ELIMINATION OF NEUROTOXIC SUBSTANCES CAUSING NEURODEGENERATIVE DISEASES THROUGH THEIR SELECTIVE ATTACKING BY IMMUNOFINITY IN THE CIRCULATING CEPHALO-RAQUIDEO LIQUID.
US7375190B2 (en) 2006-09-19 2008-05-20 National Yang-Ming University Recombinant protein and method of screening for agents that modulate polypeptide aggregation
PL2074145T3 (en) 2006-10-02 2017-11-30 Ac Immune S.A. Humanized antibody against amyloid beta
US9382327B2 (en) 2006-10-10 2016-07-05 Vaccinex, Inc. Anti-CD20 antibodies and methods of use
WO2008045962A2 (en) 2006-10-10 2008-04-17 Mayo Foundation For Medical Education And Research Methods and materials related to anti-a (beta) antibodies
JP5153114B2 (en) 2006-10-12 2013-02-27 知宏 千葉 Novel method for detecting Alzheimer's disease
US20080113444A1 (en) 2006-10-17 2008-05-15 Pray Todd R Method for detecting oligermization of soluble amyloid beta oligomers
GB0620735D0 (en) 2006-10-18 2006-11-29 Ares Trading Sa Proteins
WO2008051017A1 (en) 2006-10-24 2008-05-02 Seoul National University Industry Foundation A cleavage agent selectively acting on soluble assembly of amyloidogenic peptide or protein
CN101616932A (en) 2006-10-27 2009-12-30 艾博特生物技术有限公司 Crystalline anti-hTNFalpha antibodies
WO2008071394A1 (en) 2006-12-11 2008-06-19 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Abeta antibody parenteral formulation
US20100056487A1 (en) 2006-11-20 2010-03-04 Satori Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulators of amyloid-beta production
WO2008064244A2 (en) 2006-11-20 2008-05-29 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Phosphoinositide modulation for the treatment of neurodegenerative diseases
SG173409A1 (en) 2006-11-24 2011-08-29 Ac Immune Sa N-(methyl)-1h-pyrazol-3-amine, n-(methyl)-pyridin-2-amine and n-(methyl)-thiazol-2-amine derivatives for the treatment of diseases associated with amyloid or amyloid-like proteins, like e.g. alzheimers
US8455626B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2013-06-04 Abbott Laboratories Aβ conformer selective anti-aβ globulomer monoclonal antibodies
EP2094730A4 (en) 2006-12-07 2010-08-04 Mayo Foundation Methods and materials related to anti-amyloid antibodies
US20100028333A1 (en) 2006-12-15 2010-02-04 Getty Krista L Receptor for amyloid beta and uses thereof
PL2104682T3 (en) 2007-01-11 2017-03-31 Michael Bacher Diagnosis and treatment of alzheimer's and other neurodementing diseases
WO2008140639A2 (en) 2007-02-08 2008-11-20 Oligomerix, Inc. Biomarkers and assays for alzheimer's disease
KR100806914B1 (en) 2007-02-14 2008-02-22 경북대학교 산학협력단 2 Novel use of lipocalin 2 for preventing and treating neurodegenerative disease
EP2486928A1 (en) 2007-02-27 2012-08-15 Abbott GmbH & Co. KG Method for the treatment of amyloidoses
EP2125015A1 (en) 2007-02-27 2009-12-02 Abbott GmbH & Co. KG Method for the treatment of amyloidoses
GB0704394D0 (en) 2007-03-07 2007-04-11 Senexis Ltd Compounds
US20090022728A1 (en) 2007-03-09 2009-01-22 Rinat Neuroscience Corporation Methods of treating ophthalmic diseases
EP1978035A1 (en) 2007-04-05 2008-10-08 Hans-Knöll-Institut Leibniz-Institut für Naturstoff-Forschung Anti-amyloid antibodies and their use in diagnosis and therapy of amyloid diseases
PL2148667T3 (en) 2007-04-12 2013-11-29 Waratah Pharmaceuticals Inc Use of cyclohexanehexol derivatives in the treatment of ocular diseases
JP2011526240A (en) 2007-04-18 2011-10-06 ヤンセン アルツハイマー イミュノセラピー Prevention and treatment of cerebral amyloid angiopathy
AU2008240673A1 (en) 2007-04-19 2008-10-30 Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, K.U. Leuven R & D Oligonucleotide compositions for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
EP2152744A4 (en) 2007-04-26 2012-02-15 Univ Yale Prion protein as a receptor for amyloid-beta oligomers
US20090232801A1 (en) 2007-05-30 2009-09-17 Abbot Laboratories Humanized Antibodies Which Bind To AB (1-42) Globulomer And Uses Thereof
PE20090329A1 (en) 2007-05-30 2009-03-27 Abbott Lab HUMANIZED ANTIBODIES AGAINST GLOBULOMER AB (20-42) AND ITS USES
US20100178658A1 (en) 2007-05-30 2010-07-15 The Regents Of The University Of Michigan Screening assays for inhibitors of beta amyloid peptide ion channel formation
SG182192A1 (en) 2007-06-12 2012-07-30 Ac Immune Sa Humanized antibodies to amyloid beta
KR101600095B1 (en) 2007-06-12 2016-03-07 에이씨 이뮨 에스.에이. Monoclonal anti beta amyloid antibody
EP2009445A1 (en) 2007-06-29 2008-12-31 Institut Pasteur Use of a camelid single-domain antibody for detecting an oligomeric form of an amyloid beta peptide and its applications
CN101084909A (en) 2007-07-03 2007-12-12 福建医科大学附属协和医院 New use of ginsenoside Rg1
US8962677B2 (en) 2007-07-12 2015-02-24 Acumen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of restoring cognitive ability using non-peptidic compounds
WO2009009768A2 (en) 2007-07-12 2009-01-15 Acumen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. METHODS OF INHIBITING THE FORMATION OF AMYLOID-β DIFFUSABLE LIGANDS USING A ACYLHYDRAZIDE COMPOUDS
MX2010000368A (en) 2007-07-12 2010-07-02 Acumen Pharmaceuticals Inc METHODS OF MODIFYING AMYLOID beta OLIGOMERS USING NON-PEPTIDIC COMPOUNDS.
MX2010000369A (en) 2007-07-12 2010-07-02 Acumen Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods of enhancing cognitive function using non-peptidic compounds.
GB0719559D0 (en) 2007-10-05 2007-11-14 Senexis Ltd Compounds
RU2538709C2 (en) 2007-10-05 2015-01-10 Дженентек, Инк. Humanised antibody
US20100297012A1 (en) 2007-10-05 2010-11-25 Andrea Pfeifer Humanized antibody
ES2445590T3 (en) 2007-10-05 2014-03-04 Genentech, Inc. Use of anti-beta amyloid antibody in eye diseases
CN101152576A (en) 2007-10-15 2008-04-02 王延江 Medicament for preventing and controlling alzheimer's disease
CN102203124A (en) 2008-07-25 2011-09-28 雅培制药有限公司 Amyloid ss peptide analogues, oligomers thereof, processes for preparing and compositions comprising said analogues or oligomers, and their uses
WO2010010469A2 (en) 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Abbott Gmbh & Co. Kg Abeta (x-38..43) oligomers, and processes, compositions, and uses thereof
SG174161A1 (en) 2009-02-25 2011-11-28 Tsewen Chang ANTI-CemX ANTIBODIES CAPABLE OF BINDING TO HUMAN mIgE ON B LYMPHOCYTES
MX336196B (en) 2010-04-15 2016-01-11 Abbvie Inc Amyloid-beta binding proteins.
WO2012024187A1 (en) 2010-08-14 2012-02-23 Abbott Laboratories Amyloid-beta binding proteins

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6218506B1 (en) * 1997-02-05 2001-04-17 Northwestern University Amyloid β protein (globular assembly and uses thereof)

Cited By (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9176150B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2015-11-03 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Amyloid beta(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
US10464976B2 (en) 2003-01-31 2019-11-05 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Amyloid β(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
US20090035295A1 (en) * 2005-03-05 2009-02-05 Abbott Gmgh & Co. Kg Screening Method, Process for Purifying of Non-Diffusible A-Beta Oligomers, Selective Antibodies Against Said Non-Diffusible a-Beta Oligomers and a Process for Manufacturing of Said Antibodies
US8691224B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2014-04-08 Abbvie Inc. Anti-Aβ globulomer 5F7 antibodies
US10538581B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2020-01-21 Abbvie Inc. Anti-Aβ globulomer 4D10 antibodies
US8497072B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2013-07-30 Abbott Laboratories Amyloid-beta globulomer antibodies
US10323084B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2019-06-18 Abbvie Inc. Monoclonal antibodies against amyloid beta protein and uses thereof
US9540432B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2017-01-10 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Anti-Aβ globulomer 7C6 antibodies
US10208109B2 (en) 2005-11-30 2019-02-19 Abbvie Inc. Monoclonal antibodies against amyloid beta protein and uses thereof
US8877190B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2014-11-04 Abbvie Inc. Aβ conformer selective anti-Aβ globulomer monoclonal antibodies
US9951125B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2018-04-24 Abbvie Inc. Aβ conformer selective anti-Aβ globulomer monoclonal antibodies
US8455626B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2013-06-04 Abbott Laboratories Aβ conformer selective anti-aβ globulomer monoclonal antibodies
US9359430B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2016-06-07 Abbvie Inc. Abeta conformer selective anti-Abeta globulomer monoclonal antibodies
US9394360B2 (en) 2006-11-30 2016-07-19 Abbvie Inc. Aβ conformer selective anti-Aβ globulomer monoclonal antibodies
US8895004B2 (en) 2007-02-27 2014-11-25 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Method for the treatment of amyloidoses
US9822171B2 (en) 2010-04-15 2017-11-21 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Amyloid-beta binding proteins
US8987419B2 (en) 2010-04-15 2015-03-24 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Amyloid-beta binding proteins
US10047121B2 (en) 2010-08-14 2018-08-14 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Amyloid-beta binding proteins
US9062101B2 (en) 2010-08-14 2015-06-23 AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG Amyloid-beta binding proteins
WO2015116923A1 (en) 2014-01-31 2015-08-06 Cognition Therapeutics, Inc. Isoindoline compositions and methods for treating neurodegenerative disease
EP3498692A1 (en) 2014-01-31 2019-06-19 Cognition Therapeutics, Inc. Isoindoline compositions and methods for treating neurodegenerative disease
EP4023294A1 (en) 2014-01-31 2022-07-06 Cognition Therapeutics, Inc. Isoindoline compositions and methods for treating alzheimer's disease

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
ZA200506934B (en) 2007-04-25
MXPA05007964A (en) 2005-09-20
CN1768076A (en) 2006-05-03
EP2336160A2 (en) 2011-06-22
CA2514582C (en) 2018-04-10
ES2567437T3 (en) 2016-04-22
EP1594891A1 (en) 2005-11-16
KR20050103483A (en) 2005-10-31
AU2010257323B8 (en) 2011-09-15
JP2012250981A (en) 2012-12-20
KR20120042959A (en) 2012-05-03
JP2010168385A (en) 2010-08-05
US9176150B2 (en) 2015-11-03
EP2336161B1 (en) 2017-12-27
CN101830974B (en) 2017-05-03
AU2010257323A8 (en) 2011-09-15
EP2336161A2 (en) 2011-06-22
JP2007524574A (en) 2007-08-30
AU2004207075B2 (en) 2011-01-20
EP2336159A2 (en) 2011-06-22
JP5448890B2 (en) 2014-03-19
BRPI0407084A (en) 2006-01-24
KR20090019911A (en) 2009-02-25
CN101985036B (en) 2014-01-15
EP2336161A3 (en) 2012-03-07
IL205430A0 (en) 2011-07-31
EP2336160A3 (en) 2012-03-07
DE10303974A1 (en) 2004-08-05
AU2004207075A1 (en) 2004-08-12
WO2004067561A1 (en) 2004-08-12
CN101985036A (en) 2011-03-16
CN101830974A (en) 2010-09-15
IL212997A0 (en) 2011-07-31
US10464976B2 (en) 2019-11-05
IL197312A0 (en) 2011-07-31
NZ563779A (en) 2009-04-30
US20120034166A1 (en) 2012-02-09
US20070098721A1 (en) 2007-05-03
CA2514582A1 (en) 2004-08-12
US20160090406A1 (en) 2016-03-31
JP5150097B2 (en) 2013-02-20
EP1594891B1 (en) 2016-01-13
AU2010257323B2 (en) 2011-07-28
EP2336159A3 (en) 2012-03-07
CA3000519A1 (en) 2004-08-12
NZ541453A (en) 2008-02-29
JP2014005295A (en) 2014-01-16
AU2010257323A1 (en) 2011-01-13
US7902328B2 (en) 2011-03-08
CN100595210C (en) 2010-03-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10464976B2 (en) Amyloid β(1-42) oligomers, derivatives thereof and antibodies thereto, methods of preparation thereof and use thereof
DK1954718T3 (en) Anti-A-globulomer antibodies antigenbindingsgrupper thereof, corresponding hybridomas, nucleic acids, vectors, host cells, methods for producing said antibodies,
US8455626B2 (en) Aβ conformer selective anti-aβ globulomer monoclonal antibodies
DK2289909T3 (en) The screening method, method of purification of non-diffusing alpha-beta oligomers selective antibodies to said non-diffunderingsdygtige alpha-beta oligomers and a method of producing said antibodies

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION